ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.

0 :: Help Documentation

Table of Contents

INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................. 8
Release Notes ........................................................................................... 10
Contacting ZOHO Corporation ..................................................................... 19
How Desktop Central Works? ...................................................................... 21
INSTALLATION & SETUP ........................................................................................... 27
System Requirements ................................................................................ 28
Installing Desktop Central ........................................................................... 31
Working with Desktop Central ..................................................................... 33
Installing Service Pack ............................................................................... 36
Licensing the Product ................................................................................. 37
Understanding the Client UI ........................................................................ 39
Setting Up Desktop Central ......................................................................... 42
Configuring Desktop Central for Windows Vista / 2008 / Windows 7 .......................... 43
Defining the Scope of Management ....................................................................... 44
Adding Domain/Workgroup ............................................................................................45
Managing computers in LAN ...........................................................................................49
Managing Computers in Wide Area Networks (WAN) .........................................................51
Configuring Agent Settings ................................................................................... 65
Configuring Mail Server ........................................................................................ 67
Configuring Help Desk Integration ......................................................................... 68
Integrating Desktop Central with ServiceDesk Plus .................................................. 69
Integrating Asset Data ..................................................................................................70
Logging Help Desk Requests as Tickets............................................................................72
Deploying Software Applications .....................................................................................75
Complete UI Integration with ServiceDesk Plus.................................................................78
Generating an Authentication Key ...................................................................................80
Managing Custom Scripts ..................................................................................... 82
Configuring Server Settings .................................................................................. 84
Creating Custom Groups ...................................................................................... 85
Configuring Deployment Templates ....................................................................... 87

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Configuring Remote Access to the Database in Desktop Central ................................ 89

Personalizing the Client ........................................................................................ 92
Authenticating Users via Active Directory ............................................................... 94
Migrating Desktop Central Server .......................................................................... 95
User & Role Management ..................................................................................... 97
Setting Up Software Deployment......................................................................... 102
Configuring Software Repositories................................................................................. 103
Managing Software Packages ....................................................................................... 107
Software Deployment Templates .................................................................................. 115
Setting Up Patch Management ............................................................................ 117
Configuring Proxy Server ............................................................................................. 118
Configuring Vulnerability DB Synchronization ................................................................. 119
Configuring Automated Patch Deployment ..................................................................... 120
Configuring System Health Policy .................................................................................. 122
Enabling Patch Approval Process ................................................................................... 123
Decline Patches .......................................................................................................... 124
Setting Up Asset Management ............................................................................ 125
Scan Systems for Inventory ......................................................................................... 126
Manage Software Licenses ........................................................................................... 128
Create Software Groups............................................................................................... 130
Manage Software Category .......................................................................................... 131
Configure Prohibited Software ...................................................................................... 132
Configure E-Mail Alerts ................................................................................................ 135
Schedule Inventory Scanning ....................................................................................... 136
Setting Up User Logon Reports ..................................................................................... 137
Setting Up Active Directory Reports .............................................................................. 138
USER GUIDE .............................................................................................................. 139
Software Installation ................................................................................ 140
Installing MSI-based Applications for Users .......................................................... 141
Installing EXE-based Applications for Users .......................................................... 142
Installing MSI-based Applications for Computers ................................................... 143
Installing EXE-based Applications for Computers ................................................... 144
Uninstalling MSI-based Applications for Users ....................................................... 145
Uninstalling EXE-based Applications for Users ....................................................... 146
Uninstalling MSI-based Applications for Computers ................................................ 147
Uninstalling EXE-based Applications for Computers ................................................ 148

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Patch Management .................................................................................. 149

Patch Management Architecture .......................................................................... 150
Patch Management Life Cycle.............................................................................. 153
Scan Systems for Vulnerability ............................................................................ 155
Installing Missing Patches ................................................................................... 156
Patch Views ...................................................................................................... 157
Viewing Applicable Patches .......................................................................................... 158
Viewing Latest Patches ................................................................................................ 161
Viewing Missing Patches .............................................................................................. 162
Viewing Installed Patches ............................................................................................ 164
Viewing Supported Patches .......................................................................................... 165
Viewing Healthy Systems ............................................................................................. 166
Viewing Vulnerable Systems......................................................................................... 167
Viewing Highly Vulnerable Systems ............................................................................... 168
Viewing Patch Reports ....................................................................................... 169
Viewing Vulnerable Systems Report .............................................................................. 170
Viewing Vulnerable Patches Report ............................................................................... 171
Viewing Supported Patches Report ................................................................................ 172
Hardware and Software Inventory ............................................................. 173
Software Metering ............................................................................................. 174
Viewing Computer Details .................................................................................. 179
Viewing Hardware Details ................................................................................... 180
Viewing Software Details .................................................................................... 181
Viewing Inventory Alerts .................................................................................... 183
Viewing Inventory Reports ................................................................................. 184
Hardware Inventory Reports ........................................................................................ 185
Software Inventory Reports ......................................................................................... 187
License Compliance Reports ......................................................................................... 189
Viewing System Details Reports.................................................................................... 190
Viewing Warranty Reports............................................................................................ 191
Windows Tools ........................................................................................ 192
System Tools .................................................................................................... 193
Creating and Scheduling Tasks ..................................................................................... 194
Viewing and Modifying the Tasks .................................................................................. 197
Viewing Task History ................................................................................................... 198

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Remote Desktop Sharing .................................................................................... 199

Prerequisites for Sharing Computers Remotely ............................................................... 200
Remote Desktop Sharing: Configuring Settings............................................................... 207
Connecting to Remote Desktop ..................................................................................... 213
File Transfer ............................................................................................................... 216
Troubleshooting Tips ................................................................................................... 217
Wake on LAN .................................................................................................... 219
Remote Shutdown Tool ...................................................................................... 222
Scheduling Automatic Tasks ...................................................................... 225
Windows Configurations ........................................................................... 226
User Configurations ........................................................................................... 227
Configuring Alerts ....................................................................................................... 228
Executing Custom Scripts ............................................................................................ 230
Configuring Display Settings ........................................................................................ 232
Mapping Network Drives .............................................................................................. 234
Setting Environment Variables...................................................................................... 236
Managing Files and Folders .......................................................................................... 238
Redirecting User-Specific Folders .................................................................................. 242
Installing Software - MSI & EXE Packages ...................................................................... 244
Configuring Internet Explorer Settings ........................................................................... 250
Configuring IP Printer .................................................................................................. 252
Launching Applications ................................................................................................ 255
Displaying Message Box............................................................................................... 257
Configuring MS Office Settings ..................................................................................... 258
Configuring Outlook Settings ........................................................................................ 261
Setting Path ............................................................................................................... 264
Managing Permissions ................................................................................................. 265
Configuring Power Options ........................................................................................... 269
Configuring Registry Settings ....................................................................................... 273
Securing USB Devices ................................................................................................. 277
Creating Configurations to Secure USB Devices ........................................... 278
Scheduling Tasks ........................................................................................................ 283
Configuring Security Policies ........................................................................................ 287
Configuring Shared Network Printer .............................................................................. 289
Managing Shortcuts .................................................................................................... 291
Computer Configurations.................................................................................... 296
Redirecting Common Folders ........................................................................................ 298
Executing Custom Scripts ............................................................................................ 300

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Setting Environment Variables...................................................................................... 302

Managing Files and Folders .......................................................................................... 304
Copy Files and Folder ......................................................................................... 304
Configuring Windows XP Firewall .................................................................................. 308
Configuring General Computer Settings ......................................................................... 310
Managing Windows Local Groups .................................................................................. 312
Installing Patches ....................................................................................................... 315
Installing Software - MSI & EXE Packages ...................................................................... 318
Installing Windows Service Packs .................................................................................. 324
Configuring IP Printer .................................................................................................. 326
Launching Applications ................................................................................................ 328
Displaying Legal Notices .............................................................................................. 330
Displaying Message Box............................................................................................... 332
Setting Path ............................................................................................................... 334
Managing Permissions ................................................................................................. 335
Configuring Registry Settings ....................................................................................... 339
Securing USB Devices ................................................................................................. 342
Scheduling Tasks ........................................................................................................ 348
Configuring Security Policies ........................................................................................ 352
Managing Shortcuts .................................................................................................... 354
Configuring Windows Services ...................................................................................... 358
Managing Windows Local Users .................................................................................... 360
Configuring Collections ...................................................................................... 364
Defining Targets................................................................................................ 365
Managing Configurations and Collections .............................................................. 369
Viewing System Uptime Report ........................................................................... 371
Viewing Configuration Reports ............................................................................ 373
Configuration by User............................................................................... 373
Configuration Templates .................................................................................... 374
Computer Configuration Templates ............................................................................... 376
User Configuration Templates....................................................................................... 379
User Logon Reports.................................................................................. 380
Viewing User Logon Reports ............................................................................... 381
General Reports.......................................................................................................... 382
Usage Reports ............................................................................................................ 383
History Reports .......................................................................................................... 384

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Active Directory Reports ........................................................................... 385

Active Directory User Reports ............................................................................. 386
Active Directory General User Reports ........................................................................... 387
User Account Status Reports ........................................................................................ 389
Password Based User Reports....................................................................................... 391
Privileged User Accounts .............................................................................................. 393
Logon Based User Reports ........................................................................................... 394
Active Directory Computer Reports ...................................................................... 395
General Computer Reports ........................................................................................... 396
Server Based Reports .................................................................................................. 398
Computer OS Based Reports ........................................................................................ 399
Active Directory Group Reports ........................................................................... 400
Active Directory General Group Reports ......................................................................... 401
Active Directory Group Type Reports ................................................................... 403
Member Based Reports ................................................................................................ 404
Active Directory Organization Unit Reports ........................................................... 406
Active Directory General OU Reports ............................................................................. 407
OU Child Based Reports ............................................................................................... 408
Active Directory Domain Reports ......................................................................... 410
General Domain Reports .............................................................................................. 411
Container Based Reports ............................................................................................. 412
Active Directory GPO Reports.............................................................................. 413
General GPO Reports................................................................................................... 414
GPO Link Based Reports .............................................................................................. 416
Inheritance Based Reports ........................................................................................... 417
GPO Status Based Reports ........................................................................................... 418
Special GPO Reports ................................................................................................... 420
Custom Reports ....................................................................................... 421
Creating Custom Reports ................................................................................... 422
Custom Query Report ........................................................................................ 423
Making Help Desk Requests ...................................................................... 426
APPENDIX .................................................................................................................. 427
Interpreting Error Messages ...................................................................... 428
FAQs ...................................................................................................... 432
Security Policies ...................................................................................... 436
Security Policies - Active Desktop ........................................................................ 437
Security Policies - Desktop ................................................................................. 439
6

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Security Policies - Control Panel .......................................................................... 440

Security Policies - Explorer ................................................................................. 443
Security Policies - Internet Explorer ..................................................................... 445
Security Policies - Network ................................................................................. 449
Security Policies - System .................................................................................. 451
Security Policies - Task Scheduler ....................................................................... 453
Security Policies - Windows Installer .................................................................... 454
Security Policies - Start Menu and Taskbar ........................................................... 455
Security Policies - Microsoft Management Console ................................................. 458
Security Policies - Computer ............................................................................... 462
Windows System Tools ............................................................................. 463
Check Disk Tool ................................................................................................ 464
Disk Cleanup Tool ............................................................................................. 465
Disk Defragmenter Tool ..................................................................................... 466
Data Back up and Restore......................................................................... 467
Scheduling Data Backup ........................................................................... 467
Manual Data Backup and Restore............................................................... 468
Dynamic Variables ................................................................................... 470
Limitations .............................................................................................. 473
Glossary ................................................................................................. 475

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Introduction

ManageEngine® Desktop Central

Desktop administration is a never-ending job. Configuration requests ranging from simple

Drive Mapping configuration to software installation keep the administrators on their toes.
With increasing requests and a growth in the number of desktop, it becomes more difficult
to keep up with escalating demand on limited manpower.

Desktop Central enables configuring and managing desktop from a single point. With the
pre-defined configuration options, administrators can perform almost all the regular desktop
administration / management activities with ease. The ability to execute custom script gives
complete administration control over the desktop. The Web-based user interface allows for
applying the configuration to a single or group of desktop using a powerful filtering
capability.

Desktop Central ensures that the configurations are applied to the desktop and the status is
made available to the administrator to provide an end-to-end configuration experience.

In addition to the remote configuration options, it also provides you with an automated
patch management system that helps you to manage and apply Windows patches and hot
fixes.

The Inventory Management module provides the hardware and software details of the
devices in the network. In enables you to manage the software licenses and detect any
unauthorized software that are being used.

Remote Desktop Sharing enables you to gain access to a desktop in the network to be
controlled remotely.

Desktop Central provides the complete history of the configurations applied to the users,
computers, and by configuration types in the form of reports that can be used for auditing
the deployed configurations.

In addition to the configurations reports, it also provides Active Directory reports for Sites,
Domains, Organization Units, Groups, Computers, etc., which gives you a complete visibility
into the Active Directory.

The User Logon Reports provides an up-to-date user logon details like the logon time, logoff
time, logon computer, reported logon server, etc. It maintains the history of the logon
details that can be used for auditing purposes.

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

The following sections will help you to get familiar with the product:

• Getting Started: Provides you the details of system requirements, product

installation and startup.
• Configuring Desktop Central: Helps you to customize our product to suit your
working environment.
• Windows Configurations: A step-by-step guide to define and deploy
configurations to remote Windows users and computers.
• Configuration Templates: Provides the details of configuration templates and
helps you to define configurations from Templates
• Software Installation: Helps you to install Windows software to the users and
computers of the domain from remote.
• Patch Management: Details the steps involved in managing the Windows
Patches and hot fixes. It helps you to automate the patch management
process.
• Hardware and Software Inventory: Guides you to collect the hardware and
software inventory details of your network and view the reports.
• Active Directory Reports: Helps you to view the reports of the Active Directory
components.
• Windows Tools: Provides the list of Windows tools like Preventive Maintenance
Tools, Remote Tools, etc., and the steps in using them.
• User Logon Reports: Helps you get an up-to-date- details of the user logon
and history.
• Appendix: This section includes, Interpreting Error Messages, Knowledge
Base, FAQs, Known Issues and Limitations of Desktop Central, and Glossary.

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Release Notes
1. Release Notes for 8.0.0
2. Release Notes for 7.0.1
3. Release Notes for 7.0.0
4. Release Notes for 6.0.3
5. Release Notes for 6.0.2
6. Release Notes for 6.0.0
7. Release Notes for 5.0.0
8. Release Notes for 4.0.5
9. Release Notes for 4.0.4
10. Release Notes for 4.0.3
11. Release Notes for 4.0.2
12. Release Notes for 4.0.1
13. Release Notes for 4.0.0
14. Release Notes for 3.0.1
15. Release Notes for 3.0.0

Release Notes for 8.0.0

Enhancements

1. Support for MS SQL Database has been included

2. The image format of the screenshot attachments sent using the Help Desk Requests
from Desktop Central icon in system tray is made configurable.
3. Support for user environment variables in Custom Script has been introduced.
4. 'Show deployment progress' and 'Skip deployment' options introduced in
Install/Uninstall software configuration.
5. Configurations deployed to an OU or Active Directory Group will automatically be
applied to any new computers/users that gets added to that OU or group
6. Option to deploy configurations immediately has been included for computer
configurations.
7. Option to exclude specific USB device instance from being blocked has been
included.
8. Option to exclude computers based on the processor type has been included.
9. Option to save an existing configuration as a new configuration has been included.
10. Apply Always Option is enabled for Power Management,Shared Network Printers,File
Folder Operations,Services,Firewall and Permission Management Configurations.
11. File Folder Configuration has been enhanced to support copying files via HTTP to
make them work across WAN.
12. Templates for disabling automatic updates for Adobe Reader,Adobe Shockwave,Java
and Microsoft Reboot Notification on specific computers have been added.
13. Deployment Options like deployment time, reboot policies, etc., can now be saved
and loaded from templates for software, patch and servicepack deployments.
14. Remote Control initiated computer's IP audit is introduced in Action Log Viewer.

10

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

15. Remote Control now has the functionality of prompting even the user is not logged in
or the computer is locked.
16. Administrators can also configure the color quality for the remote connections to
optimize the bandwidth. The color quality and compression level can be set at the
remote office level, which will be common for all the computers in that remote office.
17. Support for viewing User Access Control (UAC) dialogs of the remote computers has
been included in Remote Control. This is applicable only for client computers running
Windows Vista or Windows 7 OS.
18. Remote Control will now provide the history of remote connections established using
Desktop Central with the duration of each sessions.
19. Remote Control has been enhanced with an option to connect with "View Only"
mode.
20. Option to make User Confirmation permanent has been included in Remote Control.
21. Software Metering is a new functionality introduced. This can be used to get the
software usage for the selected applications.
22. Inventory Alert notifications has been enhanced to include the ability to customize
the alert messages.
23. Software License Management has been enhanced to include the ability to add
multiple license purchases and to associate a license to a resource.
24. Disk Usage report now includes a detailed view to get the drive specific usage
statistics.
25. Software Metering engine has been optimized to address the performance issues.
26. Option to disable Software Metering feature has been included.
27. A new report to view the computers running specific services has been included.
28. SM Bios reported version details are included in the Inventory, Computer Hardware
Details.
29. Automatic retrieval of warranty information for Lenovo computers has been included.
30. Option to specify the DNS name of the Distribution Server along with its IP Address
while creating a remote office has been included.
31. SoM page has been enhanced to include Agent Installation, Uninstallation and Last
Upgraded time.
32. Moving Desktop Central installation from one computer to the other is made easy
with the option to provide the details of the new computer in the user interface.
33. Automatic synchronization of computers between Active Directory and SoM has been
included to detect the deleted and newly added computers.
34. Introduced a new feature called Scheduled Reports which enables you to receive
query reports, custom reports and predefined reports in specific formats and a at a
specific time.
35. Ability to automatically scan to fetch the systems' warranty has been included for
Dell, HP and Toshiba computers.
36. Reports based on system warranty has been included under Inventory Reports.
37. HTTP Software Repository location for packages in software deployment can be
changed.
38. Automated Patch Deployment has been enhanced to improve performance.
39. Patch Management has been enhanced to include an option to mark a patch as
"Approved", "Decline", etc., in Download Patches, All Supported Patches and Latest
Patches Views.
40. Memory usage during Patch Deployment has been optimized.
41. Option to download a patch again in the Download Patches View has been added.

11

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

42. Option to schedule an Automated Patch Deployment task on a specific day of the
week in a month has been included.
43. Long lived TCP connections are used to enhance on-demand actions.
44. Windows 7 (x86 and x64) Service Pack 1 and Windows 2008 R2 (x64) Service Pack 1
is Supported.
45. IP scope feature is introduced ,which can auto change Agents Remote Office setting
on the client computer according to the Scope defined in Desktop Central.

Bug Fixes

1. Issue in recreating the agents even when there is no change in agent properties has
been fixed.
2. Application error in dcconfig.exe during user logoff has been fixed.
3. Black screen when sending screenshot attachment from agent tray icon helpdesk
issue is fixed.
4. Issue in remote control service getting crashed while closing a remote session has
been fixed
5. Issue in registering the Desktop Central Agent as a windows service after agent up-
gradation has been fixed.
6. Issue in displaying the wrong execution status when the patch or the configuration is
not applicable in one or more computers has been fixed.
7. Issue in order of deploying configuration as Collection is fixed.
8. Issue in repeatedly processing the user configuration when multiple users login to a
computer has been fixed.
9. Issue in showing the correct update time in the execution status view of the
configurations has been fixed.
10. Issue in applying configuration has been fixed.
11. Issue in adding target computers/users from a remote office where the length of
remote office name exceeds 50 characters has been fixed.
12. Issue in deploying Software and Patches when the installation option is selected as
"Install during Startup" has been fixed.
13. Issue in connecting to a remote computer having multiple IP Addresses has been
fixed.
14. Support for capturing/rendering the transparent windows in Remote Control has
been included.
15. Issue in establishing remote connections from Inventory and Patch views has been
fixed.
16. The issue related to upgrading agents in remote office names that contain Latin
alphabets has been fixed.
17. Issue in taking Remote Control of Windows 2003 Server that has an active Remote
Desktop Connection has been fixed.
18. Issue in high memory usage in software metering has been fixed.
19. Issue with Microsoft Office 2010 product key fetch is fixed.
20. Issue in modifying the license details of the software when the software name
contains an '&' character has been fixed.
21. Issue in displaying the hard disk details of computers running non-English versions
of Windows OS has been fixed
22. Issue in showing negative values in Physical Memory for a computer when flash
memory is detected has been fixed.
12

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

23. When a prohibited software that is awaiting administrators approval is disabled (not
prohibited), the users where it was detected earlier will continue to see the warning
on every logon. This has been fixed.
24. Issue in sending test email while creating a scheduled report has been fixed.
25. Issue in scheduled prohibited software report has been fixed.
26. Issue in showing a wrong login time in User Logon History reports has been fixed.
27. Issue in deleting the software install-able from the client computers after successful
installation of the software has been fixed.
28. Issue in listing folders with special characters (apostrophe and comma) in network
browser has been fixed.
29. Issue in showing the Managed Computers in the Scan Systems and All Managed
Systems view under the Patch Management has been fixed.
30. Issue in Automate Patch Deployment has been fixed.
31. Issue in showing a wrong start time of the "Automated Patch Deployment" task in
the email notification has been fixed.
32. Issue in showing Patch Deployment status as "Reboot Pending" even if the system
has been restarted has been fixed.
33. Issue in patch download due to transaction timeout has been fixed.
34. Issue in retrying Automated Patch Deployment tasks has been fixed.
35. Distribution Server service startup issue has been fixed.

Release Notes for 7.0.1

Enhancements

1. Desktop Central Server performance has been optimized.

2. Free Edition limit extended to manage up to 25 computers.
3. Support for scheduled backup of the database used by Desktop Central has been
added.
4. Role based administration has been introduced. You can define roles specifying the
modules and access levels, which can be delegated to users.
5. In Define Target Microsoft Windows 7 and Microsoft Windows Server 2008 R2 have
been added in the exclude OS list.
6. Custom group filter has been added for 'Software Usage by Computer' report.
7. Computer Name column added in e-mail alerts of Prohibited Software/New Hardware
Detected/New Software Detected.
8. Computer Details view enhanced to include the system details like installed Windows
Services, local users and groups in that computer.
9. Exclude Custom Groups option has been added for Auto-Uninstallation of Prohibited
Software.
10. User Notification before Auto-Uninstallation of Software has been added.
11. "Logged On Users" column included in Inventory Reports.
12. Asset Data from Desktop Central can now be integrated with ManageEngine
ServiceDesk Plus.
13. The Computer Details view of the Inventory Reports will now include the Serial
Numbers of Monitor and Hard Disk.
14. License Management enhanced with the ability to attach license files and invoices to
the software. You will also be able to add license details of software that are not
detected in your network.
13

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

15. System Vulnerability Summary will now include additional system details like the
operating system, service pack version, etc.
16. Support for deploying patches for Non-Microsoft applications has been included.
17. You will now be able to specify the type of updates with the severity levels while
adding the Automated Patch Deployment task.
18. Vulnerability Summary, which includes the application and missing patch
information, of the computer can now be exported to PDF/CSV/XLS formats.
19. 'Manager' column has been added in 'All User Accounts' Report under AD Reports
category.
20. Option to create and save Custom Query Reports has been included.
21. Remote Office agent communication (Distribution Server / Direct Communication)
can now be modified from the SoM page.
22. Remote Office details can now be imported using a CSV file.
23. Inclusion of Alerts for Distribution Server.
24. Apache web server has been integrated to improve the performance for large
network of computers.
25. Support for deploying File and Shared Printer Configurations to Windows Vista,
Windows 2008 and Windows 7 computers have been added.

Bug Fixes

1. Issue with Non-English Computer names displayed in Network Browser is fixed.

2. Issues related to Active Directory computers with names exceeding 15 characters
have been fixed.
3. 'java.lang.Exception: NetBIOS and DC name cannot be null' issue while clicking on
the workgroup name in SoM page has been fixed.
4. Issue with selecting all computers while adding computers in SoM has been fixed.
5. Issue in displaying computer message box on Vista and above has been fixed.
6. Issue in showing a pop up in Windows 2000 computers stating non-availability of a
DLL file has been fixed.
7. Remote Office names sorted in filters.
8. Issue in installing agents on Vista and above when UAC is enabled has been fixed.
9. Agent side fix for inventory scanning.
10. Issue with Microsoft Office 2007 Productkey fetch is fixed.
11. Prompt User issue in Remote Control has been fixed for Multiple User Login of
Vista/2008 Server/Windows 7.
12. Issue in Schedule Vulnerability Update is fixed.
13. Issue in Reboot Policy during Patch installation is fixed.
14. Issue in deploying the patches that have dependent patches has been fixed in the
Automated Patch Deployment process.
15. Time interval issue in Filter has been fixed for all reports.
16. Number of characters allowed in the NOTES field of AD Reports has been increased.

Release Notes for 7.0.0

Enhancements

1. Distribution Server introduced to reduce the bandwidth consumption in managing

computers across WAN
14

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

2. Support to block/unblock specific USB Devices included

3. Desktop Central internationalized to manage computers running non-English version
of operating systems
4. Support for Windows 2008, Windows Vista, and 64-bit included
5. Power Management Reports has been introduced.
6. Ability to create Custom Reports has been included
7. Automatic Patch Deployment enhanced with the ability to define multiple tasks.
8. Install / uninstall silent switches of popular software now comes pre-filled
9. Option to automatically uninstall the prohibited software from the managed
computers has been included.
10. Support for applying user configurations when you switch from one user to another
has been included for Windows Vista and Windows 2008.
11. Custom group creation has been enhanced by listing the computers/users in a tree
view with search and filter options.
12. Option to enable/disable trimming of column values in reports has been included
13. IP Printer and Shortcut configurations can now be deployed to computers.
14. A new report "Software Product Key" has been added under Inventory module.
15. Support for viewing Remote Desktops from Firefox 3.0 and above has been included.

Bug Fixes

1. Desktop Central Server performance has been optimized.

2. Desktop Central agent binaries have been digitally signed.
3. Issue in deploying patches in bulk has been fixed.
4. Issues in Drive Mapping and Folder Redirection Configurations have been fixed.
5. Issue in updating the patch database manually has been fixed.
6. Issue in downloading patches and service packs has been fixed.
7. Issues with dynamic variables has been fixed.
8. Issue while deploying configurations with multiple targets has been fixed.
9. Issues related to child domain networks has been fixed
10. Issue in showing duplicate listing of computers in the SoM page has been fixed.

Release Notes for 6.0.3

1. Adding multiple packages while defining an install software configuration is

introduced.
2. Introduced MS-Office Patching Support and service pack installation.
3. Commercial Software Grouping is introduced in Inventory module.
4. Provision added to terminate Windows Remote Desktop connection and establish
connection with Remote Control of Desktop Central.
5. Introduced Connect with IP option in Remote Control.
6. Ctrl+Alt+Del for Vista OS is handled in Remote Control.
7. Introduced IP range in the Define target Section of Configurations.
8. Sending AD Reports by E-Mail is introduced.
9. Introduced Rebranding Option to change Desktop Central logo.
10. Added 64-Bit OS Support for Inventory, Patch Management, Software Deployment
and Remote control.
11. Added Windows 2008 OS support for Desktop Central Agents.
12. Provision to change E-Mail domain for Help Desk emails is added.
15

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Release Notes for 6.0.2

1. Support for managing computers across WAN included.

2. In software deployment, environment variable support is added for the network
paths, pre, post installation scripts. Eg: %ProgramFiles% --> C:\Program Files
3. Support for establishing remote connection from Mozilla has been added.
4. Options to lock/unlock remote computers and to black-out remote monitors have
been added in Remote Desktop Sharing.
5. Scheduled installation is added in Patch deployment configuration.
6. Prohibited Software Report is added in Inventory.
7. Export PDF option is included In Computer Details of Inventory Management.
8. Provision added to delete an already defined message box through message box
configuration.
9. Option added to apply configurations on every logon/bootup.
10. Automatic detection of Windows Firewall and adding necessary exceptions (required
for Desktop Central server) is handled.

Release Notes for 6.0.0

1. Support for Windows Workgroup added

2. Support for configuring desktop in multiple domains has been added.
3. Support for creating custom groups of users and computers has been added. The
groups can then be chosen as target for deploying configurations/patches/software.
4. Wake on LAN tool included.

Release Notes for 5.0.0

1. Hardware and Software Inventory module included.

2. Support for installing EXE packages in addition to MSI
3. Support for Configuration Templates Added.

Release Notes for 4.0.5

1. Microsoft Non Security Patches are supported for deployment.

2. Provided an option to delete the failed download patches from patch configuration
download status page. Also, provided an option to deploy from download status
page.
3. "Fix on Errors" option for Check Disk system tool is added.
4. Provision to define SoM with individual computers.
5. Added multiple OUs support in SoM definition.

Release Notes for 4.0.4

1. Provision added for multiple user login in Desktop Central with different access roles.
2. Folder Redirection configuration has been enhanced to copy the local folder contents
to the redirected folder.
3. ActiveX Component used for Desktop Sharing is signed for security reasons.
4. Active Directory Reports loading performance has been improved.
16

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

5. Status update and additional filtering options have been added for "Install Software"
configuration.

Release Notes for 4.0.3

1. System Tools that can be scheduled on multiple client machines have been added.
2. New configurations, File and Folder Operations and Permission Management, have
been added
3. Patch Management enhanced to include support for installing service packs of
Microsoft products.

Release Notes for 4.0.2

1. Active Directory Reports enhanced to include over 90+ granular reports of the
individual components.
2. Included User Logon Tracking Reports for an up-to-date user logon details with
history.
3. Ability to schedule report update interval has been included.
4. Enhanced Remote Desktop Sharing with the ability to change the screen resolution.
5. New look and feel for better usability.

Release Notes for 4.0.1

1. Ability to connect to remote desktops through web browser using Remote Desktop
Sharing.
2. Added Power Management configuration to define and apply power schemes to the
client computers.
3. Option for instant and manual installation of agent software on the client computers.
4. Option to uninstall agent software from client computers.
5. Number of users, computers, and container details are added in Resource Browser.
6. Improved usability of Add configuration and SoM page screens.
7. Issues related to persisting Active Directory computer details in database is fixed.

Release Notes for 4.0.0

1. Patch Management module included - enables automatic detection of the required

patches, download and install in the affected systems.
2. Computer configurations to manage windows local groups, users, and to install
patches have been included.
3. Scheduler configuration has been added to schedule tasks for users.
4. Reports relating to Patch Management have been included.
5. Ability to view and audit the tasks executed using Desktop Central has been added.

Release Notes for 3.0.1

1. Configuration based reports have been enhanced with more details.

2. Provision to remember view settings like the page size, sort order etc. across logins.
3. Overall usability is enhanced for the product.
17

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

4. Provision to change the admin credential alone in Scope Of Management (SOM)

settings page.
5. Issues in Active Directory reports with large number of users is fixed.
6. Issues with multiple ip addresses given in target exclude is fixed.
7. Issue with creating shortcut in User Quick Launch Bar is fixed.

Release Notes for 3.0.0

The key features of this release are:

1. Ability to define configurations for users and computers in the Windows 2000/2003
domain from a central point.
2. Out-of-the-box configurations include Alerts, Message Boxes, MS Office, Display,
Outlook, Drive Mapping, Path, Environment Variable, Registry Settings, Folder
Redirection, Security Policies, Internet Explorer, Shared Printer, IP Printer, Shortcut,
Launch Application, Windows Installer, Firewall, Services, Legal Notice, Custom
Scripts, and Common Folder Redirection.
3. Ability to run custom scripts to get complete administration control over the domain.
4. Multiple configurations can be defined and deployed to users or computers
simultaneously using Collections.
5. Ability to define selective targets for applying the configurations. Targets can be
either single user/computer or all users/computers belonging to a Site, Domain, OU,
or Groups.
6. Ability to view the status of the deployed configurations from the Desktop Central
client.
7. Ability to suspend, modify, and redeploy defined configurations.
8. Comprehensive reports for the defined configurations and other Active Directory
components.

18

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Contacting ZOHO Corporation

• ZOHO Corp. Headquarters

• Sales
• Technical Support

ZOHO Corp. Headquarters

Web site www.zohocorp.com

Zoho Corporation
4900 Hopyard Rd, Suite 310
Pleasanton, CA 94588 USA
Phone: +1-925-924-9500
Fax : +1-925-924-9600
E-mail: [email protected]
Zoho Corporation Private Limited
DLF IT Park, Block 7, Ground floor, No. 1/124,
Shivaji Garden, Nandambakkam Post,
Mount PH Road, Ramapuram
Chennai 600 089
Corporate Office Phone: +91-44-22707070
Fax: +91-44-22707172
E-mail: [email protected]
Zoho Corporation Pte Ltd
C/o Cananex Singapore Pte Ltd
Block 1003 Bukit Merah Central #05-23
Inno-Center, Singapore 159836
Main Line : 63344486
Fax: 62819188
Mobile: 97552882
Contact Person: Ong Yang Peng
Email: [email protected]

Sales

You can buy ManageEngine Desktop Central from anywhere in the world. To buy our
product contact us in the following ways:

• Fill out our sales request form to receive a call from our sales personnel
• Send us an e-mail at [email protected]

19

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

• Call the ZOHO Corp. headquarters or send us a fax. The numbers are as
follows:

• Phone: +1-925-924-9500
• Fax: +1-925-924-9600

Technical Support

One of the value propositions of ZOHO Corp. is excellent support to its customers. During
the evaluation phase the support program is extended to you free of charge. Please send
your technical queries to [email protected].

Use the following support format while sending e-mails to the support team:

• Edition of the product (Free, Standard, Professional, or Enterprise Edition)

• Version of the operating system you are using. For example, Windows 2003.
• Version of the browser you are using. For example, Firefox 1.5 or Internet
Explorer 5.5.
• Details of the problem
• Steps to reproduce the problem

Alternatively, you can select the Support tab from the client window. It has the following
options that will allow you to contact us:

• Request Support: Submit your technical queries online

• Need Features: Request for new features in Desktop Central
• User Forums: Participate in a discussion with other Desktop Central users
• Contact Us: Speak to our technical team using the toll free number 1-888-
720-9500

20

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

How Desktop Central Works?

ManageEngine Desktop Central is a Web-Based windows desktop administration software

that helps administrators to effectively manage the desktops from a central point. It
provides Configurations, Inventory Management, Patch Management, Service Pack
Installation, Software Installation, Desktop Sharing, System Tools, Active Directory Reports
and User Logon Report.

• Desktop Central LAN Architecture

• Desktop Central WAN Architecture

Desktop Central LAN Architecture

The figure below depicts the Desktop Central Architecture. The details of the individual
components are given below:

Fig: Desktop Central Architecture for LAN

21

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Server Component

Desktop Central Server is located at the enterprise (customer site) is responsible for
performing various Desktop Management activities. It pushes the Desktop Central agent to
the client machines, deploys configurations, initiates scanning for Inventory and Patch
Management, and generates reports of the Active Directory Infrastructure Components to
effectively manage the desktops in the enterprise network. It is advised to keep the
Desktop Central server always running to carry out the day-to-day Desktop Management
activities. All these actions can be initiated from a web-based administration console in a
few simple clicks.

Agent Component

Desktop Central Agent is light-weight software that gets installed in the client systems that
are being managed using Desktop Central. It acts as a worker to carry out the operations as
instructed by the Desktop Central Server. It is also responsible for updating the Desktop
Central Server with the status of the deployed configurations. The
agent periodically pulls the instructions from the Desktop Central Server and executes the
tasks. The agent contacts the server at the following intervals:

1. For user-specific configurations - during user logon and every 90 minutes thereafter
till the user logs out of the computer.
2. For computer-specific configurations - during system startup and every 90 minutes
thereafter till the system is shutdown.

Patch Database

The Patch Database is a portal in the ManageEngine site, which hosts the latest vulnerability
database that has been published after a thorough testing. The Desktop Central Server
periodically synchronizes this information and scans the systems in the enterprise site to
determine the missing patches. Subsequently, the patches are installed to fix the
vulnerabilities.

The communication between the Desktop Central Server and the Patch Database is through
the Proxy Server or a direct connection to internet. The required patches will be downloaded
from Microsoft website and stored locally in the Desktop Central Server before deploying the
patches to the client computers. Hence, each client computer (agent) will take the patch
binaries from the Desktop Central Server.

Web Console

• Provides a central control point for all the desktop management functions.
• Can be accessed from anywhere: LAN, Remote Offices, and Home through
Internet/VPN.
• No separate client installations are required.

22

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Active Directory

For Active Directory based Domain setup, the Desktop Central Server queries the Active
Directory to generate out-of-the-box reports for Sites, Domains, Organization Units, Groups,
Computers, etc., which gives you a complete visibility into the Active Directory.

Ports Used by Desktop Central

Ports to be opened on the Agent

To enable remote installation of the Agent, you should open these ports.

• 135 : Used to enable remote administration.

• 139 & 445 : Used to enable sharing of files and printers.

Ports to be opened on the Server

• 8020: Used for agent-server communication and to access the Web console
• 8383: Used for secured communication between the agent and the Desktop
Central server
• 8443: Used for the Remote Control feature with secured communication
• 8444: Used for the Remote Control feature
• 8031: Used to transfer files in a secure mode while accessing a remote
computer using Remote Control
• 8032: Used to transfer files while accessing a remote computer using Remote
Control
• 8027: Used to complete on-demand tasks like inventory scanning, patch
scanning, remote control, remote shutdown and moving agents from one
remote office to another

Desktop Central WAN Architecture

Desktop Central supports managing Computers in a distributed setup like branch/remote

offices and for mobile users (eg. Sales Persons). The figure below depicts the Desktop
Central Architecture for managing computers in WAN. The details of the individual
components are given below:

23

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Fig: Desktop Central WAN Architecture

Advantages

• Simple, fast, and an affordable solution for your desktop management needs.
• Low bandwidth utilization
• Network-neutral desktop management.
• No separate VPN infrastructure is required.
• Secured communication between the Server and the Agent.
• Centralized management of computers from a single console.

Server Component

Desktop Central Server has to be installed in your LAN (say, the head office) and has to be
configured as an EDGE device. This means that the designated port (default being 8020 and
24

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

is configurable) should be accessible through Internet. You need to adopt necessary security
standards to harden the OS where the Desktop Central Server is installed. Agents from all
the remote locations report to this Desktop Central Server.

The Server acts as a container to store the configuration details and, upon request, provide
the instructions to the agents. It is advised to keep the Desktop Central server always
running to carry out the day-to-day Desktop Management activities.

Distribution Server Component

Desktop Central Distribution Server is light-weight software that is installed in one of the
computers in the Branch Offices. This agent will communicate with the Desktop Central
Server to pull the information for all the computers in that branch. The agents that reside in
the branch office computers will contact the Distribution Server to get the information
available to them and process the requests.

• Low bandwidth utilization as only one agent will contact the Server
periodically
• Pulls the configuration details, software packages, patches to be installed,
etc., from the Desktop Central Server and makes it available for the rest of
the computers in the branch.
• Supports secured mode of communication (SSL/HTTPS) with the Server.
• Distribution Server installation is one-time and subsequent upgrades will be
automatically performed.

Agent Component

Desktop Central Agent is light-weight software that is installed in the client systems that are
being managed using Desktop Central. It acts as a worker to carry out the operations as
instructed by the Desktop Central Server.

• Unobtrusive light-weight component.

• Can either be installed manually or through the logon script in all the
computers that are being managed using Desktop Central. However, for
computers in the local LAN, the agents will be automatically installed.
• Agent installation is one-time and subsequent upgrades will be automatically
performed.
• For computers in the same LAN as that of the Desktop Central Server, the
agent will periodically connect to the Server to PULL the configurations
available for them, deploys them and updates the status back to the Server.
• For computers in Branch Offices, the agent will contact the Master Agent to
PULL the configurations available for them, deploys them and updates the
status back to the Server.

Web Console

• Provides a central control point for all the desktop management functions.

25

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

• Can be accessed from anywhere: LAN, Remote Offices, and Home through
Internet/VPN.
• No separate client installations are required.

Ports Used by Desktop Central

Ports to be Opened on the Agent

To enable remote installation of the Agent, you should open these ports.

• 135 : Used to enable remote administration.

• 139 & 445 : Used to enable sharing of files and printers.

Ports to be Opened on the Server

• 8020: Used for agent-server communication and to access the Web console
• 8383: Used for secured communication between the agent and the Desktop Central
server
• 8443: Used for the Remote Control feature with secured communication
• 8444: Used for the Remote Control feature
• 8031: Used to transfer files in a secure mode while accessing a remote computer
using Remote Control
• 8032: Used to transfer files while accessing a remote computer using Remote
Control
• 8027: Used to complete on-demand tasks like inventory scanning, patch scanning,
remote control, remote shutdown and moving agents from one remote office to
another.

Ports to be Opened on the Distribution Server

• 8021: Used for communication between the agents in Remote Offices and the
Distribution Server
• 8384: Used for secured communication between the agents in Remote Offices and
the Distribution Server

26

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Installation & Setup

This sections guides you in installing Desktop Central and performing the required
configurations. Setting up Desktop Central can only be done by users with administrative
privileges in Desktop Central.

The following sections describes how to get started with Desktop Central.

• System Requirements
• Installing Desktop Central
• Working with Desktop Central
• Installing Service Pack
• Licensing the Product
• Understanding the Client UI
• Setting Up Desktop Central

27

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

System Requirements

• Hardware Requirements for Desktop Central Server

• Hardware Requirements for Distribution Server
• Hardware Requirement for Desktop Central Agent
• Software Requirements

Hardware Requirements for Desktop Central Server

No. of Computers Hard Disk

Processor RAM
Managed Space
Upto 250 Computers Single processor Intel P4 ~1.5 GHz 1 GB 2 GB*

Single processor (Intel P4 or Xeon 2.0

251 to 500 Computers Ghz (Dual Core), 800+ Mhz FSB, 4 2 GB 2 GB*
MB cache)

Single processor (Intel Xeon ~2.4 Ghz

501 to 1000 Computers Dual Core, 800+ Mhz FSB, 4MB 4 GB 3 GB*
cache)

Dual processor (Intel Xeon ~2.0 Ghz

1001 to 3000 Computers Dual Core, 1000 Mhz FSB,4 MB 4 GB 5 GB*
cache)

6+
GB
Dual Processor (Intel Xeon processors 20 GB (HDD
@
3001 to 5000 Computers Quad-Core at 2 ~ 3 GHz, 1000+ MHz speed @ 7200 ~
667
FSB, 4 MB Cache) 10,000 rpm)
Mhz.
ECC

8+
GB
Quad Processor (Intel Xeon 50 GB (HDD
5001 to 10000 @
processors Quad-Core at 2 ~ 3 GHz, speed @ 7200 ~
Computers 667
1000+ MHz FSB, 4 MB Cache) 10,000 rpm)
Mhz.
ECC

* May dynamically grow according to frequency of scanning

When managing computers above 1000, it is advisable to install Desktop Central on a

Windows 2003 Server Enterprise Edition
28

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Hardware Requirements for Distribution Server

No. of Computers
Hard Disk
Reporting to the Processor RAM
Distribution Sever Space

512
Upto 250 Computers Single processor Intel P4 ~1.5 GHz 1 GB*
MB

251 to 500 Computers Single processor Intel P4 ~1.5 GHz 1 GB 2 GB*

Single processor (Intel P4 or Xeon 2.0

501 to 1000 Computers Ghz (Dual Core), 800+ Mhz FSB, 4 2 GB 2 GB*
MB cache)

* Hard disk space may grow depending on the number of software and patches that are
deployed.

Hardware Requirements for Desktop Central Agent

Hardware Recommended

Processor Intel Pentium

Processor Speed 1.0 GHz

RAM 512 MB

Hard Disk Space 30 MB*

* May dyanamically grow depending on the operations performed on the client computer

Software Requirements

Supported Platforms

ManageEngine Desktop Central supports the following Microsoft Windows

operating system versions:

Desktops

• Windows 2000 Professional

• Windows XP Professional
• Windows Vista
• Windows 7

29

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Servers

• Windows Server 2000

• Windows Server 2003
• Windows Server 2008
• Windows Server 2008 R2

and Terminal Clients

Supported Browsers

ManageEngine Desktop Central requires one of the following browsers to be

installed in the system for working with the Desktop Central Client.

• Internet Explorer 5.5 and above

• Netscape 7.0 and above
• Mozilla Firefox 1.0 and above

Preferred screen resolution 1024 x 768 pixels or higher

30

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Installing Desktop Central

• Supported Operating Systems

• Pre-Requisites for Installing Desktop Central Server
• Ports Used by Desktop Central Server
• Installing Desktop Central Server
• Uninstalling Desktop Central Server

Supported Operating Systems

Desktop Central can be installed on computers running the following operating systems
(both 32-bit and 64-bit):

• Windows 2000 Professional

• Windows XP Professional
• Windows Vista
• Windows 7
• Windows 2000 Server
• Windows 2003 Server
• Windows 2008 Server
• Windows 2008 R2 Server
• Virtual Servers (VM Ware)

Pre-requisites for Installing Desktop Central Server

1. Desktop Central has to be installed in any of the operating systems mentioned

above. It can either be installed on the Domain Controller or in any
Workstation/Server in the network.
2. Ensure that the hardware requirements are met in accordance to the number of
computers being managed using Desktop Central.
3. It is recommended to have a Static IP Address for the computer where Desktop
Central Server is installed. This is because, the agents installed in the client
computers communicates with the Desktop Central Server using this IP Address.
4. You should install the product as an administrator, since the product is installed and
run as an Windows Service.

Ports Used by Desktop Central Server

Desktop Central Server uses the following ports:

1. TCP Port 8020 - Used for HTTP communication between the server and the agent
2. TCP Port 8383 - Used for HTTPS communication between the server and the agent
(Secure)
31

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

3. TCP Port 8443 - Used for Remote Desktop Sharing (Secure)

4. TCP Port 8444 - Used for Remote Desktop Sharing
5. TCP Port 8031 - Used for File Transfer (Secure)
6. TCP Port 8032 - Used for File Transfer

If you are running any third party firewall in the computer where Desktop Central Server is
being installed, open these ports by configuring the firewall. If you are running Windows
Firewall, these ports can also be automatically be opened in the firewall from the SoM page
(post installation) from the Desktop Central Console.

Installing Desktop Central Server

Desktop Central is distributed in the EXE Format. Run the self-extracting EXE with an
Install Shield program for installation and follow the instructions provided. The installation
wizard will guide you through a series of instructions like the installation directory, web
server port, etc. You can either install the product with the default values or can change the
values as required. If you are changing the web server port (default is 8020), ensure that
you open the appropriate port in the firewall.

Upon successful installation of the product, all the required components like the web server,
database server, etc., are automatically installed.

Uninstalling Desktop Central Server

It is recommended to uninstall the agent from the client computers prior to uninstalling the
product. If the client computers are in the same LAN as that of the Desktop Central Server,
the agents can be uninstalled from the SoM page of the Desktop Central Console. However,
the agent in the remote office computers have to be removed manually. Refer to the online
Knowledge base for the steps to remove the agent from remote office computers.

To uninstall Desktop Central, select Start --> Programs --> ManageEngine Desktop
Central --> Uninstall.

If you have uninstalled the product before removing the agents and if you wish to remove
later, refer to the online knowledge base for steps.

32

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Working with Desktop Central

• Starting Desktop Central

• Launching Desktop Central Client
• Steps to Perform after Initial Login
• Stopping Desktop Central

Starting Desktop Central

To start Desktop Central, select Start --> Programs --> ManageEngine Desktop
Central --> Start Desktop Central

On starting the Desktop Central, the client is automatically launched in the default browser.

The following processes are started along with the Desktop Central:

• java.exe - Desktop Central Server

• mysqld-nt.exe - Database Server
• wrapper.exe - For system tray operations

When Desktop Central is started in Windows XP / Windows 2003 machines with firewall
enabled, Windows will pop up security alerts asking whether to block or unblock the the
following programs as shown in the images below:

1. mysqld-nt - Database server

2. Java(TM) 2 Platform Standard Edition binary - Java.

You should Unblock these programs to start Desktop Central.

Fig: MySQL Alert

33

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Fig: Java Alert

Launching the Desktop Central Client

To launch the Desktop Central client,

1. open a Web browser and type http://hostname:8020 in the address bar. Here the
hostname refers to the DNS name of the machine where Desktop Central is running.
2. Specify the user name and password as admin in the respective fields and click
Login.

Steps to Perform after Initial Login

When you login to Desktop Central for the first time, perform the following steps:

1. Define the scope of management - Scope can be limited to a small set of computers
or the whole domain.
2. Define and apply configurations to either users or computers. The applied
configurations will take effect during user logon for user configurations and during
reboot for computer configurations.
3. View the status if the configurations applied to the users/computers.
4. Setup Software Deployment Module
5. Setup Patch Management Module
6. Setup Inventory Management
7. Configure AD Reports Update Interval and Enable User Logon Reports

34

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Stopping Desktop Central

To stop Desktop Central, select Start --> Programs --> ManageEngine Desktop
Central --> Stop Desktop Central

35

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Installing Service Pack

Desktop Central periodically provides Service Packs which provide new features (requested
by the customers), fixes for certain bugs and document updates in the form of HTML files.
Service Packs can be downloaded from the Web site, and updated into ManageEngine
Desktop Central using the Update Manager tool.

Note: Ensure that no application is running when applying the Service Pack. This
prevents any files used by the application from being over-written. For example if
the Desktop Central is running, stop the server and then install the service pack.

Important: You should login to the computer with the Domain Administrator credential as
specified in the Scope of Management to install a Service Pack.

The steps to apply a Service Pack are as follows:

1. Stop Desktop Central Server.

2. Start Update manager by executing the script UpdateManager.bat file located in
<Desktop Central Home>/bin directory.
3. Click Browse and select the Service Pack file (.ppm) to be installed. Click Install to
install the Service Pack.
4. You can go through the Readme file of the Service Pack by clicking the Readme
button.

Note: On clicking Install, the tool checks whether there is enough space for the
installation of the service pack. If there is no enough space, the tool informs you
about the lack of space. You must clear the space and then proceed with the
installation.

36

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Licensing the Product

Desktop Central is available in four variants- Free, Standard, Professional, and

Enterprise Editions

Download the product from the Website.

The Free Edition, Standard Edition, Professional Edition and Enterprise Edition,
come packaged as a single download. During the evaluation phase, the Enterprise Edition
is installed, and can be evaluated for 30 days. After 30 days, it is automatically gets
converted to the Free Edition, unless the Standard/Professional/Enterprise Edition
license is purchased. Given below is the comparison matrix of the features available in the
various editions:

Free
Feature Standard Professional Enterprise
Edition**

Software Deployment

Patch Management

Asset Management

Remote Control

Service Pack Deployment

Windows Configurations

USB Device Management

Power Management

System Tools

User Logon Reports

Active Directory Reports ***

Managing Desktops Across WAN

Manage Desktops of Roaming Users

Multi-Technician Support

37

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Free
Feature Standard Professional Enterprise
Edition**

Distribution Server for Bandwidth

Optimization

** Free Edition can be used to manage up to 25 desktops.

*** Granular reports on Active Directory are not available in the Free Edition.

For purchasing the license or for any pricing related queries, please contact
[email protected].

To upgrade from a Trial/Free Edition to Standard/Professional/Enterprise Edition

1. When you purchase the product, the license file will be sent through e-mail, which
can be used to upgrade the product.
2. Click the License link available in the top right corner of the Desktop Central client.
This opens the License details of the product.
3. Click the Upgrade Now link and select the license file received from ManageEngine
using the Browse button.
4. Click Upgrade button to upgrade.

38

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Understanding the Client UI

• Tabbed Pane
• Quick Links
• Left Pane
• Content Pane

Desktop Central client presents complex desktop management information to administrators

in a clear, well organized, and easily understandable manner. The Client is a multi-pane
interface with tabs and quick links on the top pane, tab-specific links on the left pane, and
object-specific views on the right pane. The home page looks similar to the one shown
below:

39

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Tabbed Pane

Tabs provides easier navigation between various modules/features of Desktop Central. Each
tab represent a specific module/feature in Desktop Central. The content of the left pane
varies depending on the tab selected. The following are the tabs present in the product:

• Home: The home tab provides a quick summary of the configurations defined in
the form of charts. Apart from the configuration summary, it also provides
Inventory summary and the health/patch status of the network.
• Configurations: The configurations tab provides the core functions of the
product. It has links to define configurations and collections and view the defined
configurations based on the type and status.
• Patch Mgmt: This provides the details of the available and missing patch details
along with options to install them.
• Software Deployment: Provides options to create MSI and EXE package
repository, which can then be used to deploy software to the windows machines
in the network.
• Inventory: Provides the details of the software and hardware inventory of the
network. It allows you to manage software licenses and prohibited software.
• Tools: The Tools tab provides ability to share a remote desktop and control it
through a Web browser. You can also schedule a task to run various system tools
like Disk Defrag, Check Disk, and Disk Cleanup on different machines in the
network.
• Reports: The reports tab provides a comprehensive reports of the defined
configurations based on users, computers, and type. It also provides ready-made
reports of the Active Directory components. For more details about the available
reports, refer to Viewing Reports topic.
• Admin: The admin tab helps you to customize the product to your environment.
It helps you to define the scope of management, manage inactive users in your
domain, manage MSI/EXE files and scripts, apart from other personalization
options. For further details, refer to Configuring Desktop Central section.
• Support: The support tab helps you to reach us for your needs, such as getting
technical support, requesting new features, participating in user discussions, and
so on. It also provides self-diagnostic details about the product.

Apart from the tabs, it also has the following links on the top right corner:

• Contact Us: To reach us to support, feedback, sending logs, joining web

conference to troubleshooting, etc.
• Personalize: To customize the skin, password, and session expiry time.
• License: To upgrade to the licensed version of the software and to view the
license details.
• About Us: To view the product version details.
• Help: To view the product help documentation.
• Sign Out: To sign out the client.

40

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Quick Links

Quick links enables you to navigate to the frequently used pages instantly.

Left Pane

The navigation links in left pane enables navigation across the various features in the tab.
The left-side navigation links changes dynamically according to the tab selected.

Content Pane

The content pane displays the specific view of the currently selected item from the tabbed
pane, quick links or the left pane.

41

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Setting Up Desktop Central

After installing Desktop Central, the administrator has to setup the various modules in
Desktop Central by making the required configurations.

Note: The steps/configurations described in this section can only be performed

by users with administrative privileges in Desktop Central.

Follow the links to learn more:

• Configuring Desktop Central for Windows Vista / 2008

• Working with the Scope of Management
• Configuring Agent Tray Icon Settings
• Configuring Mail Server
• Configuring Help Desk Integration
• Managing Custom Scripts
• Configuring Server Settings
• Creating Custom Groups
• Personalizing the Client Settings
• Authenticating Users via Active Directory
• Migrating Desktop Central Server
• User Administration
• Setting Up Software Deployment
• Setting Up Patch Management
• Setting Up Asset Management
• Setting Up User Logon Reports
• Setting Up Active Directory Reports

42

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Configuring Desktop Central for Windows Vista /

2008 / Windows 7

This is applicable only if you install Desktop Central Server in Windows Vista,
Windows 2008 or Windows 7.

For running Desktop Central Service in Windows Vista, Windows 2008 or Windows 7
operating systems, you need to specify user credentials with administrative privileges. This
is not required for other operating systems like Windows XP, 2003 Server, etc.

Specifying Admin User Credentials for Windows Vista / Windows 2008 / Windows 7.

When you install Desktop Central server in Windows Vista / Windows 2008 / Windows 7 and
start, the Desktop Central client will show a page asking for the user credentials with
administrative privileges on that computer. Specify the user name and password of an user
account that has administrative privileges on the computer where Desktop Central Server is
installed. The user specified here can be either a domain user or a local user with admin
privileges.

It is recommended to set the password of the user specified here to "Password Never
Expires". When the password of this user changes, Desktop Central Server will not be able
to start as the credentials will fail.

43

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Defining the Scope of Management

After successful installation, the first thing you do is to define the Scope of
Management(SoM) to use the features of Desktop Central. The SoM refers to the list of
computers that are managed using Desktop Central. The managed computers can be from
Active Directory, Workgroup, or any other directory service like Novell eDirectory. The
managed computers can be either in the same LAN or in any remote location that are
connected through VPN or Internet.

Following the Scope of Management section, you can proceed with:

• Adding Domain/Workgroup
• Managing computers in LAN
• Managing computers in WAN

44

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Adding Domain/Workgroup

A windows network is typically based on Windows Active Directory, Workgroup, or Novell

eDirectory. When you install desktop Central in your network, it automatically discovers all
the domains and workgroups available in your network. Novell eDirectory based network are
discovered and managed as workgroups in Desktop Central.

Discovering Domains / Workgroups

To view the discovered domains/ workgroups or to initiate the discovery, select Admin tab
--> Scope of Management (SoM) --> Add Computers. This will discover all the
available domains and workgroups and list them under Discovered Networks.

Adding Domains

Domain can be added in Desktop Central in two ways:

1. From the auto-discovered list available in the SoM --> Add Computers page by
clicking the Edit link corresponding to the domain.
2. By Manually adding the domain - If for some reason, one or more domains are not
discovered, you can use the Add Domain link available in the same page to add
domains manually.

Both the above options will open the Add Domain dialog for accepting the following
information:

Parameter Description Type

Domain Name of the domain. This is usually the netbios or the pre-
Mandatory
Name 2000 name of the domain

Network
Select "Active Directory" option Mandatory
Type

This should be the domain user name that has

administrative privileges in all the computers of that
Domain User
domain. It is recommended to have a dedicated domain Mandatory
Name
admin user account for Desktop Central whose password
policy is set to "Never Expire"

Password Password of the domain admin user Mandatory

AD Domain
The DNS name of the Active Directory Domain Mandatory
Name

Domain The name of the domain controller. If you have multiple Mandatory

45

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Parameter Description Type

Controller domain controllers, provide the name of the domain

Name controller that is nearest to the computer where Desktop
Central Server is installed

If you have problems in adding the domains, refer to our online knowledge base for possible
reasons and solutions.

Adding Workgroups

Similar to domains, Workgroups can be added in Desktop Central in two ways:

1. From the auto-discovered list available in the SoM --> Add Computers page by
clicking the Edit link corresponding to the workgroup.
2. By Manually adding the workgroup- If for some reason, one or more workgroups are
not discovered, you can use the Add Domain link available in the same page to add
workgroups manually.

Both the above options will open the Add Domain dialog for accepting the following
information:

Parameter Description Type

Domain
The name of the workgroup Mandatory
Name

Network
Select "Workgroup" option Mandatory
Type

A common user name which has administrative privileges

in all the computers within that workgroup. It is
Admin User
recommended to have a dedicated user account for Mandatory
Name
Desktop Central whose password policy is set to "Never
Expire"

Password The password of the common admin user Mandatory

This is required to uniquely identify a computer within a

workgroup. For example, if you have a computer with the
DNS Suffix Optional
same name in two different workgroups, the DNS suffix is
used to identify it uniquely

If you have problems in adding the workgroups, refer to our online knowledge base for
possible reasons and solutions.

46

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Note: Computers in Novel eDirectory based network are managed as

Workgroups in Desktop Central.

Changing the Domain or Workgroup Credentials

Desktop Central establishes a remote connection to the managed computers to perform the
various Desktop Management activities like agent installation / upgradation, patch/inventory
scanning, and remote desktop sharing, which requires an admin credential. The credential
provided when adding a domain/workgroup is used for this purpose. When the
username/password provided while adding the domain/workgroup has changed later due to
password expiry or other reasons, you need to update the correct credentials from the
Admin tab --> SoM page to avoid getting "Access Denied" errors while performing any
remote operations.

To update the credentials, click the Edit Credentials button available in the SoM page.
Select the Domain/Workgroup from the select box, update the username/password and click
Update Domain Details.

Synchronizing Computers from Active Directory

Synchronizing computers from Active Directory will help you find the computers that are
newly added, but or not managed in Desktop Central and the computers that have been
deleted from the Active Directory. This helps you to quickly add or remove computers from
being managed using Desktop Central. The synchronization will happen at a specified time
everyday and can be configured to notify you whenever a change is detected.

To enable synchronization follow the steps below:

1. Select SoM --> AD Sync tab

2. Click AD Sync Settings link from the right, below the AD Sync tab.
3. Select Enable AD Sync
4. Specify the time at which the sync should happen. The time should be specified in 24
hour format and the sync will happen at the same time everyday.
5. Click Choose Domains/OUs to select the domains and OUs that you would like to
sync. This will only list the domains and OUs for which the credentials have been
specified.

Note: If you do not see all the domains, you should check and specify the
credentials first from SoM --> Computers --> Edit Credential.
6. If you wish to be notified on any change, select "Enable Email Notification" and
specify the "To Address", subject and message.
7. Click Save

47

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Next Steps

The next step is to add and install the agent in the client computers that have to be
managed using Desktop Central. The following sections will detail the steps:

• Managing Computers in LAN - To add and install the agent in the client
computers from the same LAN where Desktop Central Server is installed
• Managing Computers in WAN - To add and install the agent in the client
computers from remote locations like branch offices and mobile users.

48

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Managing computers in LAN

Desktop Central installs an agent in all the client computers that have to be managed using
Desktop Central. The agent properties can also be customized prior to installing the agents.
For details on customizations, refer to Configuring Agent settings.

Installing Agents

Installing Agents from Desktop Central Console

1. The client computers can be added from Admin tab --> SoM --> Add Computers
button. This will list the domains and workgroups that have been added.
2. Click the Select Computers link pertaining to a domain/workgroup. This opens the
Select Computers dialog listing all the available computers of the domain/workgroup.
3. Select the computers that have to be managed using Desktop Central and click OK.
You can also manually specify the computer names instead of choosing them from
the list. The selected computers gets added to the Selected Computers table in the
Add Computers view.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for adding computers from multiple domains/workgroups.
5. Select the "Start Agent Installation Immediately" check box to install the Desktop
Central agents in the selected computers immediately. When this option is not
selected, the computers are only added. You need to install the agents later to
manage them.
6. Select the Configure Agent Settings option for configuring the agent properties and
post installation actions.
7. Click Done to add the selected computers. All the selected computers gets added to
the Scope of Management.

The Scope of Management page will list all the computers that are being managed by
Desktop Central along with the status of the agent installation and the agent version.

Agents can also be installed at a later stage, by selecting the computers from Admin
--> SoM page and clicking the Install Agent button from the Desktop Central
Console

If you have problems in installing the agents, refer to our online knowledge base for
possible causes and solutions.

Installing Agents Using Windows GPO

Agent installation through the console might fail due to various reasons like some
security restrictions, firewall configurations, etc. There is a possibility that even after
trying the resolutions provided in the online knowledge base, the installation can still
fail. In such cases, you can install the agents with a startup script using Windows
GPO. The agents gets installed during the next computer startup.
49

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Refer to the online knowledge base for the steps to install the agents using Windows
GPO

Installing Agents Manually

You can also install the agents manually, by downloading the agent program from:
http://<host name>:<port number>/agent/DesktopCentralAgent.msi
where,
<host name> refers to the machine running Desktop Central and
<port number> refers to the Web port to access the client, the default being 8020.
Double-click the msi file to install the agent manually.

Uninstalling Agents

To uninstall the agents from the computers, select the desktops from the list and select
Uninstall Agent from the Actions box.

Removing the Computers

To remove the computers from the list, select the computers and select Remove Computer
from the Actions box. The Desktop Central agents have to be uninstalled prior to removing a
computer from the scope.

50

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Managing Computers in Wide Area Networks

(WAN)

A WAN is a computer network that enables communication across a large area that could
include communication across cities, states and countries. Most companies operate from a
head office, located in a city, and have branch offices located in other areas within the city,
the state, the country or even in another country. These branch offices are known as
remote offices.

As a system administrator, you must do the following:

• Ensure that the computers in the head office and branch offices are monitored
efficiently
• Manage computers of roaming or mobile users who connect to the network using
the Internet

One of the main challenges that you could face, while managing computers in a WAN, are
with the bandwidth allocated. There could be bandwidth issues that reduce the speed of
data-transfer between computers at the head office and those at the branch office. This
could result in costs associated with bandwidth utilization.

Managing Computers Across a WAN

There are two options to manage computers, across a WAN, using Desktop Central. The
option that you choose depends on the number of computers you are going to manage at
your remote office. The options available, enable you to use either of the following:

• Distribution servers and WAN agents: It is recommended that you use this option
if you are managing more than 10 computers in a remote office.
• WAN agents only: It is recommended that you use this option if you are
managing less than 10 computers in a remote office.

Using Distribution Servers and WAN Agents

A distribution server is a server that is located in a remote office. This server communicates
with the Desktop Central server, which is located at the head office, to get information; for
example information about configurations to deploy. It synchronizes its repositories, related
to configurations, patches, service packs and software applications, with those located in
the Desktop Central server. This takes place at specific intervals.

WAN agents are installed in computers in a remote office. After the synchronization,
between the distribution server and the Desktop Central server is complete, the WAN agents
will download information related to patches, service packs and software applications to be

51

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

deployed, from the distribution server. This information is downloaded locally using the LAN
in the remote office.

Desktop Central's technology related to distribution servers helps you plan and control
bandwidth utilization (including associated costs) for your remote office. This technology
addresses bandwidth-related issues, improves the efficiency and the level of control that
network managers and administrators can use while managing computers in remote
locations.

Before you start managing computers in a remote location you are required to do the
following:

• Add a remote office

• Deploy a distribution server to a remote office
• Deploy WAN agents to computers managed using the distribution server

Adding a Remote Office (with a distribution server)

Before you can start managing computers in a remote office, you are required to add a
remote office and create a distribution server. To add a remote office and create a
distribution server using your Desktop Central server, follow the steps given below:

1. Select Admin tab

2. In the Global Settings section, click Scope of Management
3. Select the Remote Offices tab
4. Click Add Remote Office
5. Enter a name for the remote office
6. In the Desktop Central Server Details section, specify the IP address and port
numbers for the Desktop Central server

The IP address is already entered in the given field. Change this address
only if you have a secondary IP address for the Desktop Central server.
The information for the HTTP and HTTPS ports are already entered (8020
and 8030 respectively). Change the port numbers if you have specified
ports other than these while installing the Desktop Central server.

7. In the Communication Details section, select Through Distribution Server.

8. In the Distribution Server Details section, enter the following information:
o Domain NetBios name
o Computer name
o IP address of the computer on which the distribution server will be installed

It is recommended that you have a dedicated computer as your

distribution server. This computer should have a static IP address. This
will ensure that you have hassle-free communication between the WAN
agents and the distribution server.

52

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

• DS FQDN/DNS Name (optional)

• HTTP and HTTPS port numbers for the distribution server

The HTTP and HTTPS ports are used for communication between the
WAN agents and the distribution server. The default ports of the
distribution server 8021 (HTTP) and 8384 (HTTPS). You can use
different ports if required.

• Replication interval time

The replication interval time is the interval at which the distribution

server synchronizes its repositories with those in the Desktop
Central server. The default interval is two minutes. However you
can customize the replication interval if required.

• Data-transfer rate

9. In the Distribution Server/WAN Agent to Desktop Central Server Communication

section, check the following check boxes:
o Enable Secured Communication (HTTPS)
o Proxy Configuration. Enter information about the proxy host, user name
and password.
10. In the computers to be managed section, add the computers that you want to
manage using the distribution server. To add computers to be managed, follow
the steps given below:

a. Select the required domain or workgroup

b. Select the required organization units or computers

c. Click Add

If you know the name or the IP address of the computers that you
want to manage in the remote location, add them in the given field
using commas.

11. Click Add

You have added a remote office and created a distribution server. You are now required to
deploy this distribution server to a specific remote office.

Deploying Distribution Servers To Remote Offices

After you have added a remote office and created a distribution server, you are taken back
to the Remote Offices tab view in the Scope of Management page. In the Managed
53

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Computers column, against the name of the remote office you have created, the status will
be Agent is not installed. You are required to deploy and install the distribution server in
the required remote office.

To deploy a distribution server to the required remote office, follow the steps given below:

1. Select Admin tab

2. In the Global Settings section, click Scope of Management
3. Select the Remote Offices tab
4. In the Download Agent column, against the remote office you added, click the
Download WAN Agent + Distribution Server icon
5. Save the .zip file in the computer on which you want to install the distribution server

You are required to login as the administrator, on the computer in

which you want to install the distribution server, to save the
required file in it.

6. Extract the contents of the zip file

7. Open a command prompt. To open a command prompt, follow the steps given
below:

a. Click start>Run

b. Enter cmd

c. Click OK

8. Navigate to the working folder (this is the folder which you have extracted the .zip
file in). For example: C:\Remote-Office\dssetup
9. Run the command setup.bat
10. Select option 1 to deploy the distribution server

You have deployed the distribution server to the required remote office. Refer to the Agent
Installation section for information on how to install WAN agents.

Deploying WAN Agents in Computers in Remote Offices

You are required to install WAN agents in the computers you want to manage, in a remote
office, using a distribution server. A WAN agent can be installed:

• While deploying a distribution server

• After deploying a distribution server

Deploying WAN agents while deploying a distribution server

To deploy a WAN agent while deploying a distribution server, follow the steps given
below:
54

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

a. Open a command prompt. To open a command prompt, follow the steps given
below:

a. Click start>Run

b. Enter cmd

c. Click OK

b. Navigate to the working folder (this is the folder which you have extracted the .zip
file in, while deploying the distribution server). For example: C:\Remote-
Office\dssetup
c. Specify which computers the WAN agents have to be installed in by editing the
computers.txt file
d. Run the command setup.bat file
e. Select option 2
f. Specify the administrator's user name and password when prompted

This can be a domain administrator or a user who has administrator

privileges in all the computers where WAN agents have to be
installed. The user name should be prefixed with the name of the
domain or the workgroup.

For example, the user name of an administrator who is deploying

WAN agents in computers, which are in the zohocorp domain, could
be zohocorp\administrator.

You have deployed both the distribution server and WAN agents to computers in a
remote office.

Deploying WAN agents after deploying a distribution server

To deploy a WAN agent after deploying a distribution server, follow the steps given
below:

a. Open a command prompt. To open a command prompt, follow the steps given
below:

a. Click start>Run

b. Enter cmd

c. Click OK

b. Navigate to the working folder (this is the folder which you have extracted the .zip
file in, while deploying the distribution server). For example: C:\Remote-
Office\dssetup
3. Specify which computers the WAN agents have to be installed in by editing
the computers.txt file
4. Run the command setup.bat
55

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

5. Select option 3
6. Specify the administrator's user name and password when prompted

This can be a domain administrator or a user who has administrator

privileges in all the computers where WAN agents have to be
installed. The user name should be prefixed with the name of the
domain or the workgroup.

For example, the user name of an administrator who is deploying

WAN agents in computers, which are in the zohocorp domain, could
be zohocorp\administrator.

You have deployed WAN agents to computers in a remote office.

Using WAN Agents Only

When you manage less than 10 computers, typically, there are no bandwidth-related issues.
In such cases, you can manage computers in your remote office using WAN agents only.

Before you start managing computers in a remote office using WAN agents only, you are
required to do the following:

• Add details of a remote office (single remote office or multiple remote offices)
• Install WAN agents in the computers in the remote office

Adding a Remote Office (without a distribution server)

If you are managing in branch/remote offices, you need to add the details of the
branch/remote offices and generate Desktop Central Agent for each of your branch/remote
office. This agent has to be installed in the managed computers of that branch. To add the
details of the remote offices, follow the steps below:

1. Select Admin tab

2. In the Global Settings section, click Scope of Management
3. Select the Remote Offices tab

You will see a list of all the remote offices that are added. In that
list, you will see a remote office which is called Local Office. This is
related to the LAN where the Desktop Central server is located. The
remote office Local Office is added by default.

4. Click Add Remote Office

5. Enter a name for the remote office
6. In the Desktop Central Server Details section, specify the IP address and port
numbers for the Desktop Central server

56

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

This IP Address should be common for all the Remote offices and
will be used by the agents in the remote office computers to contact
the Desktop Central server. If this IP Address is changed, the agent
MSI for remote offices will be recreated. You need to reinstall the
agents in all the remote computers.

7. In the Communication Details section, select Direct Communication.

8. In the WAN Agent to Desktop Central Server Communication section, do the
following:
a. Specify the communication interval

The communication interval is the interval at which the WAN agents

in the computers in the remote office, contact the Desktop Central
server for information. The default communication interval is two
minutes. However, this value can be configured if required.

b. Check the following check boxes:

a. Enable Secured Communication (HTTPS)
b. Proxy Configuration. Enter information about the proxy host, user name and
password.

9. In the computers to be managed section, add the computers that you want to
manage using the distribution server. To add computers to be managed, follow the
steps given below:

a. Select the required domain or workgroup

b. Select the required organization units or computers

c. Click Add

If you know the name or the IP address of the computers that you
want to manage in the remote location, add them in the given field
using commas.

10. Click Add

You have added a remote office.

Adding Multiple Remote Offices

You can add multiple remote offices simultaneously by importing details of the remote
offices, using the CSV import option.

To add multiple remote offices simultaneously, follow the steps given below:

57

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

1. Click the Admin tab

2. In the Global Settings section, click Scope of Management
3. Click the Remote Offices tab
4. Click Import Remote Offices
5. Click Choose File and select the required CSV file
6. Click Import

You have imported multiple remote offices simultaneously. These will be listed in the
Remote Offices tab.

Information about CSV files

This section gives you information about CSV files.

File specifications

• The first line of a CSV file is the header specifying the column names.
• The Remote Office name is a mandatory field and all the other fields are optional.
If left blank, the default values will be added to those fields.

Column names and descriptions

• REMOTE_OFFICE_NAME: Name of the remote office

• POLLING_INTERVAL: Communication Interval / Replication Interval based on the
Communication Type. The default value is 2 minutes
• SERVER_IP:The IP Address of the Desktop Central server, which is accessible
from the computers in the remote office.
• HAS_DS - The values can be Yes or No. Yes means that the communication type
is through the distribution server. If newly added (or the previous values are
present in case of modification), the default value is No. If the value is Yes, the
following columns are mandatory:
• DS_DOMAIN_NAME: Name of the Netbios domain in the distribution server
DS_NAME: Name of the computer in which the distribution server will be installed
DS_IP: IP Address of the computer in which the distribution server will be
installed
DS_PORT: HTTP port through which the distribution server and the WAN agents
communicate
DS_HTTPS_PORT: HTTPS port through which the distribution server and the WAN
agents communicate
• PROTOCOL: The mode of communication between distribution server, WAN
agents and the Desktop Central server. The default is HTTP.
• HAS_PROXY - The values can be Yes or No. Yes means the communication
between the distribution server or WAN agents to the Desktop Central server
takes place through the proxy server. If newly added (or the previous values are
present in case of modification), the default value is No. If the value is Yes, the
following columns are mandatory:
• PROXY_SERVER:Name or IP address of the proxy server
• PROXY_PORT: Proxy port number

58

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

• PROXY_USER:User name used to acces the proxy server

• PROXY_PASSWORD: Password of the proxy user account.
• COMPUTERS: Names of the computers in the remote office. If more than one
computer is specified, it should be within double-quotes. Example: "john,jerry"

Sample CSV Formats

• REMOTE_OFFICE_NAME,POLLING_INTERVAL,HAS_DS,DS_DOMAIN_NAME,DS_NA
ME,DS_IP,DS_PORT,DS_HTTPS_PORT,PROTOCOL,HAS_PROXY,PROXY_SERVER,P
ROXY_PORT,PROXY_USER,PROXY_PASSWORD,COMPUTERS
• RO_1,2,yes,zohocorpin,DSserver1,192.168.1.227,8021,8384,http,yes,web
proxy,80,admin,admin,"test,mathi,karups"
• RO_2,3,yes,zohocorpin,DSserver2,192.168.1.232,8021,8384,http,no
• RO_3,10,yes,zohocorpin,DSserver3,192.168.1.222,8021,8384,https,yes,web-
proxy,80,admin,admin
• RO_4,30,yes,zohocorpin,DSserver4,192.168.1.233,8021,8384,https,no
• RO_5,2,no,,,,,,http,yes,web-proxy,80,admin,admin
• RO_6,3,no,,,,,,http,no
• RO_7,33,no,,,,,,https,yes,web-proxy,80,admin,admin
• RO_8,35,no,,,,,,https,no

Editing Remote Office Parameters

The method of importing CSV files also has an option where you can edit the details of a
remote office. Assume that you want to change the name of the proxy server for your
remote offices. You don't have to manually edit the proxy details of each and every remote
office. You can do this by creating a CSV file that contains only the remote office name and
the parameter that needs to be updated. For example,

REMOTE_OFFICE_NAME,PROXY_SERVER
RO_1, web-proxy1
RO_2, web-proxy2

Installing Agents in Computers in Remote Offices

You can install agents in computers in remote offices in:

• Single computers
• Multiple computers

Desktop Central agents have to be manually downloaded and

installed in computers in remote offices. ffice computers. To install
an agents in multiple computers in the same location, you can use
the command line tool that is provided.

Installing Agents in a Single Computer

59

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

1. Click the Admin tab

2. In the Global Settings section, click Scope of Management
3. Click Download Agent

Ensure that you have downloaded the agent with the respective
remote office name.

4. Install the agent in the required computer in a specific remote office, manually
5. Extract the .zip file to a directory
6. Open a command prompt. To open a command prompt, follow the steps given
below:

a. Click start>Run

b. Enter cmd

c. Click OK

7. Change the directory to <Extracted_Dir>/directsetup

8. Execute the following command:

%systemroot%\\system32\msiexec.exe /i DesktopCentralAgent.msi
ENABLESILENT=yes /qn

You have installed an agent in a single computer in a specific remote office

Installing Agents in Multiple Computers

1. Click the Admin tab

2. In the Global Settings section, click Scope of Management
3. Click Download Agent

Ensure that you have downloaded the agent with the respective
remote office name.

4. Install the agent in the required computer in a specific remote office, manually
5. Extract the .zip file to a directory
6. Add all the names of the computers in which the agent has to be installed in the
computernames.txt file

Each computer name should be entered in a separate line.

60

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

7. Open a command prompt. To open a command prompt, follow the steps given
below:

a. Click start>Run

b. Enter cmd

c. Click OK

8. Change the directory to <Extracted_Dir>/directsetup

9. Run the command setup.bat
10. Specify the user name and password of the administrator, when prompted

This can be a domain administrator or a user who has administrator

privileges in all the computers where WAN agents have to be
installed. The user name should be prefixed with the name of the
domain or the workgroup.

For example, the user name of an administrator who is deploying

WAN agents in computers, which are in the zohocorp domain, could
be zohocorp\administrator.

You have installed the agent in multiple computers in a remote office.

The logs.txt file is located in <Extracted_Dir>/directsetup. It has

the details about

the errors you face during installation, if any.

Modifying Remote Office Details

If you require to change the mode of communication between the WAN Agents and the
Desktop Central server, you can modify the remote office details and make the necessary
changes. For example, if you have chosen the direct communication mode for a remote
office and you want communication to take place through the distribution server, you can
modify the details of the remote office.

To modify the details of the remote office, follow the steps given below:

1. Click the Admin tab

2. In the Global Settings section, click Scope of Management
3. Click the Remote Offices tab
4. In the Action column, click the modify icon against the required remote office
5. Change the required parameters
6. Click Modify

61

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

If you have changed the mode of communication from direct

communication to communication through the distribution server,
you need to re-install and re-start the distribution server in the
specified computer. The changes will be implemented only after you
complete this task.

However, even if you have not completed this task, you can still
deploy the configurations, patches, and software applications to the
specific remote computer.

You have modified details of a remote office.

Moving Computers Across Remote Offices

You can move computers across remote offices. For example, if you are moving from
remote office to another you are required to add your computer to the WAN in that remote
office.

Scenario

Each remote office has its own agent. Assume that you are moving from remote office
A to remote office B. You must do the following when you are moving computers
across remote offices:

• Move the computer physically

• Make the settings to move the computer from one remote location to another in
the user interface (UI)

The sequence of operations, mentioned above, will depend on whether you have a
proxy connection or not.

When the agent does not use a proxy connection

When the agent does not use a proxy connection to communicate with the Desktop
Central server, you can physically move your computer from remote office A to
remote office B, the agent from remote office B gets installed in your computer. As
there is no proxy connection, it can communicate with the Desktop Central server.

When the agent uses a proxy connection

When the agent uses a proxy connection to communicate with the Desktop Central
server, you must make the settings to move the computer from one remote office to
another, in the UI, before you physically move your computer.

62

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

To move computers across remote offices, follow the steps given below:

1. Click the Admin tab

2. In the Global Settings section, click Scope of Management
3. In the Computers tab, select the required computers
4. In the Move To list, select the name of the remote office to which you want to move
your computer to

You can create a new remote office with or without a distribution

server. To create a new remote office with a distribution server,
refer to the Adding a Remote Office (with a distribution server)
section. To create a new remote office without a distribution server,
refer to the Adding a Remote Office (without a distribution server)
section.

You have created a request to move computers across remote offices. If the office you are
moving to is a local office (LAN), the computers that you have specified will be moved
immediately. This is because the Desktop Central server can contact the agent in the
computer, that you have requested to move, immediately. However, if the office you are
moving to is a remote office (WAN), the computers that you have specified will be moved
only when the agent (in the specified computers) contacts the Desktop Central server agent
during the two-minute communication interval.

If the agent does not contact the Desktop Central server within the
time interval, the request will be removed from the Desktop Central
server. You will then have to create a new request.

Adding an IP Scope

IP Scope refers to the IP addresses, in IP subnets, used by all the remote offices managed
using Desktop Central. These IP addresses are assigned to the network in each remote
office.

You define an IP Scope when you want to transfer computers, automatically, from one
remote office to another.

If there is no movement or a rare chance of moving computers

between remote offices, you do not need to define an IP Scope for
your remote offices. In this case, you can move your computers, if
required, by using the Move to list in the Computers tab in the
Scope of Management page. For more information, click here.

When a computer (or a laptop) is transferred to a new remote office, a new IP address is
automatically assigned to that computer (or laptop) by the DHCP server in the remote office
network. The Desktop Central agent then determines whether the new IP address, that was

63

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

assigned, is within the IP range of the new remote office. You can add an IP Scope for
remote offices as well as local offices.

If you are moving computers only between specific remote offices,

you should assign an IP Scope only for those remote offices.

To add an IP Scope, follow the steps given below:

1. Click the Admin tab

2. In the Global Settings section, click Scope of Management
3. Click the IP Scope tab
4. Click Add Scope
5. In the Select Remote Office list, click the required remote office name
6. Select either of the following types of IP Scope:

• IP Address Range: Enter the start and end IP addresses

• Subnet: Enter the subnet mask and subnet IP address

7. Click Save

You have added an IP Scope.

You can add more than one IP Scope to a remote office. To add
more than one IP Scope, follow the steps from step number 4.

64

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Configuring Agent Settings

Desktop Central installs an light-weight non-intrusive agent on the computers that have to
be managed using Desktop Central. You have an option to configure the settings for these
agents.

Agent General Settings

1. Click the Admin tab to invoke the Admin page.

2. Click the Agent Settings link available under Global Settings.
3. The General Settings tab is selected by default. You can specify the following from
here:
1. Server IP Address - The IP Address of the computer where Desktop Central
server is installed is displayed here. The agents residing in the client
computers communicate to the Desktop Central server using this IP Address.
Desktop Central automatically detects the server IP Address whenever
Desktop Central Server is started. If you wish to automatically detect and
save the IP Address, select the Automatically detect and save the IP
Address change option.
2. Enable Secured Communication - Select this option, if the communication
between the Agent and the Desktop Central Server should be secured
(HTTPS)
3. Disable Uninstallation Option in Control Panel - Selecting this option will
ensure that users do not uninstall the Desktop Central Agents from their
computer.
4. Perform Patch Scanning - Select this option if Patch Scanning has to be
initiated immediately after the agent installation. If this option is not selected,
Patch Scanning will only happen when it is scheduled or when On Demand
scanning is initiated.
5. Perform Inventory Scanning - Select this option if Inventory Scanning has
to be initiated immediately after the agent installation. If this option is not
selected, Inventory Scanning will only happen when it is scheduled or when
On Demand scanning is initiated.
6. Enable Firewall Settings - Desktop Central requires the Windows Firewall
running in the client computers to be configured for using all its features.
Select this option to configure the firewall for enabling Remote
Administration, DCOM, File and Printer Sharing, and Simple File Sharing in
Windows XP.
4. Click Save Changes.

65

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Agent Tray Icon Settings

Desktop Central provides an option to display the Agent Icon in the System Tray of all the
managed computers. The users can perform the following actions using the system tray:

1. Initiate Patch Scanning

2. Initiate Inventory Scanning
3. Pull and apply configurations that are available to them
4. Send requests to Help Desk for specific needs.
5. When User Logon Reports is enabled, the user will be able to view his/her login
history.

Follow the steps below to configure the Tray icon settings:

1. Click the Admin tab to invoke the Admin page.

2. Click the Agent Settings link available under Global Settings.
3. Select the Agent Tray Icon tab and specify whether to display the icon in the
system tray of the managed computers. When choosing this option, you can choose
the following:
1. Show Patch, Inventory, and Configuration Menus
2. Show Last Logon Details
3. Show Information Balloons While Processing Configurations, Patch Scanning
and Inventory Scanning
4. Click Save Changes

66

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Configuring Mail Server

Desktop Central has an option to send a notification by email when the patches are
downloaded and are ready to be installed. Email Alerts are also sent for notifying the
Inventory related events. To send email, the mail server has to be configured. Follow the
steps given below to specify the mail server details:

1. Click the Admin tab to invoke the Admin page.

2. Click the Mail Server Configuration link. This opens the Configure Mail Server
Settings page.
3. Specify the name and port of the mail server.
4. Email Type : Indicates the type of mail email despatching (For example: SMTP,
SMTPS).
5. TSL Enabled : Option to enable Transport Layer Security (TLS).
6. If it requires authentication, select the Requires Authentication check box and specify
the user name and password.
7. Click Save to save the configuration.

67

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Configuring Help Desk Integration

Desktop Central provides an option to integrate with Help Desk. With this, users will be able
to send their help desk queries and requirements so that they are attended by help desk
professionals.

Steps to Integrate with Help Desk

1. Click the Admin tab to invoke the Admin page.

2. Click the Help Desk Settings link available under Global Settings.
3. The Help Desk Settings tab is selected by default.
4. Specify the Email addresses of the help desk professionals.
5. If you have not already configured the Mail Server Settings, specify the details here.
6. Click OK to save the changes.

When you integrate with Help Desk, the users will have an additional menu as "Send Help
Desk Requests" in the Agent icon that is shown in the system tray of the managed
computers. It may be noted that the Agent Tray icon should have been configured to be
shown to get this working.

Customizing the Ticket Subjects and Messages

Desktop Central has a set of pre-defined request templates that will be available under the
Tickets tab. The administrators has an option to modify the subject and messages to suit
their need. This helps them to automate the Help Desk Ticketing system based on the mail
subject. To add or modify a ticket, follow the steps below:

1. Click the Admin tab to invoke the Admin page.

2. Click the Help Desk Settings link available under Global Settings.
3. Select the Tickets tab. This will list all the pre-defined ticket templates.
4. Click Add Ticket to add a new template or select a template and click Edit to
modify.
5. Specify the Subject and the Message and click OK

The templates specified here will appear in the users' desktop when they click the Desktop
Central icon from the system tray.

68

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Integrating Desktop Central with ServiceDesk Plus

ServiceDesk Plus is a Web-based help desk and asset-management software. It enables you
to integrate your help-desk requests and assets to help you manage your IT infrastructure
effectively. You can integrate the following features of Desktop Central with ServiceDesk
Plus:

• Data related to hardware and software assets

• Help-desk requests
• Deploying software packages
• Complete UI Integration - This makes you access all the features of Desktop
Central from the ServiceDesk Plus console.

Benefits

Integrating the features mentioned above with ServiceDesk Plus enables you to do the
following:

• Get comprehensive information about IT assets like hardware and software

assets installed in the computers in your network
• Log service and configuration requests, made by users as tickets automatically
• Install software packages from the ServiceDesk Plus console

Steps to Integrate

The pre-requisites and the steps for integration vary for every feature that you wish to
integrate. The links below will guide you through the integration:

• Integrating Asset Data with ServiceDesk Plus

• Automatically Log Help Desk Requests as Tickets in ServiceDesk Plus
• Include Software Install / Uninstall option under the Actions menu of a Help Desk
request in ServiceDesk Plus
• Make a complete UI integration between ServiceDesk and Desktop Central

69

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Integrating Asset Data

Desktop Central scans the computers in your network periodically and collects data related
to hardware and software assets that are installed. Information related to hardware and
software applications is updated by Desktop Central. This data is synchronized with
ServiceDesk Plus.

If both Desktop Central and ServiceDesk Plus scan the computers in your network for data
related to hardware and software assets the existing information will be overwritten with the
latest information.

Prerequisites

Before you integrate details about assets with ServiceDesk Plus, you must ensure the
following:

1. Ensure that the build numbers conform to the details given below:
o Desktop Central: Professional Edition, Build number 70017 or later versions
o ServiceDesk Plus: Professional Edition, Build number 7601 or later versions
2. Run both Desktop Central and ServiceDesk Plus in your network
3. Manage all the computers in your network using Desktop Central

Integrating Desktop Central with ServiceDesk Plus

To integrate ServiceDesk Plus with Desktop Central, follow the steps given below:

1. Click the Admin tab

2. In the Global Settings section, click ServiceDesk Plus Settings
3. In the ServiceDesk Plus Settings section, check the Enable ServiceDesk Plus
Integration checkbox
4. In the Service Desk Server Plus Details section, specify the following details
about the ServiceDesk Plus Server:

1. IP address/DNS name
2. Port number
3. Required communication protocol

1. In the Features to Integrate section, select IT Asset Data checkbox

2. Click Save

If you select HTTPS mode of communication, Select the Product Type :If you are using
an standalone installation of ServiceDesk Plus product, select the ServiceDesk Plus
option. If you wish to integrate with the ServiceDesk module within IT360 product,
select IT360 option.

you must provide the SSL certificate of ServiceDesk Plus. copy the file "sdp.keystore"
located in <ServiceDesk Plus Installation Home>/server/default/conf directory to
70

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

your local computer and Browse to select this file here.

If you are using IT360 product with HTTPS communication enabled, copy the file
"it360.keystore" located in <IT360 Installation
Home>/servicedesk/server/default/conf directory to your local computer and
Browse to select this file here.
If you are using a third-party SSL certificate, like GoDaddy, you need to provide the
keystore file that you have generated.

If you are using a third-party SSL certificate, you must also provide information regarding
the alias name you provided when generating the keystore file and the password for the
keystore.

Checking the third party SSL keystore alias name and password

Ensure that the keystore alias name and the keystore file password are correct when using
a third-party SSL certificate in your ServiceDesk Plus installation.

Determining the password required to access the keystore file

To determine the password required to access the keystore file, follow the
steps given below:

1. Navigate to the server.xml file. The path

is<ServiceDesk_Home>\server\default\deploy\jbossweb-
tomcat50.sar
2. Determine the value of the parameter keystorepass

You have determined the password required to access the keystore file. You
can use this password to determine the alias name of the keystore.

Determining the alias name of the keystore file

To determine the alias name of the keystore file, follow the steps given
below:

1. Using the command prompt, navigate

to <ServiceDesk_Home>\jre\bin
2. Execute keytool -list -v -keystore
<ServiceDesk_Home>\server\default\conf\sdp.keystore -
storepass <ServiceDesk KeyStore File Password>

You will find the alias name of the keystore file here.

Note : If you are using a PFX Certificate File, then Specify the "asc" as ServiceDesk
Keystore Alias Name
See also: Integrating ServiceDesk Plus with Desktop Central, Deploying Software
Applications, Sending HelpDesk Requests as Tickets
71

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Logging Help Desk Requests as Tickets

Desktop Central enables you to contact their support team by logging help desk requests.
This feature can be integrated with ServiceDesk Plus. Integrating this feature with
ServiceDesk Plus enables you to log helpdesk-related requests in ServiceDesk Plus as
tickets using Desktop Central.

You can also use predefined templates available in the Tickets tab to send requests. These
templates comprise of predefined messages. You can modify the subject and content of
these messages as required and send the tickets as requests using the tray icon of Desktop
Central. You can also add tickets if required.

Benefits

The benefits include the following:

1. Submit requests without logging in

2. Send requests using predefined templates and can even attach screenshots
automatically.
3. Use customizable subject lines to configure the HelpDesk application and enable
automatic assignment of tickets
4. Configure settings in Desktop Central to log the following asset-related alerts as
tickets in ServiceDesk Plus. These include alerts related to:
o Recently added hardware
o Commercial software applications that have recently been installed or uninstalled
o Prohibited software applications that have recently been installed
o Software compliance issues related to expired licenses or under licensed software
applications

Prerequisites

Before you begin logging helpdesk-related requests as tickets or sending them using e-mail,
you must ensure the following:

1. Ensure that the build numbers conform to the details given below:
2.
o Desktop Central: Professional Edition, Build number 70133 or later versions
o ServiceDesk Plus: Version 8.0 or later versions
3. Run both Desktop Central and ServiceDesk Plus in your network
4. Manage all the computers in your network using Desktop Central

Logging Help Desk Requests & Alerts as Tickets in ServiceDesk Plus

To log help desk requests and alerts from Desktop Central as tickets in ServiceDesk Plus,
follow the steps given below:
72

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

1. Click the Admin tab

2. In the Global Settings section, click ServiceDesk Plus Settings
3. In the ServiceDesk Plus Settings section, check the Enable ServiceDesk Plus
Integration checkbox
4. In the Service Desk Server Plus Details section, specify the following details
about the ServiceDesk Plus Server:
1.
1. IP address/DNS name
2. Port number
3. Required communication protocol

5. In the Features to Integrate section, select Log Help Desk Requests as Tickets
checkbox
6. Click Save

If you select HTTPS mode of communication, Select the Product Type :If you are using
an standalone installation of ServiceDesk Plus product, select the ServiceDesk Plus
option. If you wish to integrate with the ServiceDesk module within IT360 product,
select IT360 option.

you must provide the SSL certificate of ServiceDesk Plus. copy the file "sdp.keystore"
located in <ServiceDesk Plus Installation Home>/server/default/conf directory to
your local computer and Browse to select this file here.
If you are using IT360 product with HTTPS communication enabled, copy the file
"it360.keystore" located in <IT360 Installation
Home>/servicedesk/server/default/conf directory to your local computer and
Browse to select this file here.
If you are using a third-party SSL certificate, like GoDaddy, you need to provide the
keystore file that you have generated.

If you are using a third-party SSL certificate, you must also provide information regarding
the alias name you provided when generating the keystore file and the password for the
keystore.

Checking the third party SSL keystore alias name and password

Ensure that the keystore alias name and the keystore file password are correct when using
a third-party SSL certificate in your ServiceDesk Plus installation.

Determining the password required to access the keystore file

To determine the password required to access the keystore file, follow the
steps given below:

1. Navigate to the server.xml file. The path

is<ServiceDesk_Home>\server\default\deploy\jbossweb-
tomcat50.sar
2. Determine the value of the parameter keystorepass
73

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

You have determined the password required to access the keystore file. You
can use this password to determine the alias name of the keystore.

Determining the alias name of the keystore file

To determine the alias name of the keystore file, follow the steps given
below:

1. Using the command prompt, navigate

to <ServiceDesk_Home>\jre\bin
2. Execute keytool -list -v -keystore
<ServiceDesk_Home>\server\default\conf\sdp.keystore -
storepass <ServiceDesk KeyStore File Password>

You will find the alias name of the keystore file here.

Note : If you are using a PFX Certificate File, then Specify the "asc" as
ServiceDesk Keystore Alias Name

See also:

1. Integrating ServiceDesk Plus with Desktop Central,

2. Integrating Asset Data,
3. Deploying Software Applications

74

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Deploying Software Applications

You can integrate the Software Deployment feature in Desktop Central with ServiceDesk
Plus. This allows you to create or use existing packages in the Desktop Central server to
deploy software applications. The ServiceDesk Plus server and the Desktop Central server
are synchronized automatically.

Prerequisites

Before you integrate details about assets with ServiceDesk Plus, you must complete the
following tasks:

1. Ensure that the build numbers conform to the details given below:
o Desktop Central: Professional Edition, Build number 70133 or later versions
o ServiceDesk Plus: Enterprise Edition, version number 8.0 or later versions
2. Run both Desktop Central and ServiceDesk Plus in your network
3. Manage all the computers in your network using Desktop Central

Enabling Software Deployment from ServiceDesk Plus

4. To enable software deployment from ServiceDesk Plus, follow the steps given below:
o Click the Admin tab
o In the Global Settings section, click ServiceDesk Plus Settings
o In the ServiceDesk Plus Settings section, check the Enable
ServiceDesk Plus Integration checkbox
o In the Service Desk Server Plus Details section, specify the following
details about the ServiceDesk Plus Server:

 IP address/DNS name
 Port number
 Required communication protocol

o In the Features to Integrate section, select Software Deployment

checkbox
o Generate and authentication key and provide it here.
o Click Save

If you select HTTPS mode of communication, Select the Product Type :If you are using
an standalone installation of ServiceDesk Plus product, select the ServiceDesk Plus
option. If you wish to integrate with the ServiceDesk module within IT360 product,
select IT360 option.

you must provide the SSL certificate of ServiceDesk Plus. copy the file "sdp.keystore"
located in <ServiceDesk Plus Installation Home>/server/default/conf directory to
your local computer and Browse to select this file here.
If you are using IT360 product with HTTPS communication enabled, copy the file
75

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

"it360.keystore" located in <IT360 Installation

Home>/servicedesk/server/default/conf directory to your local computer and
Browse to select this file here.
If you are using a third-party SSL certificate, like GoDaddy, you need to provide the
keystore file that you have generated.

If you are using a third-party SSL certificate, you must also provide information regarding
the alias name you provided when generating the keystore file and the password for the
keystore.

Checking the third party SSL keystore alias name and password

Ensure that the keystore alias name and the keystore file password are correct when using
a third-party SSL certificate in your ServiceDesk Plus installation.

Determining the password required to access the keystore file

To determine the password required to access the keystore file, follow the
steps given below:

1. Navigate to the server.xml file. The path

is<ServiceDesk_Home>\server\default\deploy\jbossweb-
tomcat50.sar
2. Determine the value of the parameter keystorepass

You have determined the password required to access the keystore file. You
can use this password to determine the alias name of the keystore.

Determining the alias name of the keystore file

To determine the alias name of the keystore file, follow the steps given
below:

1. Using the command prompt, navigate

to <ServiceDesk_Home>\jre\bin
2. Execute keytool -list -v -keystore
<ServiceDesk_Home>\server\default\conf\sdp.keystore -
storepass <ServiceDesk KeyStore File Password>

You will find the alias name of the keystore file here.

Note : If you are using a PFX Certificate File, then Specify the "asc" as
ServiceDesk Keystore Alias Name

1. Configure Desktop Central Settings in ServiceDesk Plus:

• Click Admin --> Desktop Central Server Settings

76

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

• Specify the details of the Desktop Central installation like Server Name/IP, Port
and the communication details.
• Click Save
2. Enable the option to display the install or uninstall software applications option in
the Actions menu option in ServiceDesk Plus. You can enable this option in the
Service Catalog in the Help Desk section in ServiceDesk Plus.

See also: Integrating ServiceDesk Plus with Desktop Central, Generating an

Authentication Key

77

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Complete UI Integration with ServiceDesk Plus

• Pre-requisites
• Steps to Integrate Desktop Central UI with ServiceDesk Plus
• Enabling Desktop Management Menu for ServiceDesk Plus Users

Desktop Central UI can be completely integrated with ServiceDesk Plus giving ServiceDesk
Plus users complete access to desktop management functions.

Prerequisites

1. Ensure that the build numbers conform to the details given below:
2.
o Desktop Central: Professional Edition, Build number 70242 or later versions
o ServiceDesk Plus: Build Number 8017 or later versions
3. Run both Desktop Central and ServiceDesk Plus in your network
4. Manage all the computers in your network using Desktop Central

Steps to Integrate Desktop Central UI with ServiceDesk Plus

To integrate Desktop Central UI with ServiceDesk Plus, configure Desktop Central Server
Settings in ServiceDesk Plus

1. Click Admin --> Desktop Central Server Settings

2. Specify the details of the Desktop Central installation like Server Name/IP,
Port and the communication details.
3. Select the Enable Desktop Management Menu option.
4. Click Save

After configuring the Desktop Central Settings, ServiceDesk Plus users, will be able to see a
Desktop Management Menu in the ServiceDesk Plus UI

78

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Whenever a user is created in ServiceDesk Plus who has access to Desktop Management
menu, the same user will get created in Desktop Central as well.

Enabling Desktop Management Menu for ServiceDesk Plus Users

Having integrated the UI of Desktop Central with ServiceDesk Plus, the next thing you do is
to enable this menu for ServiceDesk Plus users. The Desktop Management menu, by
default, will be visible to all users with administrative privileges in ServiceDesk Plus (Build
#8020 and above). However, when you configure the Desktop Central Server settings, it
will be visible only for whom the menu has been enabled.

To enable the Desktop Management menu for users, follow the steps below:

You should login to ServiceDesk Plus as a user who has Administrator privileges in
ServiceDesk Plus.

1. From the ServiceDesk Plus Web console, select Admin --> Technicians
2. Click the user to whom you should enable Desktop Management menu.
3. Under the Login Details of the user, select "Enable to access Desktop Management
Functionality" option
4. Choose what privileges should the user have in Desktop Central:
1. Admin privilege will have access to all the features
2. Guest privilege will only have read-only access to Desktop Management
functions.
5. Select the required privilege and click Save.
6. Repeat the above steps for every user to whom the Desktop Management menu has
to be enabled.

You cannot enable the Desktop Management menu for yourself. You should ask
a fellow administrator to enable it for you.

79

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Generating an Authentication Key

When you want to install or uninstall software applications and log help desk requests as
tickets using ServiceDesk Plus, you are required to generate and enter an authentication
key while integrating Desktop Central with ServiceDesk Plus. You must make the following
settings to generate an authentication key:

• Create a role in ServiceDesk Plus with permission to do the following:

• Install or uninstall software applications using Desktop Central
• Log help desk requests
• Assign the role, you created, to a technician
• Generate an API key

Steps to generate an Authentication Key

To generate an authentication key, follow the steps given below:

1. Creating a role with required permission

a. Login to the ServiceDesk Plus console
b. Click the Admin tab
c. In the Users section, click Roles
d. Click Add New Role
e. Enter the name of the role
f. Enter a description about the role
g. In the Advance Permission section, you have to enable required
permissions
a. To enable auto-ticketing, select the Add checkbox available under
Requests.
b. To enable Software Deployment, select the Install/Uninstall
Software checkbox available under Assets
h. Click Save
2. Assigning the role that was created to a technician and generating the Authentication
Key
a. Login to the ServiceDesk Plus console
b. Click the Admin tab
c. In the Users section, click Technicians
d. Click Add New Technician
e. Enter the following information about the technician:

 Personal details
 Contact information
 Cost details
 Department details

80

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

b. Assign the required groups for the technician

The groups that you assign to the technician should have ticket-
creation permission in ServiceDesk Plus.

c. Select the required permissions

d. Check the Enable login for this technician checkbox. Enter the following
details for the technician:
 Login name
 Password
 Domain name
e. Select Enable Custom Privileges
f. Assign the role you created
g. In the API key details section, click Generate
h. Enter the date on which you want the key to expire
i. Click Generate

This key is entered when a technician key is required for Web

service API requests.

j. Click Save

You can also edit an existing technician's role and enable login.

4. Pasting the API key in Desktop Central

a. Login to the Desktop Central server
b. Click the Admin tab
c. In the Global Settings section, click ServiceDesk Plus Settings
d. In the Authentication Details section, enter the API key you generated in
the ServiceDesk Plus console
e. Click Save

You have generated the API key using the ServiceDesk Plus console and entered it in the
ServiceDesk Plus settings in the Desktop Central server.

See also:

Sending HelpDesk Requests

Deploying Software Applications

81

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Managing Custom Scripts

• Adding the Script Details

• Modifying the Script Details
• Removing the Script Details

Custom script files are used to configure the software settings, trigger events, etc in the
computer of a network. The custom script files can be batch (.bat), command (.cmd),
Windows Script Host (WSH) files. The WSH files includes the VBScript (.vbs), Java Script
(.js), Perl (.php), REXX, and Python files.

The important custom Script files can be stored in Inventory so that they can be used in
future. The custom scripts used in the Custom Script configuration are automatically added
to the inventory. The custom scripts available in the inventory can also be used while
adding the Custom Script Configuration.

Adding the Script Details

To add the script details to Desktop Central, follow these steps:

1. Click the Admin tab to invoke the Admin page.

2. Click the Script Repository link in the Admin Links pane. This invokes the Script
Repository page.
3. Click the Add Script button to invoke the Add Script page.
4. Select the script from local disk of the computer or from the shared network location
using one of the following options. This field is mandatory.
5. Click Browse to select the script either from the local machine or from the network
based on your choice above.
6. Enter the description for the script in the Description field.
7. Enter the arguments for the script in the Script Arguments field.
8. Click the Add button. You can find the script added to the table in the Script Details
page.
9. Repeat steps 3 to 8 for adding more scripts.

Modifying the Script Details

To modify the Script details, follow these steps:

1. Click the Admin tab to invoke the Admin page.

2. Click the Script Repository link in the Admin Links pane. This invokes the Script
Repository page.
3. Click the icon under the Actions column next to corresponding Script Name.
4. Follow the step 4 to step 6 of the Adding the Script Details procedure.
5. Click the Modify button.

82

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Removing the Script Details

To remove the Script details, follow these steps:

1. Click the Admin tab to invoke the Admin page.

2. Click the Script Repository link in the Admin Links pane. The Script Repository
page is invoked.
3. Click the icon under the Actions column next to corresponding Script name. Click
OK to confirm deletion.

The script will be removed from the Script Repository table.

83

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Configuring Server Settings

Server settings like, Web server port, logging level, and other properties can be configured
from here. These settings are common to all the users using Desktop Central and not user-
specific.

To configure the server settings, select the Admin tab --> Server Settings link.

To configure server settings

1. Select the "Start 'Desktop Central' automatically on machine bootup" check box if
you wish to start Desktop Central whenever the system is started.
2. Select the "Launch the client upon successful server startup" check box if you wish to
open the client whenever the Desktop Central Server is started.
3. Select the "Enable Secure Login (Https)" option to enable https in the client.
4. Click the Save Changes button.

To change the log level

1. Select the log level from the Current Log Level combo box.
2. Click Save Changes button.

84

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Creating Custom Groups

Desktop Central provides an option to create custom group of computers and users, which
can be used to as targets for applying the configurations. The advantages of custom groups
are:

1. You can have any number of custom groups to group computers and users of a
specific department. You can create this once and can use these groups as targets
for deploying the configurations.
2. You can add or remove users/computers from groups at any point of time.
3. Groups once created can be used in any number of configurations.

To create a custom group, follow the steps below:

1. Select the Admin tab

2. Click the Custom Groups link available under the Global Settings. This will list all
the Custom Groups that have been created.
3. Click the Create New Group button and specify the following values:
1. Specify a name for the custom group. This should be unique.
2. Select the Domain or the Workgroup from the list.
3. Select the Group Type as Computers or Users. This will list the available
computers/users in the selected domain.

Tip: By default, the users/computers will get displayed in Tree View. Use List
View link to view users/computers as a list. Manual entry of computers/users
is possible using Manual Input option.

4. Select the computers/users and move them to the Added list.

4. Click Submit to create the group.
1. Repeat step 3 & 4 for creating more groups.

List View

1. Click on the List View link for the users/computers to be displayed as a list.
2. Click on a particular alphabet to view the users/computers with names that begin
with alphabet specified. Use All link to list all the users/computers.
3. Click on the Sort link to sort the listed user/computer names.
85

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Tip: You can use the "Ignore-Prefix" option in combination with your choice of alphabet.
This will list all users/computers that have the specified prefix and whose names begin with
selected alphabet. For example, the figure belows shows a case where DC is specified in
Ignore-Prefix and the alphabet chosen is W. The resultant list therefore shows all the
computers who have 'DC' as their prefix but whose names begin with alphabet 'W'.

Manual Input Option

1. Click on the Manual Input tab for the users/computers to be manually added.
2. Specify a valid User/Computer in the text field.
3. Click on >> button to add the user/computer in the custom group.

Note: Incorrect User/Computer will not be added and the application will
throw an error. In that case, specify the correct User/Computer name
and add it again.

4. Click on Create Group button to complete custom group creation.

86

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Configuring Deployment Templates

When you deploy a software or a patch using Desktop Central, you can specify multiple
Deployment Settings like when to install, whether the user can skip deployments, reboot
policies, etc. These deployment settings can be created as a template, which can then be
used while defining the configuration. There are several ways to create a deployment
template:

• While defining a configuration using the "Save as Template" link by providing a

name for the template
• Create templates manually from Deployment Template page. You can reach the
Deployment Template page from the following places:
• Admin --> Deployment Templates
• Patch Mgmt --> Deployment Templates
• Software Deployment --> Deployment Templates

Follow the steps below to create a template manually:

1. Navigate to the Deployment Template page from the Desktop Central client
2. Click Create Template
3. Specify a name for the template
4. Choose the required Install Option:
1. Install during computer startup: Select this option if the patches have to be
deployed during computer startup.
2. Install during 90 minutes refresh interval: Select this option if the patches
have to be installed after the computer startup when the next update
happens (within 90 minutes)
3. Either of the above, whichever is earlier
5. If you want the installation to happen only between a specified time of a day, you
can specify the Start and End time within which the deployment should begin. The
Start Time can also be greater than the End time - in such cases the End time is
assumed to be on the following day. For example, if you wish the deployment should
happen between 10.00 PM and 4.00 AM, you can specify the Start Time as 22:00:00
and End Time as 04:00:00
6. Specify whether the use can skip the deployment at a later time by selecting the
"Allow Users to Skip Deployment". When you do not select this option, the
deployment will be forced and the user will not have any control on the deployment.
7. If the deployment progress has to be shown to the users, select "Show deployment
progress in the client computers" option.
8. Select the required Reboot Policy:
1. Do not reboot: Select this option if the client computers should not be
rebooted after installing the patches.
2. Force Reboot when the user has logged in: Select this option to force the user
to reboot the computer. Specify the time within which the client machines will
be rebooted and the message that has to displayed in the client machines.

87

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

3. Force Shutdown when the user has logged in: Select this option to force the
user to shutdown the computer. Specify the time within which the client
machines will be shutdown and the message that has to displayed in the
client machines.
4. Allow user to skip Reboot: Select this option to allow users to reboot later.
Specify the message that has to displayed in the client machines.
5. Allow user to skip Shutdown:Select this option to allow users to shutdown
later. Specify the message that has to displayed in the client machines.
9. Click Save to save the template

The templates thus created can be used to pre-fill the Deployment Settings while you define
a Software and Patch Configurations by choosing the required template from the list. You
can also change any specific settings after loading the data from the template (and also can
save it as a new template using the Save as Template link)

Note: When you define the Software or Patch configuration, you will also have
an additional option under "Allow Users to Skip Deployment" as to whether they
can skip it as long as they wish or the installation should be forced beyond a
specific date. When you specify a date and save it as a Template, this date is
not saved on the template.

88

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Configuring Remote Access to the Database in

Desktop Central

Desktop Central stores all the information in a database. For example, it comprises
information about computers, software applications that are installed, hardware that is
installed and details about patches.

You can access this database remotely to get certain information. For example, assume that
you require information from the database to help you to generate specific reports that are
not readily available and cannot be generated using the Custom Reports feature. You can
access the database used by Desktop Central to get this information.

The database is located in the Desktop Central server. You can access this database
remotely. However, not everyone has permission to access the database. Only
administrators can grant access to computers to connect to the database remotely.

When you are granted permission you can only read the information that is available in the
database.

Granting or Revoking Access

This section applies only to administrators.

As an administrator, you may grant or revoke access for computers to access the database,
in Desktop Central, remotely. You should grant Read-only access. The user should not be
given permission to make changes to the database.

This access may be granted only to allow a user to gather information required to create
reports that are not readily available and cannot be created using the Custom Reports
feature.

It is highly recommended that you check the usage status periodically and revoke the
access to the database from users who:

• Do not require to access the database

• Have access to the database but are not using it

89

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Steps

To grant or revoke remote access to the database in the Desktop Central server, follow the
steps given below:

1. Click the Admin tab

2. In the Global Settings section, click Remote DB Access
3. In the Remote Computer Name field, enter the name of the computer to which
you want to grant remote access

If the computer, from which a user is accessing the database

remotely, is in a domain that is different from that of the database,
specify the computer name along with its DNS suffix. For example,
john.desktopcentral.com

4. In the Access Type section, select Grant or Revoke, as required

5. Click Save

You have granted or revoked remote access to the database in the Desktop Central server.

Connecting Remotely to the Database

You can use any ODBC tool like sqlyog to connect remotely to the database in the Desktop
Central server. Ensure that the computer from which you are trying to establish a remote
connection has been granted access before you try to connect to the database

Checking for Computers With Access

To view the list of the computers which have been granted access to connect remotely to
the database in the Desktop Central server, follow the steps given below:

1. Click the Admin tab

2. In the Global Settings section, click Remote DB Access
3. Click the Computers that have been granted remote access link

You can now see a list of computers which have been granted access by the administrator
to connect remotely to the database in the Desktop Central server.

Details Required to Connect Remotely

You require the following details to connect remotely to the database in the Desktop Central
server:

• Mysql Host Address: This refers to the name of the computer where the database
server is running. Unless the database server is running in another computer, the

90

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

host address will be the same as that of the computer where the Desktop Central
server is installed and running.
• Username: This refers to the username that you are required to enter to connect
remotely to the database. The username to connect to the database is root.
• Password: You do not have to enter a password.
• Port: This refers to the port number that is required to connect to the database.
By default, the port number is 23306. If you have changed the number of the
port, specify it before trying to establish the connection to the database.
• Database(s): This refers to the name of the database that you want to connect to
remotely. You should enter desktopcentral in this field.

91

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Personalizing the Client

Desktop Central provides users with the functionality to configure user accounts based on
personal priorities and requirements. The settings option enables you to change an existing
password, set the session time, select a theme etc.

These settings are user-specific and each user can have their own settings.

To personalize, select the Admin tab --> Personalize link.

To change the password

1. Enter the existing password in the Old Password field.

2. Enter the new password in the New Password field.
3. Enter the new password again for confirmation in the Confirm Password field.
4. Click the Save Changes button.

The new password get updated. Subsequently, you have to use the new password to login
to the client.

To set the session time

1. Select the session expiry time in hours from the Session Expiry Time combo box to
the desired value.
2. Click the Save Changes button.

The session expiry time gets updated.

To set the page refresh time

1. Specify the time in minutes at which the pages should get refreshed automatically.
2. Click Save Changes button.

To configure general settings

1. Select the "Show help card after deploying the configuration" check box if you wish
to view the help card after successful deployment of configurations.
2. Select the "Show help card throughout the product" option if you wish to view the
help card where ever applicable.
3. Select the "Save view settings" to retain the view per page settings in the reports.
4. Click the Save Changes button.

92

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

To change the theme

1. Select the theme from the available options

2. Click Save Changes button.

93

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Authenticating Users via Active Directory

Desktop Central Web Console is the management interface for performing various activities
like installing patches, installing/uninstalling software, imposing security restrictions and
much more. If an unauthorized person or a hacker gets access to this interface, it allows
them to perform some undesirable actions to the extent of taking control of remote
computers/servers. While it is possible to restrict users based on specific roles, it does not
have any stringent password plocies in place to make users change their passwords more
frequently.

If you have an Active Directory based Windows Domain setup, you can make use of the
Active Directory's password policy work for you. You can set stringent password policy for
your domain users and make them login to Desktop Central using their domain username
and password.

Making users authenticated via Active Directory is very simple. You just have to add your
domain and specify a domain user. The user will have to use their domain Logon name and
Password to login to Desktop Central.

Note: The user should have privileges to login to the domain from the
computer where Desktop Central Server is installed.

94

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Migrating Desktop Central Server

Migrating Desktop Central refers to moving the existing installation from one computer to
another without losing the data and configuration. There may be may situations where you
would need to migrate, like:

• You have been evaluating the product in some test computer and you would like
to move this to a dedicated computer or server after you have decided to
purchase it.
• The disk space is running low and you wish to move this to a different computer.
• You are upgrading the hardware.

The following are the sequence of operations that have to be performed when migrating
Desktop Central Server:

1. Copy the installation directory from the existing installation to the new set up
2. Register the Service in the new set up
3. Change the IP Address and DNS name of the Server in all the agents. This is not
required if there is no change in IP Address and DNS name.
4. If you are running database server separately, you should configure it to accept
connections from the new IP Address.

For step 3 above, you will provide the details of the new installation in the user interface
here. For a step-by-step instructions on migrating the installation, refer to this How To
document in our website.

Do's

1. It is recommended that you provide the details of the new server in the user
interface after you have started the server in the new installation. This is to ensure
that agents will be able to contact the new server after picking up the information.
2. You should be running the Desktop Central Server in both the installations till all the
agents start reporting to the new server
3. The database server, if running remotely, should be configured to accept connections
from the new IP Address.

Dont's

1. You should not download and install the latest executable from our website and just
replace the database files. You should copy the entire installation from the old and
move it to new.
2. You should not provide the details of the new server in the user interface, if you have
not copied the installation and started. This is because that the agents will not be
communicating with the server at the old installation once it picks up this

95

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

information. If you do not have the Desktop Central server running at the IP Address
specified here, the computers cannot be managed.

96

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

User & Role Management

• Overview
• Role Management
• User-defined Role
• Pre-defined Roles
• User Management
• Creating a User & Associating a Role
• Modifying User details
• Deleting a User

Overview

As an administrator, many a time you would have felt mundane routines spill over crucial
attention-seeking jobs of your network. Desktop Central answers this concern through its
User & Role Management module; delegating routine activities to chosen users with well-
defined permission levels. You can easily administer these users that need access to
Desktop Central Product web client.

1. Role Management

Some of the most commonly used Roles are specified under Pre-defined Roles. However,
you also have the flexibility to define roles that best suit your requirements under the User-
defined Roles and grant appropriate permissions. Here's a brief on the Pre-defined and
User-defined roles respectively:

User-defined Role

You can tailor-make any number of roles using Desktop Central and give them permissions
of your choice based on your personalized needs. These customized roles fall under the
User-defined category. For a better understanding let us quickly see how to create a User-
defined Role in the following section.

Defining a new Role

Follow the steps mentioned below to create a new User-defined role:

1. Select the Admin tab and click on User Administration. This opens the User
Administration page.
2. Select the Role tab and click the Add Role button.
3. Specify the Role Name and a small description about it in the Define Role Section.
4. You can define module-wise permission level for the Role in the Select Control Section.
The permission levels are broadly classified into:
97

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Full Control - To perform all operations akin to Administrator role, for the specific module
Read Only - To only view the details in that module
No Access - To hide the module from the User
5. Click on Add button.

Note: The role you have just created will now be available in the Roles list of
the user creation module. Role deletion cannot be performed if that role is
associated even with a single User. However you can modify the permission
levels for all User-defined roles.

Pre-defined Roles

You will find five roles in the Pre-defined category and these include:

1. Administrator
2. Guest
3. Technician
4. Auditor
5. Remote Desktop Viewer
6. IT Asset Manager
7. Patch Manager

Administrator Role: The Administrator role signifies the Super Admin who exercises full
control, on all modules. The operations that are listed under the Admin tab include:

1. Defining or modifying Scope of Management

2. Adding Inactive Users
3. Changing mail server settings
4. Changing proxy settings
5. Personalizing options like changing themes, setting session expiry, etc.
6. Scheduling vulnerability database update
7. Scheduling scan settings for Patch Management
8. Editing MSI or Script repository
9. Viewing Actions Logs of Desktop Central

Guest Role: The Guest Role retains the Read Only permission to all modules. A user who is
associated to the Guest Role will have the privileges to scan and view various information
about different modules, although making changes is strictly prohibited.

Technician Role: The Technician Role has a well defined set of permissions to do specific
operations. Users under the Technician role are restricted from performing all the operations
listed under the Admin tab. The operations that can be performed by users associated with
the Technician Role include:

98

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

1. Can define and deploy all types of configurations and collections.

2. Can view all the configurations including those created by other users, reports, etc.
3. Can suspend, modify, or re-deploy the configurations defined by them.
4. Can update the Vulnerability Database.
5. Can perform Scan operations on all modules.

Auditor: The Auditor role is specially crafted for Auditing Purposes. This role will help you
grant permissions to auditors view the details of software inventory, check for license
compliance, etc.

Remote Desktop Viewer: The Remote Desktop Viewer Role will allow the users associated
with it to Invoke a Remote desktop connection and view details of users who had connected
to a particular system.

IT Asset Manager: The IT Asset Manager has complete access to the Asset Management
module and all the other features are inaccessible.

Patch Manager: The Patch Manager role has complete access to the Patch Management
module and all the other modules/features are inaccessible.

Privilege Guideline

Action Read Permission Write Permission

Configuration

Create Configuration **

Patch Mgmt.

Decline Patches

Automate Patch Deployment

System Health Policy

Install Patch / Service Pack

On Demand Scanning

Software Deployment

Add Package

Network Share

Install / Uninstall Software for Users /

Computers

99

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Action Read Permission Write Permission

Inventory

Group Software

Manage Licenses

Configure Prohibited Software

Configure E-Mail Alerts

On Demand Scanning

Tools

Add System Tools Task

Schedule Wake on LAN

Immediate Remote Shutdown

Schedule Remote Shutdown

Remote Control

Edit Settings

Remote Desktop Sharing

Reports

Enable User Logon Reports Settings

AD Report - On Demand Synchronization

** Exceptions:

1. Install Patch / Service Pack Configurations can be defined only if Patch Write
permissions are available for both Configuration and Patch modules.
2. Install / Uninstall Software Configurations can be defined only if Write Permissions
are available for both Configuration and Software Deployment modules.

2. User Management

Creating a User and Associating a Role

You can associate a User with a Role while creating a New User. To create a user follow the
steps mentioned below:
100

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

1. Login to Desktop Central client as an Administrator

2. Click the User Management link available under the Global Settings category.
3. This will list all the users that have been created. By default, it has admin and
guest users in Administrator and Technician roles respectively.
4. Click the Create New User link.
5. You have two modes of authenticating users into Desktop Central: From Active
Directory or Locally.
1. When you choose to authenticate a user via Active Directory, you should
select the domain and specify a user of that domain and their role. These
users should use their domain Logon Name and Password to login to Desktop
Central Client.
2. When you choose the local authentication, specify the User Name, Password,
and Role
6. Optionally, you can also specify the Email Address and Phone Number of the user.
7. When you have specified the required details, click Create User.
8. The created user gets added to the User table.

Note: When you opt to authenticate a user via Active Directory, the user should
have privileges to login to the domain from the computer where Desktop
Central Server is installed.

Modifying User details

Desktop Central offers the flexibility to modify the role of users, to best suit your changing
requirements. You can do operations like Changing the User Role and Reset User Password
at point of time you feel you should.

Deleting a User

At times when you find a user's contribution obsolete, you can go ahead and delete the user
from the User List. The user so removed will no more exercise Module Permissions.

101

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Setting Up Software Deployment

The Software Deployment feature in Desktop Central enables you to deploy software
remotely as well as distribute software applications to users and computers in a Windows
network. The settings that you must make to use this feature are as follows:

• Configure a software repository for a network share

• Configure a software repository for an HTTP upload
• Add and deploy software packages

102

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Configuring Software Repositories

A software repository is a storage location where you can store software packages. You can
access these software packages when required and install them on computers in your
network. In Desktop Central, there are two types of software repositories:

• Network-share repository
• HTTP repository

Network-share Repository

A network-share repository is used when you want to deploy a software application to

multiple computers in a network. It is recommended that you store the software package
that you want to deploy in a network share that is accessible from all the computers in the
network. The software application will be installed directly in the computers that you
specify.

Most software applications have a single installation file like <setup>.exe or the
<softwarename>.exe. Other applications have more than one installable file, however,
these files are located in the same directory. Some complex applications, like Microsoft
Office, have multiple installable files. Here each installable file is located in a different
directory. It is recommended that you deploy such applications from a network share that is
accessible from all the computers in your network.

Advantages

Using a network-share repository enables you to do the following:

• Ensure that you do not have multiple copies of the same software application in
your network
• Fill the details of your network-share repository automatically whenever you add
a package
• Save your network bandwidth as executable files are not copied into the
computers

Required Permissions

The network-share repository should have the Read and Execute permission for all the
users and computers in the network. You should set the permissions mentioned above for
the group Everyone. This ensures that the network-share repository is accessible from all
the computers in the network.

However, ensure that you do not set the permissions to Read and Execute for all the users
and computers in the network when you want to do the following:

103

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

• Restrict certain users from accessing the network-share repository directly

• Deploy a software application to users or computers across multiple domains or
workgroups.

For example, assume that your network-share repository is in domain A and you
deploy a software application from this repository to a computer in domain B. You
should ensure that you do not set the permissions to Read and Execute for all the
users and computers in the network.

In such cases, you can provide user credentials that have the Read and Execute
access to the network-share repository in which the software package is stored.
Desktop Central will use these credentials to access the repository and deploy the
software.

Creating a Network-share Repository

To create a network-share repository, follow the steps given below:

1. Click the Software Deployment tab

2. In the Settings section, click Software Repository
3. Click the Create a Network Share option
4. Enter the path for the network share

If you do not enter a path for the network share, it will

automatically be created in the computer where Desktop Central
server is installed.

5. Check the Accessing the Share using Credentials checkbox

6. Enter a username and password

If you are creating the network share on a domain computer, prefix

the domain name to the username. For example,
ZohoCorp\Administrator.
If you are creating the network share on a workgroup computer,
prefix the computer name to the username. For example,
<machinename>\DCAdmin.

7. Click Save

You have created a network-share repository.

HTTP Repository

An HTTP repository is used to store executable files before you install them in computers in
your network. You can use this repository when you want to deploy software packages to

104

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

computers using the HTTP path. You can also change the location of the HTTP repository if
required.

The HTTP repository is created automatically when you install Desktop Central. It is located
in the same folder as the Desktop Central server. For example, <Desktop Central
server>\webapps\DesktopCentral\swrepository. You can change the location of the
repository if required.

Advantages

Using an HTTP repository enables you to do the following:

• Install software applications in computers that do not have access to a network-

share repository
• Access computers when the computers are unable to access a network-share
repository because the required number of connections have been reached
• Do not have to set any permissions when using an HTTP repository

Changing the Location of the HTTP Repository

To change the location of the HTTP repository, follow the steps given below:

1. Click the Software Deployment tab

2. In the Settings section, click Software Repository
3. Click the HTTP Repository tab
4. Enter the path of the new location
5. Click Save

You have changed the location of the HTTP repository. If you are unable to change the
location of the HTTP repository, see Cannot Change the Location of the HTTP Repository

Network Share VS. HTTP Upload

While it is recommended that you have a common software repository, it is not mandatory.
You also have an option to upload the executable files in the Desktop Central server from
where they are copied into the computers before being deployed. Using this approach will
increase your bandwidth overhead as the executable files are copied into each of the
computers.

Therefore, it is recommended that you use this approach when you are deploying software
applications to computers in a remote location. This is because, in most cases, when you
deploy software applications to computers in remote locations you do not have access to the
respective network-share repository.

When you want to deploy software packages to computers in a LAN and WAN, create two
packages for the same software application. Store one set of packages in the network-share
repository. These will be deployed and installed in the computers in the LAN. Store the other

105

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

set of packages in the HTTP repository. These will be uploaded and deployed to the
computers in the WAN.

When you want to install multiple packages you can zip them and upload. For more
information, see How to use the HTTP Path option to deploy software packages that have
multiple executable files in different directory structures?

There are a few exceptional scenarios where executable files are copied to computers in
your network when using network-share repository. This can happen when you do the
following:

• Choose the Copy Files/Folders option while defining a configuration to install

software applications
• Are required to use user credentials to access the network-share repository
• Use the Run As option while installing software packages as a user, other than
the administrator

106

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Managing Software Packages

1. Adding MSI/EXE Packages

2. Executing Scripts in Software installation
3. Modifying MSI/EXE Packages
4. Removing MSI/EXE Packages

Desktop Central enables you store the commonly used applications, which can be installed
on to the client machines as required. The common applications, which includes both MSI
and EXE files, are stored under the Software Packages Repository.

The software packages that are added to the repository can then be used while defining the
Software Installation Configuration.

Adding MSI/EXE Packages

Desktop Central allows you to add separate packages for MSI and EXE based software
applications:

1. Adding an MSI Package

2. Adding an EXE Package

Adding an MSI Package

1. Click the Software Deployment tab. This invokes the Software

Package Repository page listing the details of the packages that
have been added.
2. Click the Add Package button.
3. Select the Package type as MSI and specify the following
details:

Parameter Description

Package

Package Name Name of the Software Package

Select any of the following:

Select the path
1. Network Path: If the software has to be installed
type
in computers in the same LAN, select this option
2. HTTP Path: If the software has to be installed in

107

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Parameter Description

computers in branch offices over the VPN tunnel

or internet, select this option

When you select the HTTP Mode, you need to browse

Add Files to Upload and select the installables, which will be uploaded to the
Desktop Central Server

When you select the Network Path option, specify the

name of the MSI file with its complete network path.
This path should have all the related files and should
MSI File Name with have necessary read & execute permissions.
network path

Example: \\MyServer\MSIApps\Skype\skype.msi.

Advanced Options (optional)

Installer / Uninstaller Settings

When you choose to copy the installables to individual

MSI Root Path computers before installing the software, you need to
specify the directory to be copied.

For applications that supports customizations prior to

installation, you can customize the installation and
specify it here.

For example, you can customize the MS Office 2003

installation by specifying the license keys, choosing the
components to install, etc., using the Microsoft Office
Resource Kit Tools. After customization an .MST file gets
created. The MST file should also be placed in the
MST file name with
network share where all the other installation files are
Network path
present. Specify the location of the MST file with the
network path here.

If you are using the copy option while deploying the

application, the location of the MST file specified here
should be relative to the MSI Root Path. If the MSI Root
Path is displayed as \\MyServer\Shares\MSIApps and
your MST File is in
\\MyServer\Shares\MSIApps\Office2003\Custom.mst,

108

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Parameter Description

specify the location as Office2003\Custom.mst. Multiple

mst files can be specified as semi-colon separated.

Please note that the relative path is required only if you

choose to copy the files to the individual computers
before installing the software. Else, you can specify the
complete network path.

Application specific installation parameters can be

specified here. For example, for skype, you can specify
Install Arguments
parameters like installlevel=10. This field can be left
to MSI
blank, if you do not have any application specific
arguments.

Uninstall
Arguments to MSI Application specific installation parameters can be
specified here. For example, REBOOT=ReallySuppress

Enable Logging for Select this option to enhance the logging to

troubleshooting troubleshooting the deployment errors.

Disable Uninstall
option in Select this option, if you do not want the users to
Add/Remove remove the software from Add/Remove Programs.
Programs

Package Properties

Manufacturer Name of the software vendor

Version The software version

Language The software language version

Package
Description of the software package
Description

Run Script before Installing Software

Specify the commands or scripts that has to be executed

Script / Command
before installing the software. Refer to Executing Scripts
Name
in Software installation for more details.

Specify the arguments for the pre-installation script, if

Arguments
any

Continue Select this option and specify the exit code to check for
installation if the successful pre-installation process before proceeding

109

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Parameter Description

exit code is with the software installation. If the pre-installation fails,

the installation will abort.

Run Script after Installing Software

Specify the commands or scripts that has to be executed

Script / Command
after installing the software. Refer to Executing Scripts
Name
in Software installation for more details.

Specify the arguments for the post-installation script, if

Arguments
any.

Select this option and specify the exit code to verify

Successful if the whether post installation has been successful. If post-
Exit Code is installation is not successful, the software will not be
uninstalled.

Run Script before Uninstalling Software

Specify the commands or scripts that has to be executed

Script / Command
before uninstalling the software. Refer to Executing
Name
Scripts in Software installation for more details.

Specify the arguments for the pre-uninstallation script, if

Arguments
any

Select this option and specify the exit code to check for
Continue
successful pre-uninstallation process before uninstalling
uninstallation if the
of the software. If the pre-installation fails, the
exit code is
uninstallation will abort.

Run Script after Uninstalling Software

Specify the commands or scripts that has to be executed

Script / Command
after uninstalling the software. Refer to Executing
Name
Scripts in Software installation for more details.

Specify the arguments for the post-uninstallation script,

Arguments
if any.

Select this option and specify the exit code to verify

Successful if the whether post uninstallation has been successful. If post-
Exit Code is installation is not successful, the software will not be re-
installed.

3. Click Add Package. The package gets added to the table below.
4. Repeat steps 3 to 5 for adding more packages.

110

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Adding an MSIEXEC/EXE/ISS/Command Package

1. Click the Software Deployment tab. This invokes the Software

Package Repository page listing the details of the packages that
have been added.
2. Click the Add Package button.
3. Select the Package type as MSIEXEC /EXE/ISS/Command
and specify the following details:

Parameter Description

Package

Name of the Software Application.

Click on the Select from Pre-Defined Application link.

This opens the Select Application dialog. You can
Software Name
make your selection from the pre-defined packages
that are listed. Alternatively, you can also select
from the prompted list, while typing the application
name in the text field.

Select any of the following:

1. Network Path: If the software has to be

installed in computers in the same LAN,
Select the path type select this option
2. HTTP Path: If the software has to be installed
in computers in branch offices over the VPN
tunnel or internet, select this option

When you select the HTTP Mode, you need to

Add Files to Upload browse and select the installables, which will be
uploaded to the Desktop Central Server

Specify the command to be executed in the client

computers for installing the application. The
command specified here will be "as such" executed
in all the client computers. Make sure that the path
to the executables specified in the command is
Installation Command relative to the EXE Root Directory specified above.
with
switches/arguments
Examples:

1. msiexec.exe \Skype\skype.msi /qn

2. googlesetup.exe /S

111

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Parameter Description

Specify the command to be executed in the client

computers for uninstalling the application. The
command specified here will be "as such" executed
in all the client computers. Make sure that the path
to the executables specified in the command is
relative to the EXE Root Directory specified above.

Example:Skype\uninstall.exe

If the uninstaller in the individual computers has to

Uninstallation be invoked, you can specify the complete path to the
Command with uninstaller. please note that the uninstaller has to be
switches/arguments in the same location in all the client computers. You
can use environment variables in the path.

Examples:

C:\WINDOWS\ie7\spuninst\spuninst.exe /q

%SystemRoot%\ie7\spuninst\spuninst.exe /q

Advanced Options (optional)

Installer / Uninstaller Settings

When you select the Network Path option, specify

the shared directory from where all the commands
EXE Root Path will be executed. This directory should have access
to all the executables that are required to install the
application.

Package Properties

Manufacturer Name of the software vendor

Version The software version

Language The software language version

Package Description Description of the software package

Run Script before Installing the Software

Specify the commands or scripts that has to be

Script / Command executed before installing the software. Refer to
Name Executing Scripts in Software installation for more
details.

112

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Parameter Description

Arguments Specify the arguments for the script, if any

Select this option and specify the exit code to check

Continue installation if for successful pre-installation process before
the exit code is proceeding with the software installation. If the pre-
installation fails, the installation will abort.

Run Script after Installing the Software

Specify the commands or scripts that has to be

Script / Command executed after installing the software. Refer to
Name Executing Scripts in Software installation for more
details.

Arguments Specify the arguments for the script, if any

Select this option and specify the exit code to verify

Successful if the Exit whether post installation has been successful. If
Code is post-installation is not successful, the software will
not be uninstalled.

Run Script before Uninstalling the Software

Specify the commands or scripts that has to be

Script / Command executed before uninstalling the software. Refer to
Name Executing Scripts in Software installation for more
details.

Arguments Specify the arguments for the script, if any

Select this option and specify the exit code to check

Continue uninstallation for successful pre-uninstallation process before
if the exit code is uninstalling of the software. If the pre-installation
fails, the uninstallation will abort.

Run Script after Uninstalling the Software

Specify the commands or scripts that has to be

Script / Command executed after uninstalling the software. Refer to
Name Executing Scripts in Software installation for more
details.

Arguments Specify the arguments for the script, if any

Select this option and specify the exit code to verify

Successful if the Exit whether post uninstallation has been successful. If
Code is post-installation is not successful, the software will
not be re-installed.

3. Click Add Package. The package gets added to the table below.
4. Repeat steps 3 to 5 for adding more packages.

113

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Executing Scripts in Software Installation

Desktop Central allows you to execute scripts in the following cases:

1. Prior to installing the software

2. After installing the software
3. Prior to uninstalling the software
4. After uninstalling the software.

The following needs to be ensured while you specify a script to be executed in any of the
above cases:

1. The scripting engine should also be specified in the Script/Command field. For
example, if you are specifying a vb script, say test.vbs, you should specify like this:
%SystemDrive%\Windows\cscript \\dc-win2k1\scripts\test.vbs. In this case the
cscript should be in the same location in all the client computers. Alternatively, you
can also specify the engine path in a network share like: \\dc-
win2k1\Windows\cscript \\dc-win2k1\scripts\test.vbs
2. When you select the Copy option while defining the Install Software Configuration,
the following needs to be taken care:
1. When selecting None: the script file should be in the network share.
2. When selecting Copy file to client machines: the script should be in the
network share.
3. When selecting Copy folder to client machines: The script should be in the
same directory or sub-directory as that of the installation file and the path
specified should be relative path from that directory.
3. When using absolute path, use the environment variables instead of specifying the
path directly. For example, for c: use %SystemDrive%.

Modifying MSI/EXE Packages

To modify the MSI/EXE packages, follow these steps:

1. Click the Admin tab to invoke the Admin page.

2. Click the Software Repository link in the Admin Links pane.
3. Click the icon under the Actions column next to corresponding package.
4. Follow the step 4 and step 5 of the Adding MSI/EXE Packages procedure.
5. Click the Modify Package button.

Removing MSI/EXE Packages

To remove the MSI/EXE packages, follow these steps:

1. Click the Admin tab to invoke the Admin page.

2. Click the Software Repository link in the Admin Links pane.
3. Click the icon under the Actions column next to corresponding package. Click OK
to confirm deletion.

The package details will be deleted from the table.

114

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Software Deployment Templates

A template is a predefined format that can be applied. The Templates tab in the Software
Deployment section comprises of predefined applications that you can use to create
packages automatically. This functionality downloads binaries from the respective vendors'
Web sites to create packages automatically.

Prerequisites

Ensure that you complete the following tasks before automating the package-creation
process using the Templates tab:

• Define valid proxy credentials

• Provide access rights

Creating a package

You can create a single package or multiple packages from the Templates tab. To create a
package, follow the steps given below:

1. Click Software Deployment>Templates

2. Select the required application

Note: Select multiple applications to create multiple packages.

3. Click the Create Package button

Note: You can also use the Create Package link available against
the package, in the Action column.

4. Enter the required proxy information

5. Click OK

You are required to confirm if you want to download the binaries related to the package you
have chosen. If you do not want to download the binaries, click Cancel.

6. Click Yes

The download process of the respective binaries will begin. The download-process status will
be updated once the package creation is completed.
115

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

7. Click View packages

Note: You can click Close if you do not want to view the packages.
You can cancel the package-creation process. However, you can do
this only while creating multiple packages. Packages that have the
Yet to Start status will be canceled.

You have successfully created a package. The package can now be modified or deployed like
manually created packages.

Accessing the location of a package

When you create a package, you are required to download the package from the vendor's
Web site. You can access the executable link for each package location through the
application details. To access the executable links for the location of a package, follow the
steps given below:

1. Click Software Deployment>Templates

2. Click the required application
3. In the Application Details window, click on the link against Location

Note: You must ensure that the URL of the executable link is added
to the exception list in the proxy server.

You can now re-create the package and deploy it.

These links will redirect you to the location from which the package is being downloaded.
The possibility of getting a download error reduces if the link is accessible. However, if you
get an error while trying to access the link, then you will get an error while trying to
download the required binaries, from the Desktop Central server. You should verify the
functionality of the executable links for packages only from the system on which the
Desktop Central server is installed.

See also: Error While Downloading Binaries

116

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Setting Up Patch Management

This section will guide you through the configurations that have to be performed for
managing patches of Windows OS and Applications.

• Configuring Proxy Server

• Configuring Vulnerability DB Synchronization Interval
• Configuring Automated Patch Deployment
• Configuring System Health Policy
• Declining Patches for Scan

117

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Configuring Proxy Server

Desktop Central periodically updates the vulnerability database with that of the Central
Patch Repository that resides at Zoho Corp.'s site. Desktop Central uses this configuration
to connect to the internet to update the vulnerability database.

• Direct Connection to Internet

• HTTP Proxy Configuration
• FTP Proxy Configuration

Direct Connection to Internet

1. Click the Admin tab to invoke the Admin page.

2. Click the Proxy Configuration link. This opens the Proxy Settings page.
3. Select the "Direct Connection to the Internet" option and click OK

HTTP Proxy Configuration

1. Click the Admin tab to invoke the Admin page.

2. Click the Proxy Configuration link. This opens the Proxy Settings page.
3. Select the "Manual Proxy Configurations" option and specify the Proxy host, port,
user name and password of the HTTP Proxy.
4. Click OK to save the configuration.

FTP Proxy Configuration

1. Click the Admin tab to invoke the Admin page.

2. Click the Proxy Configuration link. This opens the Proxy Settings page.
3. Select the "Manual Proxy Configurations" option.
4. Select Enable FTP option and specify the Proxy host, port, user name and password
of the FTP Proxy.
5. Click OK to save the configuration.

118

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Configuring Vulnerability DB Synchronization

The vulnerability or the patch database is a baseline against which the available and missing
patches in the machines are determined. The database is periodically refreshed with latest
information and placed in the Central Patch Repository. You can specify the interval at which
the local vulnerability database be updated with that of the Central Patch Repository. To
configure the update interval, follow the steps below:

1. Click the Admin tab to invoke the Admin page.

2. Click the Schedule Vulnerability Update link to invoke the Vulnerability Update
page.
3. The Enable Scheduler is selected by default. To disable scheduler, clear this option.
4. The default update time is 10.00 hrs on weekdays. To modify, select the update
interval from any of the following options:
• Daily - to update everyday. You need to specify the starting time and starting day.
• Weekly - to update on specific day(s) in a week. You need to specify the starting
time and the day(s) on which the update should happen.
• Monthly - to update on a specific day every month(s). You need to specify starting
time, select a day and select a month/months.
5. If you wish a mail to be sent upon successful update, select the Notify when Task
Finishes check box and provide the email address. You can specify multiple email
addresses as comma separated values.
6. Click Save Changes to save the configuration.

119

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Configuring Automated Patch Deployment

Desktop Central allows automating Patch Management at various levels. For example,
Administrators can:

1. Choose to scan the systems in the network to detect the missing patches.
2. Scan and download the missing patches.
3. Scan, download, and deploy the missing patches.

All the above operations can be done for specific set of target computers like few systems
will only be scanned, few other systems will be automatically patched and so on.

Follow the steps below to create scheduled tasks for automating patch management using
Desktop Central:

1. Click the Admin tab to invoke the Admin page.

2. Click Automate Patch Deployment link available under Patch Settings
3. Click Add Scheduled Task button and specify the following:
1. Specify a name for the task
2. Select the deployment option from any of the following:
• Scan the Systems to Identify the Missing Patches: This is the default
option, which scans your network to detect the vulnerable applications.
• Scan the Systems and Download the Missing Patches: Use this option to
detect the vulnerable systems/applications in your network and download the
corresponding fixes from the Microsoft website.
• Download the Missing Patches and Draft the Patch Configuration: Use
this option to automatically download the missing patches from the Microsoft
website and create a draft of the Patch Configuration.
• Automatically Download and Deploy the Missing Patches: Use this
option to scan the systems periodically to identify the missing patches,
download the patches from the Microsoft website, and deploy the patches to
the computers.
3. After selecting the required option, the next step is to schedule the frequency
to scan the systems. You have the following options to schedule:
• Daily - to schedule the scan to run everyday. You need to specify the starting
time and starting day.
• Weekly - to schedule the scan to run on specific day(s) in a week. You need
to specify the starting time and the day(s) on which the scan has to be run.
• Monthly - to schedule the scan to run on a specific day every month(s). You
need to specify starting time, select a day and select a month/months.
• If you wish a mail to be sent upon successful completion of the task, select
the Notify when Task Finishes check box and provide the email address.
You can specify multiple email addresses as comma separated values.
4. The next step is to select the target computers for which the above operations
has to be performed. The target chosen can be a whole domain, site, OU,

120

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Group or specific computers. You can also exclude computers from the chosen
targets based on specific criteria.
5. After adding the required target computers, click Create Task.

Repeat the above steps to create more tasks.

Note: It is advisable to schedule the Vulnerability Database synchronization prior

to scanning the network systems so that the latest patch information will be
available for comparison.

See Also: Patch Management Architecture, Patch Management Life Cycle, Scan Systems
for Vulnerability, Patch Reports

121

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Configuring System Health Policy

What is System Health Policy?

Desktop Central periodically scans the systems in your network to identify the missing
patches. The missing patches include both the operating system and application patches
pertaining to that system. Generally, patches are released with varying severities ranging
from Low to Critical. Based on these patch severities, Desktop Central classifies the system
into three categories to quickly identify the health status of the systems in the network.

How are the systems classified?

Based on the severity of the missing patches, the systems are categorized as Healthy,
Vulnerable, and Highly Vulnerable in Desktop Central. The default health policy is as below:

• Healthy Systems are those that have up-to-date patches installed

• Vulnerable Systems are those that have missing patches in "Moderate" or "Low"
severity levels.
• Highly Vulnerable Systems are those that have missing patches in "Critical" or
"Important" severity levels.

Note: The patches that are declined will not be considered for arriving at the
system health status.

Customizing the Health Policy

Desktop Central allows you to customize this categorization by selecting the patch severity
levels for various health states as below:

1. Select the Admin tab.

2. Click the System Health Policy link available under Patch Settings.
3. Select the patch severity levels that are allowed for each states and click Save
Changes.

Note: It may be noted that you will not be allowed to select the same patch
severity in different health states, i.e, if you select Low for Healthy Systems,
you will not be allowed to select Low option for Vulnerable and Highly
Vulnerable states.

122

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Enabling Patch Approval Process

Desktop Central allows you to automate patch deployment from identifying the missing
patches and to deploy them on to the required computers. The automation is done
irrespective of the patches and applications. There might be cases where you would like to
test a critical patch in few computers before rolling it out to the entire network. In such
cases, the Patch Approval Process comes handy. When you enable the patch approval
process, no patch will be deployed via Automated Patch Deployment task unless the patches
are approved for deployment. You can however deploy them manually to test.

To enable Patch Approval Process,

1. Select Admin --> General Settings (available under Patch Settings)

2. Select the "Deploy patches only when they are approved" option and click Save

You can approve the patches from any of the patch views like Applicaple Patches, Missing
Patches, or Installed Patches. To approve patches, select the required patches and click
Mark As --> Approve option.

123

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Decline Patches

Desktop Central allows administrtaors to configure the applications and patches that has to
be declined from scanning. The patches declined here will not be shown under the missing
patches. Administrators can choose to decline:

1. Specific missing patches for individual applications. (or)

2. Missing patches of an application as a whole.

To Decline Applications:

1. Click the Admin tab to invoke the Admin page.

2. Click Decline Patch link available under Patch Settings
3. Click on Decline Applications tab.
1. Select the Applications listed under Available Applications
2. Click on ">>" button to move them under Declined Applications list.
3. Click Update. The patches of the Applications listed under Declined
Applications will not be scanned for, by Desktop Central.

To Decline Specific Patches:

1. Click the Admin tab to invoke the Admin page.

2. Click Decline Patch link available under Patch Settings
3. Click on Decline Patches tab.
1. Select patches listed under Available Patches. You can use the "Filter by
product" to view product wise patches.
2. Click on ">>" button to move them under Declined Patches list.
3. Click Update. The patches listed under Declined Patches will not be scanned
for, by Desktop Central.

See Also: Patch Management Architecture, Patch Management Life Cycle, Scan Systems
for Vulnerability, Patch Reports

124

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Setting Up Asset Management

This section will guide you through the configurations that have to be performed to manage
the software and hardware assets.

• Scan System for Inventory

• Manage Software Licenses
• Create Software Groups
• Manage Software Category
• Configure Prohibited Software
• Configure E-Mail Alerts
• Schedule Inventory Scanning

125

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Scan Systems for Inventory

To get the inventory details of the systems, the following conditions have to be met:

• The systems should be added in the Scope of Management

• The systems have to be scanned at least once. You can also configure periodic
scanning of systems to get an updated information.
• The systems to be scanned should have WMI Service running and DCOM enabled.

Steps to Enable DCOM

To Enable DCOM in Windows 2000 Computers

1. Select Start > Run

2. Type DCOMCNFG in the text field
3. Click OK.
4. Select Default Properties tab
5. Check the box "Enable Distributed COM in this machine"
6. Press OK

To Enable DCOM in Windows XP Computers

1. Select Start > Run

2. Type DCOMCNFG in the text field
3. Click OK
4. Expand Component Services > Computers > My Computer
5. Righe-click My Computer and select Properties
6. Select Default Properties tab
7. Check the box "Enable Distributed COM in this machine"
8. Press OK

Scan Systems Manually

To Scan the systems manually, follow the steps below:

1. Click the Inventory tab to view the Inventory Summary

2. Click the Scan Systems link from the left pane available under Actions / Settings.
3. This will list all the systems that are available under the Scope of Management.
Select the systems to be scanned for inventory and click San System. To scan all the
systems, click Scan All.

The systems will be scanned and the status of the scanning gets updated under the Scan
Status column.

126

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Troubleshooting Tips

1. If you do not find the system here, check whether you have added the system under
the Scope of Management
2. Check the Agent Status of all the systems; it should be "Agent Installed". For
systems with the status as "Not Installed" or "Agent Installation Failed", inventory
scanning cannot be performed. You need to reinstall the agents in these systems
before scanning them for getting the inventory details.
3. If you get an error as WMI Service is not running, start the WMI Service in the
system and try scanning again.
4. If you get an error as Asset Scanning is locked, contact desktopcentral-
[email protected]
5. If you get an error as DCOM not enabled, enable DCOM and try scanning again.

127

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Manage Software Licenses

Managing Software Licenses is one of the important aspect of asset management that helps
enterprises in being compliant and in planning for additional purchases or during license
renewals. In managing the software licenses, you would expect to achieve the following:

• Able to get their software compliant status

• Add the details of their software purchases - both one time and additional
purchases of the same software
• Should know the computers using those licenses.
• Should be able to reallocate a license, if it is not used/required, to a different
resource that require them
• Help them decide on software renewals and purchases.
• Group different versions of the same software and manage their licenses as a
single entity.

Add Software License Details

To Add/Edit Software License details for commercial software, follow the steps below:

1. Click the Inventory tab to view the Inventory Summary

2. Click the Manage Licenses link from the left pane available under Actions /
Settings. This will list the details of all the licenses that have been added. To add or
edit the license detail, click the Add License button.
3. Select the software from the list. You should have scanned the Windows systems at
least once to have the details of the software here. However you can also specify
software that is not in the list.
4. The manufacturer and the software version details are pre-filled and cannot be
modified.
5. Specify the number of licenses purchased.
6. Specify the details to whom the software is licensed to (optional).
7. Specify the purchase and expiry date in the respective fields (optional).
8. Add the License file and the Invoice related to the license purchase, if required
9. Add comments, if required.
10. The next steps is to associate these licenses to the computers. This step is optional
and is used only for a logical reference.
1. Select the Installed Computers option to view only the computers that have
this software installed or Managed Computers to list all the computers that
you are managing using Desktop Central
2. Select the computer to which you wish to associate the license and move
them to the Associated computers list.
11. Click Save to update the license details.

128

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

The details gets updated in the table below. It includes the following details:

• Software Name: Name of the commercial software.

• Manufacturer: The software manufacturer (vendor)
• Licensed To: To whom the software is licensed.
• Purchased: No. of licenses purchased
• Installed: No. of licensed software copies that are installed in the network.
• Purchased Date: The date of purchase.
• Expiry Date: The date of expiry.
• License Key: The Purchase license Key details.
• License File: The file containing the license particulars for a particular software.
• Invoice File: The file containing the Purchase information for a particular
software.

You can filter the view based on the compliant status of the software like Under License,
Over license, Expired Software, etc.

Adding Additional Licenses

If you have purchased additional licenses for the same software and if you wish to update
the information, follow the steps below:

1. Click the Inventory tab to view the Inventory Summary

2. Click the Manage Licenses link from the left pane available under Actions /
Settings. This will list the details of all the licenses that have been added.
3. Click the Add More link from the Actions column of the software for which you want
to add additional licenses.
4. Specify the Number of licenses you have purchased along with the other details and
click Save.

129

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Create Software Groups

Desktop Central allows administrators to group software that have to be seen as a single
group. For example, if you have different versions of Microsoft Office installed in your
network and you wish to view all the Microsoft Office installations as a single software, you
can group all the Microsoft Office versions and create a group. This way it is very easy to
manage your software licenses. You may have to move all the paid software in your
network to Commercial category prior to grouping them.

To create a new Software Group:

1. Click the Inventory tab to view the Inventory Summary.

2. Click the Group Software link from the left pane available under Actions / Settings.
This will list all the software groups that have been created. Click the Add Software
Group to create a software group.
3. This opens the Add/Modify Software Groups dialog listing all the commercial software
installed in your network.
4. Specify a name for this group.
5. Select the software that you wish to group and move them to the Grouped Software
list. The software category and the prohibited status of the first software in the
selected list will apply to all the software of that group. You can change the position
of the software in the selected list by selecting the software and clicking the arrow
button on the right.
6. After selecting the required software, click Save.

To modify a Software Group:

1. Click the Inventory tab to view the Inventory Summary.

2. Click the Group Software link from the left pane available under Actions / Settings.
This will list all the software groups that have been created.
3. Click the Edit icon from the Actions column of the group that you want to edit.
4. Add or remove the software from the group and click Save.

To delete a Software Group:

1. Click the Inventory tab to view the Inventory Summary.

2. Click the Group Software link from the left pane available under Actions / Settings.
This will list all the software groups that have been created.
3. Click the Delete icon from the Actions column of the group that you want to delete.

130

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Manage Software Category

Desktop Central allows you to categorize the software installed in your network in any of the
pre-defined categories. You also have an option to create your own categories and add
software to it.

Desktop Central comes with the following pre-defined software categories: Accounting,
Database, Development, Driver, Game, Graphics, Internet, Multimedia, and Others. You can
modify/delete or assign software to these categories. You can also create your own
category.

To add a new software category:

1. Click the Inventory tab to view the Inventory Summary

2. Click the Manage Software Category link from the left pane available under
Actions / Settings. This will list all the software categories that have been added,
including the pre-defined categories. Click the Create New Category to add a new
category.
3. Specify a name for the category.
4. The details of the software available in your network is listed below. Select the
software that have to assigned to this new category and click >> button. This is
optional. When you do not select any software, an empty category gets created and
you can assign software to this category later.
5. Click Update. The new category gets added to the table below.

To modify a software category:

1. Click the Inventory tab to view the Inventory Summary

2. Click the Manage Software Category link from the left pane available under
Actions / Settings. This will list all the software categories that have been added,
including the pre-defined categories. Click the Edit icon from the Actions column of
the category that you want to edit.
3. Rename the category and/or add/remove software to/from this category and click
Update.

To delete a software category:

1. Click the Inventory tab to view the Inventory Summary

2. Click the Manage Software Category link from the left pane available under
Actions / Settings. This will list all the software categories that have been added,
including the pre-defined categories.
3. Click the delete icon from the Actions column to delete individually or select the
categories that you wish to delete and click Delete Category.

131

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Configure Prohibited Software

• Adding Prohibited Software

• Removing Prohibited Software
• Configuring Auto-Uninstalling Policy
• Exclude Computers from Auto-Uninstallation of Software
• Configuring Global Exclusion

Every organization prohibits employees from using certain software. Desktop Central helps
prohibit, usage of certain software in accordance to your company policies. Detecting such
prohibited software will help tackle compliance issues that might otherwise pop-up. Desktop
Central provides an option to add the list of software that are prohibited in the company.
You can also configure and receive notification through email and take the necessary action.
The auto-uninstall feature allows you to automatically remove the software within a
specified time frame, once it is detected in the client machine. However, you can also
exempt certain computers from the auto-uninstallation routine.

Adding prohibited software

You can simply add the list of software that is prohibited in the company to be detected
during the regular scan cycles. Follow the steps given below to add a prohibited software to
the list.

1. Click the Inventory tab to view the Inventory Summary

2. Click the Configure Prohibited Software link from the left pane available under
Actions / Settings. This will list the details of all the software that are already
prohibited.
3. Click Add Prohibited Software. This is open the Add Prohibited Software dialog
listing all the software detected in the managed computers. You should have scanned
the Windows systems at least once to have the details of the software here.
4. Select the software that you wish to prohibit and move them to Prohibited List.

Note: In case you have grouped certain software and you are adding that Software
Group under the Prohibited Software List, then all the software in that group will be
added.
5. After adding all the software, click Update. The software gets added to the
prohibited list.

Removing prohibited software

To remove prohibited software, select the software and click Remove Prohibited
Software. You can select the software that you wish to remove from the prohibited list and

132

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

click Remove Prohibited Software to eliminate the selected software from the prohibited
software list.

Configuring the Auto-Uninstall Policy

Desktop Central's Auto-Uninstall Policy helps you to automatically uninstall the detected
prohibited software from the client machines. The uninstallation will happen during the
subsequent refresh-cycle. Follow the steps given below to configure the Auto-Uninstall
Policy:

1. Select the Auto-Uninstall Policy tab.

2. Select Enable Automatic Uninstallation check box.
3. Specify the Maximum number of Software that can be uninstalled from a computer
during subsequent refresh cycle.

Note: Increasing this number will cause high CPU usage during Uninstallation. If the
software count exceeds this number in a computer, it will be uninstalled during the
subsequent refresh cycle.
4. Select Notify User before Uninstalling check box and specify any custom message
in case you want to prompt to the user before the software uninstallation.

Note: The user will be notified with an Alert message during logon and whenever the
agent detects prohibited software. This functionality will be applicable only if the
Notify User Settings is configured.
5. Specify the wait-window for the software uninstallation. Say if you want to remove
the software three days after it has been detected, then mention 3 in the text box
provided.
6. Click on Save to save changes.

Note: Auto-Uninstallation option is available only for .msi based applications. This
functionality may not work for .exe based software applications and you will need to
remove them manually.

Excluding Computers from Software Uninstallation

In certain occasions, you will need to allow the usage of prohibited software for certain
users. One classic example is the usage of chat based applications. Many organizations will
upfront prohibit such software. However top-level executives at these organizations might
need such applications to communicate with clients, etc. Desktop Central allows you to
exempt Auto-Uninstallation on computers in these specific custom groups. You can create a
custom group comprising specific computers or can add individual computers to the Exclude
list. The following steps will help you exclude groups:

1. Click the Configure Prohibited Software link from the left pane available under
Actions / Settings of Inventory tab. This will list the details of all the software that
are already prohibited.
2. Select the checkbox corresponding to the specified software and click the link under
Exclusions column. This opens the Add Exclusions dialog.

133

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

3. Select whether to exclude custom groups or computers.

4. Select the groups/computers and move it to the Excluded list.
5. Click on Save to save changes.

Configuring Global Exclusion

Similar to excluding computers and custom groups for individual software, you can create a
global exclusion list of computers. Computers that are added to the Global Exclusion list,
either manually or via custom groups, applies to all the software. This means all these
computers can have any of the software that have been marked as prohibited.

To configure global exclusion, click the Configure Global Exclusion button and select the
required computers/custom group of computers and save.

134

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Configure E-Mail Alerts

Desktop Central generates Email Alerts to notify the following events:

1. When a new hardware is detected in the network

2. When a new software is detected in the network
3. Non Compliance of software licensing policy, i.e., the license is inadequate and have
to purchase more licenses to be compliant
4. When a software is being used after its license has expired.
5. When a prohibited software is detected in the network.

To configure email alerts, follow the steps below:

1. Click the Inventory tab to view the Inventory Summary

2. Click the Configure Email Alerts link from the left pane available under Actions /
Settings.
3. Select the alert criteria; select all that apply.
4. Specify the email addresses as comma separated.
5. Click Update Alert Settings

Note: For email alerts to be sent, you should have configured your mail server settings.

135

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Schedule Inventory Scanning

To schedule scanning of systems periodically,

1. Click the Inventory tab to view the Inventory Summary

2. Click the Schedule Inventory Scan link from the left pane available under Actions /
Settings.
3. Select the Enable Inventory Scan Scheduler check box and specify the frequency
at which the scanning has to be performed. You have the following options to choose
the interval:
1. Daily - to update everyday. You need to specify the starting time and starting
day.
2. Weekly - to update on specific day(s) in a week. You need to specify the
starting time and the day(s) on which the update should happen.
3. Monthly - to update on a specific day every month(s). You need to specify
starting time, select a day and select a month/months.
4. Click Save Changes to save the configuration.

136

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Setting Up User Logon Reports

As a first step, define the Scope of Management. You should only be able to track the user
login details for the users logging in from the computers that are within the defined scope.
After adding the computers in SoM, you can enable User Logon Reports.

To Maintain User Logon History:

1. Select Admin --> User Logon Settings to open the report settings page.
2. Select the Enable User Logon Reports and specify the number of days the history
has to be maintained.
3. Click Save Changes

137

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Setting Up Active Directory Reports

Desktop Central retrieves the information about the Active Directory infrastructure
components and provides 100+ out-of-the-box reports. You can schedule the report update
interval to get an up-to-date details.

To configure the AD report update interval:

1. Select Admin --> AD Reports Settings to open the report settings page.
2. Select the Enable AD Report Scheduler option.
3. Select the Domains for which the reports needs to be generated. If no domains are
selected, the scheduler will be disabled.
4. Select the Scan Mode to specify whether to update all the objects or only the
modified objects
5. Specify the update interval as below:
1. Daily - to update everyday. You need to specify the starting time and starting
day.
2. Weekly - to update on specific day(s) in a week. You need to specify the
starting time and the day(s) on which the update should happen.
3. Monthly - to update on a specific day every month(s). You need to specify
starting time, select a day and select a month/months.
6. Click Save Changes

To send the reports by Email

Desktop Central provides an option to send the Active Directory reports by email whenever
it gets updated. You have an option to select the reports to be e-mailed and the email
addresses.

1. Select Admin --> AD Reports Settings to open the report settings page.
2. Select the Enable AD Report Scheduler option.
3. Select the Send Reports by Email option
4. Specify the From, To Address and Email Subject.
5. Click the Select Reports button to select the reports to be sent by email.
6. Click Save Changes.

After the completion of every scheduled update, the selected reports will be e-mailed to
specified email addresses.

138

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

User Guide
This section guides you in using Desktop Central to perform the Desktop Management
activities. Follow the links to learn more:

• Software Installation
• Patch Management
• Hardware and Software Inventory
• Windows Tools
• Windows Configurations
• User Logon Reports
• Active Directory Reports
• Making Help Desk Requests

139

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Software Installation

Desktop Central enables remote software deployment and distribution to the users and
computers of the Windows network. This web-based software deployment configuration
helps administrators to install software from a central point. It supports deploying both MSI
and EXE based applications that can be installed in a silent mode.

Software Distribution Features

• Supports installing both MSI and EXE based applications.

• Supports Install, Uninstall, Assign and Redeploy options for MSI based
applications.
• Supports Install and Uninstall options for EXE based applications.
• Ability to schedule software installations.
• Install Software at a specified time
• Install Software either during or after startup of the computer.
• Option to install the application as a specific-user using the Run As option.
• Supports executing pre-installation scripts/commands prior to installation and
abort if not successful.
• Option to copy the installables to the client computers before installing the
software.
• Ability to create package repository. The packages created once can be reused
any number of times to install or uninstall the software.

The following links guides you to install software from remote using Desktop Central:

• Managing Software Packages

• Installing MSI-based Applications for Users
• Installing EXE-based Applications for Users
• Installing MSI-based Applications for Computers
• Installing EXE-based Applications for Computers
• Uninstalling MSI-based Applications for Users
• Uninstalling EXE-based Applications for Users
• Uninstalling MSI-based Applications for Computers
• Uninstalling EXE-based Applications for Computers

140

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Installing MSI-based Applications for Users

To install an MSI application to the users, follow the steps below:

1. Click Add Configuration link from the Quick Links available below the tabs.
2. Click the Install Software link available under the User Configurations.
3. Provide a name and description for the configuration
4. Select the Installer Type as MSI.
5. Select the required package and specify the Run As option, if required.
6. Select the Operation Type as Install Completely, Assign, or Redeploy as the
case may be. If you select the Assign option, the application will be installed only
when the user tries to open the application for the first time.
7. Select the Copy options as required.
8. Specify the time at which the software has to be installed.
9. Select the users to whom the software has to be installed.
10. Click Deploy.

141

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Installing EXE-based Applications for Users

To install an EXE application to the users, follow the steps below:

1. Click Add Configuration link from the Quick Links available below the tabs.
2. Click the Install Software link available under the User Configurations.
3. Provide a name and description for the configuration
4. Select the Installer Type as EXE.
5. Select the required package and specify the Run As option, if required.
6. Select the Operation Type as Install.
7. Select the Copy options as required.
8. Specify the time at which the software has to be installed.
9. Select the users to whom the software has to be installed.
10. Click Deploy.

142

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Installing MSI-based Applications for Computers

To install an MSI application to the computers, follow the steps below:

1. Click Add Configuration link from the Quick Links available below the tabs.
2. Click the Install Software link available under the Computer Configurations.
3. Provide a name and description for the configuration
4. Select the Installer Type as MSI.
5. Select the required package and specify the Run As option, if required.
6. Select the Operation Type as Install Completely, Assign, or Redeploy as the
case may be. If you select the Assign option, the application will be installed only
when the user tries to open the application for the first time.
7. Select the Copy options as required.
8. Specify the time at which the software has to be installed.
9. Select the computers in which the software has to be installed.
10. Click Deploy.

143

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Installing EXE-based Applications for Computers

To install an EXE application to the computers, follow the steps below:

1. Click Add Configuration link from the Quick Links available below the tabs.
2. Click the Install Software link available under the Computer Configurations.
3. Provide a name and description for the configuration
4. Select the Installer Type as EXE.
5. Select the required package and specify the Run As option, if required.
6. Select the Operation Type as Install.
7. Select the Copy options as required.
8. Specify the time at which the software has to be installed.
9. Select the computers in which the software has to be installed.
10. Click Deploy.

144

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Uninstalling MSI-based Applications for Users

To uninstall an MSI application for users, follow the steps below:

1. Click Add Configuration link from the Quick Links available below the tabs.
2. Click the Install Software link available under the User Configurations.
3. Provide a name and description for the configuration
4. Select the Installer Type as MSI.
5. Select the required package and specify the Run As option, if required.
6. Select the Operation Type as Remove.
7. Select the Copy options as required.
8. Specify the time at which the software has to be uninstalled.
9. Select the user objects from which the software has to be uninstalled.
10. Click Deploy.

145

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Uninstalling EXE-based Applications for Users

To uninstall an EXE application for the user objects, follow the steps below:

1. Click Add Configuration link from the Quick Links available below the tabs.
2. Click the Install Software link available under the User Configurations.
3. Provide a name and description for the configuration
4. Select the Installer Type as EXE.
5. Select the required package and specify the Run As option, if required.
6. Select the Operation Type as Remove.
7. Select the Copy options as required.
8. Specify the time at which the software has to be uninstalled.
9. Select the user objects from which the software has to be uninstalled.
10. Click Deploy.

146

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Uninstalling MSI-based Applications for Computers

To uninstall an MSI application from the computer objects, follow the steps below:

1. Click Add Configuration link from the Quick Links available below the tabs.
2. Click the Install Software link available under the Computer Configurations.
3. Provide a name and description for the configuration
4. Select the Installer Type as MSI.
5. Select the required package and specify the Run As option, if required.
6. Select the Operation Type as Remove.
7. Select the Copy options as required.
8. Specify the time at which the software has to be uninstalled.
9. Select the computer objects from which the software has to be uninstalled.
10. Click Deploy.

147

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Uninstalling EXE-based Applications for Computers

To uninstall an EXE application from the computer objects, follow the steps below:

1. Click Add Configuration link from the Quick Links available below the tabs.
2. Click the Install Software link available under the Computer Configurations.
3. Provide a name and description for the configuration
4. Select the Installer Type as EXE.
5. Select the required package and specify the Run As option, if required.
6. Select the Operation Type as Remove.
7. Select the Copy options as required.
8. Specify the time at which the software has to be uninstalled.
9. Select the computer objects from which the software has to be removed.
10. Click Deploy.

148

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Patch Management

The steady increase in network vulnerabilities and the sheer volume of software patches
that fix these threats, over the years; has created a need for strict and efficient patch
management in enterprises to avoid business downtime and to secure themselves against
mishaps due to attacks.

The best way to address this problem, is to have a systematic, automated and affordable
solution that is robust and manages patches effectively. Desktop Central with its Patch
Management module provides the system administrators the ability to respond to computer
threats in quick time. All this in compliance to the patch management life cycle and with a
fresh perspective to network security.

Patch Management Features

• Uses a hosted Patch Database at Zoho Corp. site to assess the vulnerability
status of the network.
• Complete automated Patch Management Solution from detecting the
vulnerabilities to deploying the patches.
• Patch based deployment - Deploy a patch to all the affected systems
• System based patch deployment - Deploy all the applicable patches for a system
• Automatic handling of patch interdependencies and patch sequencing
• Reports on System vulnerabilities, Patches,OS, etc.
• Provides an update of the patch deployment status

Follow the links to learn more,

• Patch Management Architecture

• Patch Management Life Cycle
• Setting up Patch Management Module
• Scan Systems for Vulnerability
• Viewing Applicable Patches
• Viewing Latest Patches
• Viewing Missing Patches
• Installing Missing Patches
• Viewing Installed Patches
• Viewing Supported Patches
• Viewing Healthy Systems
• Viewing Vulnerable Systems
• Viewing Highly Vulnerable Systems
• Viewing Patch Reports

149

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Patch Management Architecture

• The Patch Management Architecture

• How it Works

The Patch Management Architecture

The Patch Management consists of the following components:

• External Patch Crawler

• Central Patch Repository
• Desktop Central Server

Fig: Patch Management Architecture

150

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

The External Patch Crawler resides at the Zoho Corp. site and repeatedly probes the
internet to draw vulnerability information from the Microsoft website.

Patch download, assessment for patch authenticity and testing for functional correctness is
also carried out at this site. The final analysis and data are correlated to obtain a
consolidated vulnerability database which serves as a baseline for vulnerability assessment
in the enterprise. The modified vulnerability database is then published to the Central Patch
Repository for further use. The whole process of information gathering, patch analysis and
publishing the latest vulnerability database occurs periodically.

The Central Patch Repository is a portal in the Zoho Corp. site, which hosts the latest
vulnerability database that has been published after a thorough analysis. This database is
exposed for download by the Desktop Central server situated in the customer site, and
provides information required for patch scanning and installation.

The Desktop Central Server is located at the enterprise (customer site) and subscribes to
the Central Patch repository, to periodically download the vulnerability database. It scans
the systems in the enterprise network, checks for missing and available patches against the
comprehensive vulnerability database, downloads and deploys missing patches and service
packs, generates reports to effectively manage the patch management process in your
enterprise.

How it Works?

Patch Management using Desktop Central is a simple two-stage process:

• Patch Assessment or Scanning

• Patch Download and Deployment

Patch Assessment or Scanning

Desktop Central periodically scans the systems in your windows network to

assess the patch needs. Using a comprehensive database consolidated from
Microsoft's bulletins, the scanning mechanism checks for the existence and
state of the patches by performing file version checks, registry checks and
checksums. The vulnerability database is periodically updated with the latest
information on patches, from the Central Patch Repository. The scanning logic
automatically determines which updates are needed on each client system,
taking into account the operating system, application, and update
dependencies.

On successful completion of an assessment, the results of each assessment

are returned and stored in the server database. The scan results can be
viewed from the web-console.

151

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Patch download and deployment

On selecting the patches to be deployed, you can a trigger a download or a

deploy request. At first the selected patches are downloaded from the internet
and stored in a particular location in the Desktop Central server. Then they
are pushed to the target machines remotely, after which they are installed
sequentially.

See Also: Patch Management Life Cycle, Setting Up Patch Management Module, Scan
Systems for Vulnerability, Patch Reports

152

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Patch Management Life Cycle

Desktop Central Patch Management module consists to the following five stages:

1. Update Vulnerability Details from Vendors

2. Scan the Network
3. Identify Patches for Vulnerabilities
4. Download and Deploy Patches
5. Generate Status Reports

Fig: Patch Management Life Cycle

Update Vulnerability Details from Vendors

• Be up-to-date with the latest patch related information from the various sources.
• Download patches and run extensive tests to validate the authenticity and
accuracy of patches

Scan the Network

• Discover and identify the systems in the network based on the defined Scope of
Management.

Identify Patches for Vulnerabilities

• Assess the vulnerabilities in the systems periodically.

• Analyze what patches are missing and what are installed.

153

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Download and Deploy Patches

• Download the required patches from the vendor site.

• Deploy patches in the missing systems.
• Verify and validate the accuracy of patch installation

Generate Status Reports

• Generate reports of various patch management tasks.

• Monitor the patching progress in the enterprise.
See Also: Patch Management Architecture, Setting Up Patch Management Module, Scan
Systems for Vulnerability, Patch Reports

154

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Scan Systems for Vulnerability

Desktop Central periodically scans the systems in your Windows network, to determine the
vulnerable systems/applications. The latest status of the scan and the scan reports can be
accessed by clicking the Scan Status link available under the Patch Mgmt tab. The
following details are shown here:

• Computer Name: The DNS name of the computer being scanned.

• OS Name: The operating system of the computer being scanned.
• Agent Status: Specifies whether the agent is installed in the system or not.
• Agent Version: Specifies the agent version.
• Last Scan Status: The status of the previous scan.
• Last Scan Time: Time at which the scan was performed. Clicking this link will
open the Vulnerable Systems Report for that system.

It also provides a graphical representation of the scanned systems. You can initiate the scan
for any specific system by selecting the system and clicking the Scan Now button or can
initiate the scan for all the systems by clicking the Scan All button.

To reschedule the scan, refer to the Configure Patch Scan Mode and Scan Interval

See Also: Patch Management Architecture, Patch Management Life Cycle, Setting Up
Patch Management Module, Patch Reports

155

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Installing Missing Patches

After identifying the missing patches in your network, the next step is to install the patches
to fix the vulnerability. You can install the patches using Desktop Central by any of the
following ways:

From the Applicable and Missing Patches Views

• By clicking the icon from the action column of the patches.

• By selecting the patches and clicking the Install Patches button.

Both the above options will open the Installing Patches Configuration with the selected
patches added. You can then select the targets and deploy the patches.

From the Latest and All Supported Patches Views

By selecting the patches and clicking the Install Patches button, opens the Installing
Patches Configuration with the selected patches added. You can then select the targets and
deploy the patches.

From the All Managed, Vulnerable, and Highly Vulnerable Systems Views

1. Click the Missing Patches link to view the missing patches of that system.
2. Select the patches and click the Install Patches button.

This opens the Installing Patches Configuration with the selected patches added. You can
then select the targets and deploy the patches.

From the Install Patches Configuration

Like any other configuration, you can manually define a configuration for installing patches
in computers.

See Also: Viewing Applicable Patches, Viewing Latest Patches, Viewing Missing Patches,
Viewing Installed Patches, Viewing Supported Patches, Viewing Healthy Systems, Viewing
Vulnerable Systems, Viewing Highly Vulnerable Systems

156

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Patch Views

• Viewing Applicable Patches

• Viewing Latest Patches
• Viewing Missing Patches
• Viewing Installed Patches
• Viewing Supported Patches
• Viewing Healthy Systems
• Viewing Vulnerable Systems
• Viewing Highly Vulnerable Systems

157

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Viewing Applicable Patches

The Applicable Patches view provides the details of the patches that affects the
applications/systems in your network. The patch list also include the patches that are
already installed in your network.

To view the list of the applicable patches, click the Patch Mgmt tab. You can filter the view
based on the application and service pack by selecting the appropriate product and service
pack.

The network snapshot depicts the health and patch status of the systems in the network.

The details of the applicable patches shown in the tabular form include:

• Patch ID: A unique reference ID in Desktop Central for every patch

• Bulletin ID: The advisory article provided by the vendor which contains
information about the vulnerability and patch availability. Clicking this link, will
lead you to the Bulletin Details view, which provides more info about the
Bulletin and the vulnerability
• Patch Name: The name of the patch. Clicking this link, will lead you to the
Patch Details view, which provides more details about the patch.
• Patch Description: A brief description about the patch.
• Patch Type: Refers to whether this patch applies to Microsoft OS/Applications or
Non-Microsoft Applications like Adobe, Java, etc.
• Severity: Determines the importance of the patch. These severity ratings are as
per the bulletin or advisory information.
• Approve Status: This refers to whether the patch has been approved for bulk
deployment via Automated Patch Deployment. This is significant only if you have
enabled Patch Approval prior to buld deployment. You can also approve or decline
a patch by selecting the appropriate option from the "Mark As" menu.
• Release Date: Refers to the date of release of the patch by the vendor.
• Download Status: Refers to the status of the patch download on the Desktop
Central Server.
• Affected Systems: Refers to the total count of the systems that require this
patch to be installed. This also includes the systems where the patch has already
been installed.
• Installed Systems: Refers to the count of the systems where the patch has
been installed.
• Missing Systems: Refers to the count of the systems that do not have the
patches installed yet.
• Failed Systems: Refers to the number of systems on which the patch
deployment has failed. Clicking the count will list the details of the failed
computers, from where you can redeploy.

158

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Installing Patches

You can install the patches by selecting the patches to be installed and by clicking the
Install Patches button.

This will open the Installing Patches Configuration, with the selected patches added. Select
the targets and deploy the configuration.

You can also click the Missing Systems count from where you can select the required
systems and select Install Patches to deploy.

Bulletin Details

Bulletin details includes the following:

• Bulletin ID: The advisory article provided by the vendor which contains
information about the vulnerability and patch availability.
• Posted On: The date of release of this bulletin.
• Updated On: The date of last update to this bulletin.
• FAQ Page: Links to the FAQ section in the Microsoft site for this bulletin.
• Q Number: Links to the knowledge base article available in the Microsoft web
site.
• Issue: Details of the related issue.
• Bulletin Summary: A brief summary of the bulletin.
• Patch Details: The name of the patch and the affected products.

Patch Details

The following patch details are shown:

• Patch ID: A unique reference ID in Desktop Central for every patch

• Patch Name: The name of the patch
• Bulletin ID: The Bulletin ID pertaining to this patch
• MS Knowledge Base: The knowledge base article corresponding to this patch.
• Severity: The severity of the patch.
• Reboot: Specifies whether a system reboot is required on installing the patch.
• Download Status: Determines whether the patch is downloaded from the net
(vendor site) and is made available in the Desktop Central's Patch Repository for
deployment.
• Location Path: The complete download URL of the patch.
• Superseding Bulletin ID: Refers to the Bulletin ID pertaining to the patch that has
taken its place.
• CVEID:
• BugTraq ID:

It also provides the details of the changes made to the files and registries on installing this
patch.

159

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

See Also: Viewing Latest Patches, Viewing Missing Patches, Installing Missing Patches,
Viewing Installed Patches, Viewing Supported Patches, Viewing Healthy Systems, Viewing
Vulnerable Systems, Viewing Highly Vulnerable Systems

160

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Viewing Latest Patches

The Latest Patches view lists the details of the patches pertaining to the recently released
Microsoft Bulletins.

To view the Latest Patches, select the Latest Patches link under the Patch Mgmt tab. You
can filter the view based on the application and service pack by selecting the appropriate
product and service pack.

The following details of the patches are displayed:

• Patch ID: A unique reference ID in Desktop Central for every patch

• Bulletin ID: The advisory article provided by the vendor which contains
information about the vulnerability and patch availability. Clicking this link, will
lead you to the Bulletin Details view, which provides more info about the
Bulletin and the vulnerability
• Download Status: Determines whether the patch is downloaded from the net
(vendor site) and is made available in the Desktop Central's Patch Repository for
deployment.
• Patch Name: The name of the patch. Clicking this link, will lead you to the
Patch Details view, which provides more details about the patch.
• Patch Description: A brief description about the patch.
• Patch Type: Refers to whether this patch applies to Microsoft OS/Applications or
Non-Microsoft Applications like Adobe, Java, etc.
• Reboot: Specifies whether the patch installation requires a system reboot or not.
• Severity: Determines the importance of the patch. These severity ratings are as
per the bulletin or advisory information.
• Approve Status: This refers to whether the patch has been approved for bulk
deployment via Automated Patch Deployment. This is significant only if you have
enabled Patch Approval prior to buld deployment. You can also approve or decline
a patch by selecting the appropriate option from the "Mark As" menu.
• Release Date: Refers to the date of release of the patch by the vendor.

You can initiate the following actions from here:

• Download: Selecting the required patches and clicking Download will download
the patch from the vendor site and make it available in the Desktop Central's
Patch Repository for deployment.
• Install Patches: Selecting the required patches and clicking Install Patch, will
open the Install Patch Configuration page from where you can select the targets
and deploy.

See Also: Viewing Applicable Patches, Viewing Missing Patches, Installing Missing
Patches, Viewing Installed Patches, Viewing Supported Patches, Viewing Healthy Systems,
Viewing Vulnerable Systems, Viewing Highly Vulnerable Systems
161

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Viewing Missing Patches

The Missing Patches view provides the details of the patches that affects the applications/
systems in your network, which are not installed.

To view the list of the missing patches, click the Missing Patches link under the Patch
Mgmt tab. You can filter the view based on the application and service pack by selecting
the appropriate product and service pack.

The severity of the missing patches are depicted in a graph.

The details of the missing patches shown in the tabular format include:

• Patch ID: A unique reference ID in Desktop Central for every patch

• Bulletin ID: The advisory article provided by the vendor which contains
information about the vulnerability and patch availability. Clicking this link, will
lead you to the Bulletin Details view, which provides more info about the
Bulletin and the vulnerability
• Patch Name: The name of the patch. Clicking this link, will lead you to the
Patch Details view, which provides more details about the patch.
• Patch Description: A brief description about the patch.
• Patch Type: Refers to whether this patch applies to Microsoft OS/Applications or
Non-Microsoft Applications like Adobe, Java, etc.
• Severity: Determines the importance of the patch. These severity ratings are as
per the bulletin or advisory information.
• Approve Status: This refers to whether the patch has been approved for bulk
deployment via Automated Patch Deployment. This is significant only if you have
enabled Patch Approval prior to buld deployment. You can also approve or decline
a patch by selecting the appropriate option from the "Mark As" menu.
• Release Date: Refers to the date of release of the patch by the vendor.
• Download Status: Refers to the status of the patch download on the Desktop
Central Server.
• Affected Systems: Refers to the total count of the systems that require this
patch to be installed. This also includes the systems where the patch has already
been installed.
• Installed Systems: Refers to the count of the systems where the patch has
been installed.
• Missing Systems: Refers to the count of the systems that do not have the
patches installed yet.
• Failed Systems: Refers to the number of systems on which the patch
deployment has failed. Clicking the count will list the details of the failed
computers, from where you can redeploy.

162

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Installing Patches

You can install the patches by selecting the patches to be installed and by clicking the
Install Patches button.

This will open the Installing Patches Configuration, with the selected patches added. Select
the targets and deploy the configuration.

You can also click the Missing Systems count from where you can select the required
systems and select Install Patches to deploy.

See Also: Viewing Applicable Patches, Viewing Latest Patches, Installing Missing Patches,
Viewing Installed Patches, Viewing Supported Patches, Viewing Healthy Systems, Viewing
Vulnerable Systems, Viewing Highly Vulnerable Systems

163

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Viewing Installed Patches

The Installed Patches view provides the details of the patches that are installed in your
network.

To view the list of the installed patches, click the Installed Patches link under the Patch
Mgmt tab. You can filter the view based on the application and service pack by selecting
the appropriate product and service pack.

The severity of the installed patches are depicted in a graph.

The details of the missing patches shown in the tabular format include:

• Patch ID: A unique reference ID in Desktop Central for every patch

• Bulletin ID: The advisory article provided by the vendor which contains information
about the vulnerability and patch availability. Clicking this link, will lead you to the
Bulletin Details view, which provides more info about the Bulletin and the
vulnerability
• Patch Name: The name of the patch. Clicking this link, will lead you to the Patch
Details view, which provides more details about the patch.
• Patch Description: A brief description about the patch.
• Patch Type: Refers to whether this patch applies to Microsoft OS/Applications or
Non-Microsoft Applications like Adobe, Java, etc.
• Severity: Determines the importance of the patch. These severity ratings are as per
the bulletin or advisory information.
• Approve Status: This refers to whether the patch has been approved for bulk
deployment via Automated Patch Deployment. This is significant only if you have
enabled Patch Approval prior to buld deployment. You can also approve or decline a
patch by selecting the appropriate option from the "Mark As" menu.
• Release Date: Refers to the date of release of the patch by the vendor.
• Download Status: Refers to the status of the patch download on the Desktop
Central Server.
• Affected Systems: Refers to the total count of the systems that require this patch
to be installed. This also includes the systems where the patch has already been
installed.

To install multiple patches, select the patches and click Install Patches, which will
open the Patch Configuration from where you can select the targets and deploy.

See Also: Viewing Applicable Patches, Viewing Latest Patches, Viewing Missing Patches,
Installing Missing Patches, Viewing Supported Patches, Viewing Healthy Systems, Viewing
Vulnerable Systems, Viewing Highly Vulnerable Systems

164

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Viewing Supported Patches

The All Supported Patches view provides the details of all the patches released by Microsoft
Corporation that are supported by Desktop Central.

To view the supported patches, click the All Supported Patches link under the Patch
Mgmt tab. You can filter the view based on the application and service pack by selecting
the appropriate product and service pack. The following details are shown:

• Patch ID: A unique reference ID in Desktop Central for every patch

• Bulletin ID: The advisory article provided by the vendor which contains
information about the vulnerability and patch availability. Clicking this link, will
lead you to the Bulletin Details view, which provides more info about the
Bulletin and the vulnerability
• Download Status: Determines whether the patch is downloaded from the
vendor's website and is made available in the Desktop Central's Patch Repository
for deployment.
• Patch Name: The name of the patch. Clicking this link, will lead you to the
Patch Details view, which provides more details about the patch.
• Patch Description: A brief description about the patch.
• Patch Type: Refers to whether this patch applies to Microsoft OS/Applications or
Non-Microsoft Applications like Adobe, Java, etc.
• Severity: Determines the importance of the patch. These severity ratings are as
per the bulletin or advisory information.
• Approve Status: This refers to whether the patch has been approved for bulk
deployment via Automated Patch Deployment. This is significant only if you have
enabled Patch Approval prior to buld deployment. You can also approve or decline
a patch by selecting the appropriate option from the "Mark As" menu.
• Release Date: Refers to the date of release of the patch by the vendor.
• Reboot: Specifies whether the patch installation requires a system reboot or not.
• Superceded By: Indicates that the patch is outdated and have another patch
that is more recently released and has taken its place.

This information is retrieved from the Central Patch Repository that resides at the Zoho
Corp.'s site periodically.

See Also: Viewing Applicable Patches, Viewing Latest Patches, Viewing Missing Patches,
Installing Missing Patches, Viewing Installed Patches, Viewing Healthy Systems, Viewing
Vulnerable Systems, Viewing Highly Vulnerable Systems

165

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Viewing Healthy Systems

Healthy systems are those that have all the security patches installed. To view the healthy
systems in your network, click the Healthy Systems link under the Patch Mgmt tab.

The following details about the healthy systems are shown here:

• Computer Name: The name of the system.

• OS Name: The operating system of the computer.
• Total Patches: Total count of the patches applicable to this system. Click this
link to view the details of the patches.
• Installed Patches: Total count of the patches that are installed. Click this link to
view the details of the patches.
• Missing Patches: Count of the patches that are missing in the system. Click this
link to view the details of the patches.
• Informational Patches: Total count of informational patches. Click this link to
view the details of the patches.
• Obsolete Patches: Total count of obsolete patches. Click this link to view the
details of the patches.
• Health: The health of the system.

See Also: Viewing Applicable Patches, Viewing Latest Patches, Viewing Missing Patches,
Installing Missing Patches, Viewing Installed Patches, Viewing Supported Patches, Viewing
Vulnerable Systems, Viewing Highly Vulnerable Systems

166

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Viewing Vulnerable Systems

Vulnerable systems are those that do not have one or more Moderate/Low rated patches
installed. To view the Vulnerable systems in your network, click the Vulnerable Systems
link under the Patch Mgmt tab.

The following details about the vulnerable systems are shown here:

• Computer Name: The name of the system.

• OS Name: The operating system of the computer.
• Total Patches: Total count of the patches applicable to this system. Click this
link to view the details of the patches.
• Installed Patches: Total count of the patches that are installed. Click this link to
view the details of the patches.
• Missing Patches: Count of the patches that are missing in the system. Click this
link to view the details of the patches.
• Informational Patches: Total count of informational patches. Click this link to
view the details of the patches.
• Obsolete Patches: Total count of obsolete patches. Click this link to view the
details of the patches.
• Health: The health of the system.

See Also: Viewing Applicable Patches, Viewing Latest Patches, Viewing Missing Patches,
Installing Missing Patches, Viewing Installed Patches, Viewing Supported Patches, Viewing
Healthy Systems, Viewing Highly Vulnerable Systems

167

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Viewing Highly Vulnerable Systems

Highly Vulnerable systems are those that do not have one or more Critical/Important rated
patches installed. To view the highly vulnerable systems in your network, click the Highly
Vulnerable link under the Patch Mgmt tab.

The following details about the highly vulnerable systems are shown here:

• Computer Name: The name of the system.

• OS Name: The operating system of the computer.
• Total Patches: Total count of the patches applicable to this system. Click this
link to view the details of the patches.
• Installed Patches: Total count of the patches that are installed. Click this link to
view the details of the patches.
• Missing Patches: Count of the patches that are missing in the system. Click this
link to view the details of the patches.
• Informational Patches: Total count of informational patches. Click this link to
view the details of the patches.
• Obsolete Patches: Total count of obsolete patches. Click this link to view the
details of the patches.
• Health: The health of the system.

See Also: Viewing Applicable Patches, Viewing Latest Patches, Viewing Missing Patches,
Installing Missing Patches, Viewing Installed Patches, Viewing Supported Patches, Viewing
Healthy Systems, Viewing Vulnerable Systems

168

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Viewing Patch Reports

The Patch Reports provides you with detailed information about the vulnerable systems in
your network and the patch details to fix the vulnerability. Desktop Central determines the
vulnerability of the systems by periodic scanning to check whether the applicable patches
have been installed. The following reports helps you to check your network vulnerability:

• Vulnerable Systems Report

• Vulnerable Patches Report
• Supported Patches Report

169

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Viewing Vulnerable Systems Report

The Vulnerable Systems Report provides you a snapshot of the healthy and vulnerable
systems in your network.

To view the report, click the Vulnerable Systems Report link available under the Reports
tab. The details of the managed systems and their related patches are shown here:

• Computer Name: The name of the system.

• OS Name: The operating system of the computer.
• Total Patches: Total count of the patches applicable to this system. Click this
link to view the details of the patches.
• Installed Patches: Total count of the patches that are installed. Click this link to
view the details of the patches.
• Missing Patches: Count of the patches that are missing in the system. Click this
link to view the details of the patches.
• Informational Patches: Total count of informational patches. Click this link to
view the details of the patches.
• Obsolete Patches: Total count of obsolete patches. Click this link to view the
details of the patches.
• Health: The health of the system.

Application and Patch Summary Report

Clicking the system count from the Vulnerable Systems Report, provides you the
application-wise patch details for that system with their state like installed, missing,
informational, obsolete, etc.

See Also: Viewing Vulnerable Patches Report, Viewing Supported Patches Report, Viewing
Task Status Report

170

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Viewing Vulnerable Patches Report

The Vulnerable Patches Report provides you the details of the patches that are applicable to
your network and the affected systems. By default, it lists the details of the patches
released in the current month. You have an option to select a different period or to specify a
custom period and generate the report.

To view the report, click the Vulnerable Patches Report link available under the Reports
tab. The following details are shown here:

• Patch ID: A unique reference ID in Desktop Central for every patch

• Bulletin ID: The advisory article provided by the vendor which contains
information about the vulnerability and patch availability. Clicking this link, will
lead you to the Bulletin Details view, which provides more info about the
Bulletin and the vulnerability
• Patch Name: The name of the patch. Clicking this link, will lead you to the
Patch Details view, which provides more details about the patch.
• Severity: Determines the importance of the patch. These severity ratings are as
per the bulletin or advisory information.
• Affected Systems: Refers to the total count of the systems that require this
patch to be installed. This also includes the systems where the patch has already
been installed. Click this link to view the details.
• Installed Systems: Refers to the count of the systems where the patch has
been installed. Click this link to view the details.
• Missing Systems: Refers to the count of the systems that do not have the
patches installed yet. Click this link to view the details.

See Also: Viewing Vulnerable Systems Report, Viewing Supported Patches Report,
Viewing Task Status Report

171

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Viewing Supported Patches Report

The Supported Patches Report provides the details of all the patches released by Microsoft
Corporation irrespective of whether it is related to your network or not. When you plan to
upgrade the systems in your network by installing the latest applications, you can sneak
through this report to check whether any updates are available for the application.

By default, it lists the details of the patches released in the current month. You have an
option to select a different period or to specify a custom period and generate the report.

To view the report, click the Supported Patches Report link available under the Reports
tab. The following details of the patches are shown here:

• Patch ID: A unique reference ID in Desktop Central for every patch.

• Bulletin ID: The advisory article provided by the vendor which contains
information about the vulnerability and patch availability. Clicking this link, will
lead you to the Bulletin Details view, which provides more info about the
Bulletin and the vulnerability
• Patch Name:The name of the patch. Clicking this link, will lead you to the Patch
Details view, which provides more details about the patch.
• Severity: Determines the importance of the patch. These severity ratings are as
per the bulletin or advisory information.
• Reboot: Specifies whether the patch installation requires a system reboot or not.

See Also: Viewing Vulnerable Systems Report, Viewing Vulnerable Patches Report,
Viewing Task Status Report

172

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Hardware and Software Inventory

Hardware / Software Inventory and Asset Management

The Inventory module provides comprehensive details about the hardware and software
details of the Windows systems in the network that helps in Asset Management.

Desktop Central periodically scans the network to collect the hardware and software asset
details from each Windows desktop. The Hardware inventory details include information like,
memory, operating system, manufacturer, device types, peripherals, etc. The Software
inventory provides details of the software detected in the network grouped by volume and
software vendors. It also provides the license compliance details of the software and
software metering.

Scanning the Windows systems for inventory assets can be scheduled to have an up-to-date
information. Alerts are generated to notify any specific events like a new hardware/software
detected, license not compliant, etc. The comprehensive reports helps you to view the
details in few clicks.

Inventory Management Features

• Complete Hardware and Software Inventory.

• Scan the systems periodically to collect the hardware and software details.
• Manage Software Licenses.
• Detect Prohibited Software in the network.
• Provides software usage statistics.
• Alert on specific events.
• Comprehensive reports on hardware, software inventory and license compliance.

Follow the links to learn more,

• Software Metering
• Viewing Computer Details
• Viewing Hardware Details
• Viewing Software Details
• Viewing Inventory Alerts
• Viewing Inventory Reports

173

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Software Metering

Software metering allows you to monitor software usage in your enterprise. The Software
Metering feature in Desktop Central, enables you to get the following information:

• Statistics of software applications used in computers in your network

• List of prohibited software applications in your network
• Details of usage of software applications that help you plan your software
application-related purchases
• Status of the license compliance of software that helps you to plan for additional
license purchases or cancel unused licenses

Features

The features include the following:

Software Metering Reports

There are two types of software metering reports that help you make an informed decision
about buying software applications and renewing licenses for existing software applications.
The reports are as follows:

• Software Inventory reports

• Software Compliance reports

Software Metering Rules

Software metering rules are rules that you can define to enable easy collection of software
usage data for the computers in your network.

Prerequisites

You must know the following information before you add rules:

1. File name
2. Original file name
3. Product name
4. File version

To find out the information mentioned above, follow the steps given below:

174

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Assume that you have to find the file name, original file name,
product name and version of Adobe Media Player.

1. Click start
2. Point to Programs>Adobe
3. Right-click Adobe Device Central CS5 and click Properties
4. In the Shortcut tab, click Find Target

The name of the target is the file name. Refer to Figure 1: Target
.exe file for Adobe Device Central CS5. If the Find Target option is
not available, locate where the .exe file of the application is stored
and follow the steps given below.

Figure 1: File Name

5. Right-click on the target .exe file and click Properties

6. Click the Version tab
7. In the Item name list, click each of the following names to get information about
them:

175

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

• Original file name

• Product name
• File version

Figure 2: Original file name, Product name and Version

8. Click OK

You now have the required information to add rules.

Adding Rules

You are required to add rules to monitor the usage details of specific software applications.
To add rules, follow the steps given below:

1. Click Inventory
2. In the Actions/Settings section, click Software Metering
3. Click Add Rules
4. Click Select Software
5. Select the required software application
6. Click Select
7. Enter a name for the rule

The name you enter for the rule should be unique and descriptive.
For example, if you have selected Adobe Flash Player, you can enter
Monitoring Adobe Flash Player Usage as the name of the rule. Once
you have used this name, you cannot use it as a name for any other
rule.

176

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

9. Enter the following:

10. File name
11. Original file name
12. Product name
13. Version

Refer to the section about prerequisites for more information.

10. Enter comments (if required)

11. Click Save

You have added a rule for a software application.

By default, the software metering rule is enabled. You can disable, edit or delete the rule by
using the icons in the Action column. You can also disable, edit or delete more than one
software metering rule simultaneously by using the respective buttons provided.

You cannot add software metering rules for groups of software.

Predefined Rules

In Software Metering there are certain predefined rules available. These rules are used to
automatically assign rules to software applications that are commonly monitored. For
example, if you monitor the Microsoft Office Suite in all the computers in your network to
keep a track of license information, it will be added automatically to the list of software
metering rules. Rules will be created for all the software applications that comprise the
Microsoft Office Suite.

Software Usage Statistics

It is important to monitor software usage statistics and record them. This information will
help you make an informed decision when you want to buy new software applications or
renew licenses for existing software applications. Desktop Central provides information
about all the software applications installed in your network.

The software usage information is gathered from the metering rules that you create for
software applications.

177

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Viewing software usage information

To view software usage information gathered from software metering rules, follow the steps
given below:

1. Click the Reports tab

2. In the Reports Category, click Inventory Reports
3. In the Software Reports section, click Application Metering Rules Summary
4. You can see the following information:
5. Name of the software metering rule
6. Name of the file
7. Discovered count: This refers to the number of computers that the agent finds the
software application installed in. For example, if you have installed Adobe
Dreamweaver on 500 computers, but 300 computers are not available (because they
are shut down) when the agent is scanning the network. The agent will detect the
Adobe Dreamweaver software application only in 200 computers. Hence, the
discovered count is 200. This information gets updated everyday at 12:00 a.m.
8. Usage count: This refers to the number of times a software application is used
(opened and closed) in all the computers that are being monitored for software
usage in your network. For example, if Mozilla Firefox is installed in 300 computers
and each of the 300 users uses Mozilla Firefox 10 times a day for 5 working days,
the usage count of Mozilla Firefox, for all the computers, will be 15000.

You can view the usage details for individual computers and
individual software applications which belong to a group, in the
Software Details page. To view the details, click on either the name
of the software or the discovered count.

• Duration of usage: This refers to information about how long a software application has
been used. This is measured in hours.

5. Click on the discovered count number to view the details of a software metering rule
for specific computers.

Use this report instead of the report Software Usage by Computer

for detailed information about software usage in the computers in
your network.

You can now view software usage information gathered from software metering rules.

178

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Viewing Computer Details

The Computers view provides the details of the computers and their operating systems.

To view the computers, select the Inventory tab and click the Computers link. It also
provides a graphical representation of the computers by their operating systems. The table
below provides the following details of the computers:

• Computer Name: The DNS name of the computer

• Operating system: The operating system of the computer
• Service Pack: The service pack version of the operating system
• Version: The operating system version.
• Virtual Memory: Total virtual memory in kilobytes.
• Free Virtual Memory:Total virtual memory in kilobytes that is currently unused and
available.
• Visible Virtual Memory:Total physical memory that is available to the operating
system.
• Free Visible Memory: Total physical memory that is currently unused and
available.

You can use the Column Chooser to select the columns to view.

179

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Viewing Hardware Details

The Hardware view provides the details of the hardware detected in the scanned systems.

To view the hardware details, select the Inventory tab and click the Hardware link. It
provides the following details:

• Hardware Name: Name of the hardware device.

• Hardware Type: Type of the hardware like processor, keyboard, port, etc.
• Manufacturer: Name of the manufacturer of that hardware device.
• Number of Items: Total number of items available in the scanned system. To
get the details of number of copies available in each system, click the number of
items.

You can use the Column Chooser to select the columns to view.

180

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Viewing Software Details

The Software Inventory view provides the details of the software detected in the scanned
systems.

To view the software inventory details, select the Inventory tab and click the Software
link. You can filter the view by Software Type, Access Type, or License Compliance status
using the Filter option. It provides the following details:

• Software Name: Name of the software.

• Version: The version of the software.
• Software Type: Can be either commercial or non-commercial. Use the Move To
option to specify the software type.
• Purchased: Number of copies purchased. This information has to be provided by
clicking the Add / Modify License button or from Manage Software Licenses.
• Installed: Number of copies installed.
• Remaining: Number of licenses remaining.
• Compliant Status: The license compliance status of the software. The status is
arrived based on the license count specified using the Add / Modify License
button or from Manage Software Licenses and is not applicable for non-
commercial software.
• Access Type: Can be either Allowed or Prohibited. To add/remove software to
the prohibited links, use the Move To option or from Configure Prohibited
Software.
• Vendor: The software vendor.
• Licensed To: Refers to the person or the company to whom the software is
licensed.
• Purchased Date: Date of purchase of license.
• License Expiry Date: Date of license expiry.
• Remarks: Remarks, if any.

You can use the Column Chooser to select the columns to view.

To Add License Details

1. Select the software from the table and click Add/Modify License. This opens the
Add / Modify License view.
2. The manufacturer and the software version details are pre-filled and cannot be
modified.
3. Specify the number of licenses purchased.
4. Specify the purchase and expiry date in the respective fields (optional).
5. Click Add License.

181

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

To Specify Software and Access Type

1. Select the software from the table and choose the access or the software type from
the Move To combo box. You can select multiple software and choose the required
option.
2. Click OK to confirm.

To Assign Software to a specific Category

1. Select the software from the table and choose a category from the Assign To
Category combo box. You can select multiple software and assign them to a
category.
2. Click OK to confirm.

Note: When you assign a software that was earlier assigned to a different category to a
new category, it gets automatically disassociated from the previous category. This means
that you cannot have the same software in two different categories simultaneously.

182

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Viewing Inventory Alerts

Desktop Central generates Email Alerts to notify the following:

1. When a new hardware is detected in the network

2. When a new software is detected in the network
3. Non Compliance of software licensing policy, i.e., the license is inadequate and have
to purchase more licenses to be compliant
4. When a prohibited software is detected in the network.

Based on the alert configuration, alerts are generated. You can view the alerts selecting the
Inventory tab and clicking the Alerts link from the left pane.

You can filter the view based on the Alert Type, which can be any of the following:

• Hardware Added
• Hardware Removed
• Allowed Software Installed
• Allowed Software Uninstalled
• Prohibited Software Installed
• Prohibited Software uninstalled
• Software Under-Licensed
• License Expired
• Prohibited Software Identified
• New Computer Identified

183

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Viewing Inventory Reports

Desktop Central provides various out-of-the-box inventory reports to view the software and
hardware inventory details of the systems in the network. It also provides reports for
verifying the license compliance and software metering.

1. Hardware Inventory Reports

2. Software Inventory Reports
3. Software Compliance Reports
4. System Details Reports
5. Warranty Reports

184

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Hardware Inventory Reports

• Computers by OS
• Computers by Manufacturer
• Computers by Memory
• Computers by Age
• Computers by Device Type
• Computer by Disk Usage

Computers by OS

Provides the details of the computers by their operating system. A graphical representation
of the computers summary is also provided. Clicking a specific computer from the report
provides more detailed information about the hardware and software details along with their
usage metrics. From the computer details view, you can also establish a remote connection
to the computer by clicking the Connect button

To view the report, select the Inventory tab and choose the Computers by OS link
available under Hardware Reports category by hovering the mouse over the Inventory
Reports

Computers by Manufacturer

Provides the details of the computers by their manufacturer. A graphical representation of

the computers summary is also provided. Clicking a specific computer from the report
provides more detailed information about the hardware and software details along with their
usage metrics. From the computer details view, you can also establish a remote connection
to the computer by clicking the Connect button

To view the report, select the Inventory tab and choose the Computers by Manufacturer
link available under Hardware Reports category by hovering the mouse over the Inventory
Reports

Computers by Memory

Provides the details of the computers by their RAM size. A graphical representation of the
computers summary is also provided. Clicking a specific computer from the report provides
more detailed information about the hardware and software details along with their usage
metrics. From the computer details view, you can also establish a remote connection to the
computer by clicking the Connect button

185

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

To view the report, select the Inventory tab and choose the Computers by Memory link
available under Hardware Reports category by hovering the mouse over the Inventory
Reports

Computers by Age

Provides the details of the computers by their year of manufacturing. A graphical

representation of the computers summary is also provided. Clicking a specific computer
from the report provides more detailed information about the hardware and software details
along with their usage metrics. From the computer details view, you can also establish a
remote connection to the computer by clicking the Connect button

To view the report, select the Inventory tab and choose the Computers by Age link
available under Hardware Reports category by hovering the mouse over the Inventory
Reports

Computers by Device Type

Provides the details of the computers based on their type like, Laptop, Portable, Desktop
etc. Clicking a specific computer from the report provides more detailed information about
the hardware and software details along with their usage metrics. From the computer
details view, you can also establish a remote connection to the computer by clicking the
Connect button

To view the report, select the Inventory tab and choose the Computers by Device Type
link available under Hardware Reports category by hovering the mouse over the Inventory
Reports

Computer by Disk Usage

Provides the details of the computers along with their total and free hard disk space. You
can filter the view by domain ot by specifying the disk usage criteria. Clicking a specific
computer from the report provides more detailed information about the hardware and
software details along with their usage metrics. From the computer details view, you can
also establish a remote connection to the computer by clicking the Connect button

To view the report, select the Inventory tab and choose the Computer by Disk Usage
link available under Hardware Reports category by hovering the mouse over the Inventory
Reports

186

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Software Inventory Reports

1. Software by Manufacturer
2. Recently Installed Software
3. Prohibited Software
4. Software Usage by Computer
5. Software Product Keys
6. Computers with/without a specific Software
7. Software Metering

Software by Manufacturer

Provides the details of the software installed in the scanned systems based on their vendors
along with the total number of copies installed. Clicking the copies count will show the
computers that have the software installed. You can filter the view by selecting a vendor
from the combo box.

To view the report, select the Inventory tab and choose the Software by Manufacturer
link available under Software Reports category by hovering the mouse over the Inventory
Reports

Recently Installed Software

Provides the list of software installed recently. You can choose to select a pre defined period
or provide a custom period to get the software list.

To view the report, select the Inventory tab and choose the Recently Installed Software
link available under Software Reports category by hovering the mouse over the Inventory
Reports

Prohibited Software

Provides the list of prohibited software detected in the network.

To view the report, select the Inventory tab and choose the Prohibited Software link
available under Software Reports category by hovering the mouse over the Inventory
Reports

187

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Software Usage by Computer

Provides the list of software and their usage statistics in individual computers.

To view the report, select the Inventory tab and choose the Software Usage by
Computer link available under Software Reports category by hovering the mouse over the
Inventory Reports

Software Product Keys

Provides the list of Product Keys that were used for installing the software. The Product
Keys can be identified for the following software:

1. Adobe Photoshop
2. Macromedia Dreamweaver
3. Macromedia Flash
4. Microsoft Office
5. Microsoft SQL Server
6. Microsoft Visual Studio

To view the report, select the Inventory tab and choose the Software Product Keys link
available under Software Reports category by hovering the mouse over the Inventory
Reports

Computers with/without a specific Software

Displays the list of Computers that have/do not have a particular software installed on
them. You have the flexibility to extract the list based on inputs like, Exact Match of the
Software Name specified (or) just a part of the Software Name, etc. Say for example: For
an exact match, you specify MS Word and select "Equal" in the Software Name filter. And if
you want to identify all the computers that have any of the Microsoft Products, you can
simply select the "Like" filter and specify Microsoft in the Software Name field.

To view the report, select the Inventory tab and choose the Computers with/without a
specific Software link available under Software Reports category by hovering the mouse
over the Inventory Reports

Software Metering

For every Software Metering Rule that you have defined, the Software Metering report will
provide the summary of the usage statistics like the number of computers which have this
software installed, the usage count of this software and the total usage in hours. You can
click on the computers count to get the usage statistics on the individual computers where
this software is installed.

To view the report, select Inventory --> Inventory Reports --> Software Metering

188

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

License Compliance Reports

• License Compliance Report

• Licenses to be Renewed

License Compliance Report

Provides the details of the commercial software with their license compliance status. The
license compliance status id determined based on the input provided in the Manage
Software Licenses.

To view the report, select the Inventory tab and choose the License Compliance Report
link by hovering the mouse over the Inventory Reports

Licenses to be Renewed

Provides the list of software whose licenses have to be renewed shortly. You can choose the
time period from the combo box. You can also view the licenses that has already expired by
selecting the appropriate option.

To view the report, select the Inventory tab and choose the Licenses to be Renewed link
by hovering the mouse over the Inventory Reports

189

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Viewing System Details Reports

1. Local Group Members

2. Computers by Services

Local Group Members

This reports will give you the list of local user accounts available in the computers of the
selected domain. By default, this will list the all the computers with group name as
Administrator. You can filter the view by selecting the domain or a custom group and
choose the group to view their details.

To view the report, select the Inventory tab and choose the Local Group Members link
available under System Details category by hovering the mouse over the Inventory
Reports

Computers by Services

This report provides you with the list of computers that has a particular Windows Service
running. You can choose the service, its start mode and state and click Generate Report to
get the list of computers running that particular service.

To view the report, select Inventory tab --> Inventory Reports --> Computers by
Services.

190

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Viewing Warranty Reports

Desktop Central automatically retrieves the warranty information of Dell, HP, Toshiba and
Lenova computers and provides you the details of the computers whose warranty is about
to expire or whose warranty has already expired, etc. While Dell, Toshiba and Lenova
computers require no additional information other than their service tag, HP computers
require the Product Number to retrieve the warranty information from the vendor. To
specify the Product Number of HP computers, follow the steps below:

1. Select Admin --> Feed Custom Data for Computers

2. Choose the HP computers from this list and click the edit link available beside it.
3. Specify the Product Number of the computer in the respective field and save.

1. Do not specify the Shipping and Expiry date yourself. Specifying this will
stop automatic warranty check and all the warranty reports will be
based on this expiry date you specify here.
2. You can also import the product numbers in bulk using the Import from
CSV option

For computers other than HP, Toshiba, Dell and Lenova, you can specify the shipping and
expiry information manually here to get warranty information in reports.

Soon-to-expire Warranty

Provides you the details of the computers whose warranty is about to expire soon. You can
filter the view to choose the Domain, Custom Group and expiry period.

Expired Warranty

Provides the list of computers whose warranty has already expired

Unidentified Computers

Computers whose warranty information could not be retrieved or for those whose expiry
information has not been specified manually will be listed here.

191

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Windows Tools

Desktop Central provides various windows tools that can be run on the network system
simultaneously. This section guides you through the purpose and the process of accessing
these tools. The Windows Tools include the following:

• System Tools
• Remote Desktop Sharing
• Wake on LAN Tool
• Remote Shutdown Tool

To access these tools, select the Tools tab from the Desktop Central Client and click on the
respective tool.

192

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

System Tools
Windows System Tools

Desktop Central provides various system tools, such as Disk Cleaner, Disk Checker, and
Disk Defragmenter, that can be run on the multiple computers simultaneously. This section
guides you through the process of creating and scheduling tasks to run these tools and to
view the status history of the tasks that are executed. Follow the links to learn more:

• Creating and Scheduling Tasks

• Viewing and Modifying the Tasks
• Viewing the Task History

193

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Creating and Scheduling Tasks

To create and schedule a task to run the Windows system tools in multiple computers,
follow the steps below:

1. Select the Tools tab from the Desktop Central client. This opens the list of tools that
can be run on the network machines.
2. Click on any of the tools under the System Tools category to open the Task Details
page. This lists all the tasks that are already created and scheduled. Click the Add
Task button to create a new task. This opens the Add Task Wizard and follow the
instructions as explained below:

Step 1: Define Task

1. Provide a name and description for the task.

2. Select the tools that you wish to run and click Next.
3. Based on the tool selection, specify the options for executing the task as below:
1. Check Disk: Select the drive that has to be checked and the required options
and click Next. You can select from any of the following options:
• Verbose - Displays the name of each file in every directory as the disk is
checked.
• Quick Check - This option is only available for NTFS file system. This skips the
checking of cycles within the folder structure and performs a less vigorous
check of index entries to reduce the time.
2. Disk Cleanup: Select the files and folders to be cleaned and click Next. The
following actions can be performed **
• Compress old files - Windows can compress files that you have not used in a
while. Compressing the files saves disk space while still enabling you to use
them. No files are deleted. Because files are compressed at different rates,
the displayed amount of disk space you will gain is approximate.
• Remove content indexer - The Indexing service speeds up and improves file
searches by maintaining an index of the files on the disk. These files are left
over from a previous indexing operation and can be deleted safely.
• Remove downloaded Program Files - Downloaded program files are ActiveX
controls and Java programs that are downloaded automatically from the
Internet when you view certain pages. They are temporarily stored in the
Downloaded Program Files folder on your hard disk.
• Remove internet cache files - The Temporary Internet Files folder contains
Web pages that are stored on your hard disk for quick viewing. Your
personalized settings for Web pages are left intact.
• Remove Office setup files - Installation files used by office. If these files are
removed from your computer, you may be prompted for original installation
media or source during Reinstall, Repair, or Patch operation. It is
recommended that you not remove these files unless you always have ready
access to your installation media

194

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

• Remove offline files - Temporary files are local copies of network files that
you specifically made available offline so that you can use them when you are
disconnected from the network.
• Remove old check disk files - When Chkdsk checks your disk for errors, it
might save lost file fragments as files in your disk's root folder. These files are
unnecessary and can be removed.
• Empty recycle bin - The Recycle Bin contains files you have deleted from your
computer. These files are not permanently removed until you empty the
Recycle Bin.
• Remove Temporary files - Programs sometimes store temporary information
in a Temp folder. Before a program quits, it usually deletes this information.
You can safely delete temporary files that have not been modified in over a
week.
• Remove temporary offline files - Temporary offline files are local copies of
recently used network files that are automatically cached for you so that you
can use them when you are disconnected from the network.
• Remove Active Setup Temp Folders
• Remove memory dump files
• Remove remote desktop cache files
• Remove setup log files
• Remove old system restore positions.
• Remove web pages
• Remove uninstall backup images
• Remove webclient and web publisher cache files
3. Disk Defragmenter: Select the drive that has to be defragmented and the
required options and click Next. Seelct from the following options:
• Verbose: Displays the complete analysis and defragmentation reports
• Analyze: Analyzes the volume and displays a summary of the analysis report.
• Force Defragmentation: Forces defragmentation of the drive regardless of
whether it needs to be defragmented.

Step 2: Define Target

Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the tasks.

Step 3: Define Scheduler

Specify the following scheduling options:

Parameter Description

The name of the user as whom the task will be run. Click the
icon to select and assign a dynamic variable to this parameter, for
Run As*
example, $DomainName\$DomainUserName or
$ComputerName\$DomainUserName.

Password The password of the user.

Confirm Password Confirm the password again.

195

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Parameter Description

Specify the time to perform the task. You can select from the
following options:
Daily: To run the task daily. Specify the time and duration to run
the task.
Weekly: To run the task on specific day(s) in a week. Specify the
time, start date, and days on which the task has to be run.
Monthly: To run the task specific day every month(s). You need to
Perform this task*
specify starting time, select a day and select a month/months.
Once: To run the task only once. You need to specify the date and
time.
At System Startup: To run the task when the system is started.
At Logon: To run the task during the user logon.
When Idle: To run the task when the system is idle for the specified
time.

Advanced Settings

Enabled: Select this option to run the task at the specified time.
General Run only when logged on: Select this option to run the task only
when the user has logged on.

Delete the task if it is not scheduled to run again: Select this option
Scheduled Task to delete the task when it is no longer scheduled.
Completed Stop Task: Select this option and specify the duration after which
the task will be stopped.

Select the required options:

Specify the duration,the system has to be idle before starting a
Idle Time
task.
Stop the task if the computer ceases to be idle

Select the required options:

Don't start the task if the computer is running on batteries
Power Management
Stop the task if battery mode begins
Wake the computer to run this task

Step 4: Deploy the Task

Click the Deploy button to deploy the task in the defined targets. The tasks will be run at
the scheduled time and interval. The status of the tasks and its execution history can be
verified from the Task Details page. Refer to the Viewing the Task History topic for details.

See Also: Viewing and Modifying the Tasks, Viewing Task History, Disk Defragmenter,
Check Disk, Disk Cleanup

**The descriptions of various file types in Disk Cleanup are taken from Microsoft Help
Documentation

196

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Viewing and Modifying the Tasks

Desktop Central allows creating multiple tasks that can be created to run various actions on
different target computers at different intervals. You can view the tasks that are created by
following the steps below:

1. Select the Tools tab from the Desktop Central client. This opens the list of tools that
can be run on the computers.
2. Click on any of the tools under the System Tools category to open the Task Details
page. This lists all the tasks that are already created and scheduled.
3. To modify a task,
1. Click the icon from the Actions column of the corresponding task.
2. This opens the Modify Configuration Wizard. You can add/remove tools,
change the tool options, the target systems, and the scheduled time as
required.
3. Click Deploy to effect the changes.
4. To Delete a task, click the icon from the Actions column of the corresponding task.

See Also: Creating and Scheduling Tasks, Viewing Task History, Disk Defragmenter,
Check Disk, Disk Cleanup

197

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Viewing Task History

Desktop Central provides the details of the tasks executed on the target devices and the
access logs of the tool execution.

Viewing Last Execution Status

1. Select the Tools tab from the Desktop Central client. This opens the list of tools that
can be run on the network machines.
2. Click on any of the tools under the System Tools category to open the Task Details
page. This lists all the tasks that are already created and scheduled.
3. Click on a task to view the details, such as the systems in which the task is
executed, the last execution time, and the status of the task execution. Clicking the
status will provide the access log of the performed task.

Viewing Task Execution History

1. Select the Tools tab from the Desktop Central client. This opens the list of tools that
can be run on the network machines.
2. Click on any of the tools under the System Tools category to open the Task Details
page. This lists all the tasks that are already created and scheduled.
3. To view the history of the task executed on a specific system, click the computer
name. This will provide the history of the task execution on that computer along with
the status on each execution. Clicking the status will provide the access log
pertaining to that execution.

See Also: Creating and Scheduling Tasks, Viewing and Modifying the Tasks, Disk
Defragmenter, Check Disk, Disk Cleanup

198

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Remote Desktop Sharing

The Remote Desktop Sharing feature in Desktop Central enables administrators to access
remote computers in a network. This Web-based feature enables you to access computers
in both Local Area Networks (LAN) and Wide Area Networks (WAN).

Read the following sections to learn more about the Remote Desktop Sharing feature:

• Prerequisites
• Making required settings
• Connecting to remote computers
• Transferring files
• Troubleshooting tips

Advantages

The advantages of using the Remote Desktop Sharing feature are as follows:

• Does not require authentication to gain access to a remote computer

• Supports viewing and accessing remote computers using Active X and Java Plug-
ins
• Enables administrators to prompt users for confirmation before providing access
to a remote desktop

199

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Prerequisites for Sharing Computers Remotely

You can access computers of remote computers, in a Local Area Network (LAN) or in a Wide
Area Network (WAN), to complete various tasks. For example, you can remotely access a
computer to

Ensure that the following prerequisites are met before you access computers remotely. You
must do the following:

• Configure controls in the browser you are using

• Open the required ports
• Configure settings to share computers remotely

Configuring Controls in Your Browser

You are required to configure certain controls in your browser before connecting remotely to
a computer. For example, if you are using an ActiveX viewer, in Mozilla Firefox, to view the
remote computer, you must install Java Plug-ins in the browser you are using.

Ensure that you configure controls only in the browser from where a
remote connection is being established.

Configuring ActiveX Controls in Internet Explorer

You must configure ActiveX controls when using Internet Explorer to connect to
computers remotely.

To configure ActiveX controls in Internet Explorer, you must make the following
settings for your Web content zone:

o Specify custom security settings

o Set the security level

Specifying Custom Security Settings

To specify custom security settings for your local intranet, follow the steps given
below:

1. Open Internet Explorer

2. On the Tools menu, click Internet Options
3. Click the Security tab
4. In the required Web content zone icon

200

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

For example, if the remote computer and the Desktop Central

server are both in the local intranet, you must configure the
following settings for the local intranet.

5. Click Custom Level

6. In the Settings section, under ActiveX controls and plug-ins, click
Enable or Prompt in the following sections:
 Download signed ActiveX controls
 Download unsigned ActiveX controls
 Run ActiveX controls and plug-ins
 Script ActiveX controls marked safe for scripting
7. Click OK to save the security settings you made
8. Click OK to close the Internet Options property sheet

You have enabled ActiveX controls in Internet Explorer

Setting Security Levels

To set the security level, follow the steps given below:

1. Open Internet Explorer

2. On the Tools menu, click Internet Options
3. Click the Security tab
4. Select Local intranet
5. Click Default Level
6. Set the security level to either one of the following:
 Medium
 Medium-Low
 Low
7. Click Apply to apply the option you have set the security level to
8. Click OK to close the Internet Options property sheet

You have set the security level for your local intranet.

Configuring Mozilla Firefox or Flock to Install Desktop Central Add-ons

Before you use either Mozilla Firefox or Flock to establish a connection with a
computer remotely, you must configure the browser settings to allow you to install
Desktop Central add-ons in it.

To configure Mozilla Firefox or Flock to enable you to install Desktop Central add-ons
in it, follow the steps given below:

1. On the Tools menu, click Options

2. Click the Security tab
3. Enable the Warn me when sites try to install add-ons option
4. Click Exceptions
201

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

5. In the Allowed Sites section, add the name or the IP Address of the machine
where the Desktop Central server is installed
6. Click Allow
7. Click Close
8. Click OK to close the Options property sheet

You have configured Mozilla Firefox or Flock to enable installation of Desktop Central
add-ons. Now you can install the required Desktop Central add-on. When you've
installed the required add-ons, you can connect remotely to computers.

Installing Java Plug-ins in Browsers

You must install Java plug-ins when you want to:

o Use the Java viewer to connect remotely to a computer from a browser

o Use the ActiveX viewer in Mozilla Firefox or Flock to connect to a remote computer

If Java plug-ins are already installed, the connection is automatically established.

However, if the required Java plug-ins are not installed, you will be prompted to
download and install them to connect to a remote computer.

You can download and install Java plug-ins from

http://java.sun.com/products/plugin. You may have to restart the
browser after installing the plug-ins.

Opening Required Ports

You must open relevant ports in the firewall in the Desktop Central server, when you want
to do the following remotely:

• Control computers
• Transfer files

If there is a third-party firewall between the Desktop Central server

and the remote computer, you must open port number 8443.

Opening Ports to Control Computers Remotely

You must open the Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) port 8443 in the computer
where the Desktop Central server is installed. If you are using the Windows firewall,
follow the steps below to add this port to the exception list:

1. Click start>Settings>Control Panel

2. Double-click Windows Firewall
3. Click the Exceptions tab
202

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

4. Click Add Port

5. Enter a name for the port
6. Enter 8443 in the Port number box
7. Click TCP
8. Click OK

You have opened the port required to control computers remotely.

Opening Ports to Transfer Files Remotely

The following list gives you the port numbers that you must open to transfer riles
remotely. These are categorized as follows:

For a secure mode of transfer

When you want to transfer files using a secure mode of transfer you must
open the following ports:

• Gateway Port:8443
• File Transfer Port: 8031

For a non-secure mode of transfer

When you do not want to transfer files using a secure mode of transfer
you must open the following ports:

• Gateway Port: 8444

• File Transfer Port: 8032

Changing the mode of transfer

The default mode of transfer is the secure mode. However, to change the mode
of transfer to the non-secure mode, follow the steps given below:

1. Click the Tools tab

2. Click Remote Control
3. Click the Settings tab
4. In the Port Settings section, uncheck the Use Secure Connection
checkbox

You have changed the mode of transfer from a secure connection to a non-
secure connection.

203

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Configuring Remote Desktop Settings

You can configure the following settings in Desktop Central before you connect and control a
remote computer:

• Port-related settings
• Compression settings
• Prompt settings
• General settings

Features of the Remote Desktop Settings

The table given below enables you to understand when to use each of the settings
given in the Settings tab for Remote Desktop Sharing:

S.No. Section Option Description

1 General
Settings
Viewer Type This enables you to choose the viewer
you want to use to view the computer
that you access remotely. You can
choose either an ActiveX viewer or a
Java viewer.
Notify users Use this option when you want to
upon sharing notify your users that the
administrator has connected remotely
to their computer.
Disable Use this option to disable the
Wallpaper wallpaper (set by the user) during a
during remote connection.
Remote
Connection
Disable Aero Use this option to disable the Aero
Theme during theme during a remote connection.
Remote This is only applicable for computers
Connection that have the Microsoft Windows Vista
operating system (and later versions)
installed in them.
Log the Use this option to ensure that the
reason for administrator enters a reason while
remote connecting remotely to a computer.
connection
Blacken the Use this option to blacken the monitor
monitor of the of the user during a remote
client connection. This ensures that the
204

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

S.No. Section Option Description

computer user does not see the changes that
during remote are made by the administrator.
connection
Lock the Use this option when you want to
keyboard and take full control of the user's
the mouse of computer to complete a task.
the client
computer
during remote
administration
2 Port Settings Use secure This ensures that you use a secure
connection connection when connecting to a
user's computer remotely
3 Compression Fast Use this option, when you want the
Settings rendering to be faster. The
compression ratio will be lower and
will consume higher bandwidth
comparatively.
Best Use this option, when you want to
optimize bandwidth utilization. The
compression ratio will be higher and
the User Interface (UI) rendering will
be comparatively slower.
4 Prompt Enable This option allows you to get
Settings Prompt confirmation from a user before
connecting to their computer. Only
Desktop Central users with
administrative privileges can
configure this option.

If a user is logged in, Desktop Central

sends a remote-connection
confirmation request for the user's
approval. Remote connection is
established only if the user approves
the request within 30 seconds. If the
user does not approve the request
within 30 seconds, the remote
connection is not established
automatically.
If a user is not logged in, the remote
connection is established without
waiting for a confirmation from the

205

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

S.No. Section Option Description

user.

Time out (in Use this option to set the amount of

seconds) time you want to give the user to
approve the request to allow a
remote connection.
Prompt Enter the text that you want the user
Message to see when prompted for
confirmation to allow remote control.

To configure remote computer settings, follow the steps given below:

You must have administrator privileges to make the settings given

below.

1. Click the Tools tab

2. Click Remote Control
3. Click the Settings tab
4. In the General Settings section, make the following settings:
5. Select the type of viewer

The viewer you choose will be the default option for all the users
and they can change it if required.

6. Check the required checkboxes

7. In the Port Settings section, check the Use Secure Connection checkbox
8. Enter 8444 and 8021 in the Gateway Port and File Transfer Port boxes,
respectively

The port numbers that you specify should be opened in the firewall
of the computer where the Desktop Central server is installed.

9. In the Compression settings section, check the required options

10. Click Save Changes

You have configured the remote computer settings as required.

206

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Remote Desktop Sharing: Configuring Settings

You are required to configure the following settings before you connect to a remote
computer:

1. General settings
2. User-confirmation settings
3. Screen Recording Settings
4. Performance settings

General Settings

You can make general settings using the Settings tab to enable the option to:

1. Select the type of viewer you want to use to view the computer that you will access
remotely. You can choose either an ActiveX viewer or a Java viewer.
2. Notify users that you have connected remotely to their computer.
3. Disable the wallpaper set by the user during a remote connection.
4. Disable the Aero theme during a remote connection. This is only applicable for
computers that have the Microsoft Windows Vista operating system, and later
versions, installed in them.
5. Ensure that a reason is entered while connecting remotely to a computer.
6. Blacken the user's monitor during a remote connection. This ensures that the user
does not see the changes that are made by the administrator.
7. Lock the keyboard and the mouse of the client computer during remote
administration. You can use this option when you want to take full control of the
user's computer to complete a task.
8. Capture alpha-blending. This enables you to capture transparent windows.
9. View-only mode. You can only view remote computers using this mode. You cannot
give any inputs or make changes in the computer that you are viewing. You are
required to disable the following options to use the view-only mode:
1. Notify users upon sharing
2. Blacken the monitor of the client computer during a remote connection
3. Lock the keyboard and mouse of the client computer during a remote
connection
4. Capture alpha-blending
5. User confirmation

Using Other Settings While Using the View-only Mode

This section comprises information about how other settings will work when the
view-only mode has been enabled:

207

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

1. If you want to view a computer silently, ensure that all the other
options like locking a keyboard, capture alpha-blending, notifying a
user and user confirmation are disabled.
2. If the Make User Confirmation Permanent option is enabled, the
view-only mode option will be disabled automatically.

Configuring General Settings

To configure remote computer settings, follow the steps given below:

You must have administrator privileges to make the settings given

below.

1. Click the Tools tab

2. Click Remote Control
3. Click the Settings tab
4. In the General Settings section, make the following settings:
5. Select the type of viewer

The viewer you choose will be the default option for all the users
and they can change it if required.

6. Check the required checkboxes

7. Click Save Changes

You have configured the general settings.

User-confirmation Settings

You can send users a message asking for permission to connect remotely to their
computers. This option allows you to get confirmation from a user before connecting to their
computer. Only Desktop Central users with administrative privileges can configure this
option.

If a user is logged in, Desktop Central sends a remote-connection confirmation request for
the user's approval. Remote connection is established only if the user approves the request
within 30 seconds. If the user does not approve the request within 30 seconds, the remote
connection is not established automatically.

If a user is not logged in, the remote connection is established without waiting for a
confirmation from the user.

208

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

You can also do the following:

1. Set the amount of time you want to give the user to approve the request to allow a
remote connection
2. Enter the text that you want the user to see when prompted for confirmation to allow
remote control
3. Check the Always Prompt checkbox to send a user-confirmation message to users
even if they have logged off or in locked state
4. Exclude computers from receiving a user-confirmation message

Making User Confirmation Permanent

One of the prerequisites required to comply with HIPAA is to protect user privacy.
Therefore, it is mandatory to get the approval of users before connecting remotely to their
computers. Making user confirmation permanent will ensure that you always get the user's
consent before establishing a remote connection.

If you choose to make user confirmation permanent you cannot revert the settings.

Using Other Settings After Making User Confirmation Permanent

This section comprises information about how other settings like Always Prompt and Exclude
Computers will work when user confirmation has been made permanent.

1. If you enable the Make User Confirmation Permanent option. All the computers
in your network will receive a user-confirmation message before a remote connection
is established.
2. If you check the Exclude Computers checkbox after you have enabled the Make
User Confirmation Permanent option, the following actions will take place:
1. All computers in your network will receive a user-confirmation message
2. Computers in the Exclude Computers list will not receive a user-
confirmation message
3. If you check the Always Prompt checkbox after you have enabled the Make User
Confirmation Permanent option, the following actions will take place:
1. All computers in your network will receive a user-confirmation message
2. Computers that are locked and users that have logged off will receive a user-
confirmation message
4. If you check both the Always Prompt and Exclude Computers checkbox after you
have enabled the Make User Confirmation Permanent option, the following
actions will take place:
1. All computers in your network will receive a user-confirmation message
2. Computers in the Exclude Computers list will not receive a user-
confirmation message
3. Computers that are locked and users that have logged off will receive a user-
confirmation message

209

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Steps

This section comprises steps required to do the following:

1. Configure user-confirmation settings

2. Exclude computers from receiving a user-confirmation message before a remote
connection is established

Configuring User-confirmation Settings

To configure user confirmation settings, follow the steps given below:

1. Click the Tools tab

2. Click Remote Control
3. Click the User Confirmation tab
4. Check the User Confirmation checkbox

You can check the Always Prompt checkbox to send a user-

confirmation message to users even if they have logged off or in
locked state.

5. Enter the amount of time you want to give the user, to approve the request
to allow a remote connection, in the Time-out box
6. Enter a customized message to display on the user's screen asking for
approval for a remote connection, in the Confirmation Message box
7. Click Save Changes

You have configured the user confirmation settings.

Excluding Computers

You can also exclude computers from receiving a user-confirmation message. When
you exclude computers from receiving user-confirmation messages, you can connect
to them immediately, without an approval from the user.

If you have made the user-confirmation option permanent, check the Exclude
Computers checkbox to ensure that the computers in the Exclude Computers list do
not receive a user-confirmation message before a connection is established.

To exclude computers from receiving a user confirmation message requesting users to

allow a remote connection, follow the steps given below:

1. Click the Tools tab

2. Click Remote Control
3. Click the User Confirmation tab
4. In the Exclude Computers section, click Add Computers

210

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

5. Filter computers as required. For example, you can filter the computers by
domain
6. Select the computers that should not receive a confirmation message before
you connect remotely to them
7. Click OK

These settings will be effective only when you check the User Confirmation checkbox.

Screen Recording Settings

Screen recording enables you to record the entire remote control session that can be used
for auditing purposes. Given below are the operation performed when you have enabled
screen recording:

1. When you connect to a computer, the Desktop Central Agent on the computer to
which you connect will check for the available hard disk space for saving the video.
2. If sufficient space is available, the session and recording will start and a notification
will be displayed on the client computer that this session is being recorded
(configurable)
3. After the session is completed, the recorded video is uploaded to the Desktop Central
Server. The recorded video is available under the History tab available within the
Remote Control tool.

To enable and configure Screen Recording, follow the steps below:

1. Click the Tools tab

2. Click Remote Control
3. Select the Screen Recording tab
4. Select the "Enable Screen Recording" check box and specify the following
1. Select the required Codec that have to be used for compression and
decompression of the video. If the selected Codec is not available on the
remote computer, the default codec will be used.
2. Chose the Frames per Second. The higher the frames per second will give you
a smooth mouse movements, while it also increases the size of the video. If it
is just for auditing purposes, it is better to leave it with the default value.
3. Choose the required color quality. Higher the color quality will gives broader
range of color depth, but also increases the size of the video.
4. Specify the maximum storage size for the recorded videos. When the storage
limit exceeds, the previously recorded files are automatically deleted to free
the space.
5. Specify what should be done when there is no enough space on the remote
computer when the session is in progress. You can either choose to stop the
recording and continue with the session or disconnect the session.
6. If you wish to notify the users that the remote control session is being
recorded, select the "Enable User Notification" checkbox and specify the
message and notification duration. If you want the notification be
permanently displayed throughout the session, select "Always show a
notification when recording is in progress" option.

211

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Performance Settings

You can configure the following performance settings to increase the performance of remote
connectivity:

1. Compression Settings

Compression settings include the following options:

1. Fast: Use this option, when you want the rendering to be faster. The
compression ratio will be lower and will consume higher bandwidth
comparatively.
2. Best: Use this option, when you want to optimize bandwidth
utilization. The compression ratio will be higher and the User Interface
(UI) rendering will be comparatively slower.

1. Color-quality Settings

Selecting an appropriate color-quality level enables you to use your bandwidth

effectively during a remote session. Lowering the level of the color quality will
decrease the consumption of your bandwidth. This will ensure effective
bandwidth consumption.

Default Settings

The default settings for performance settings are as follows:

1. Compression Settings
1. For LAN (local offices): Fast
2. For WAN (remote offices):Best
2. Color Quality
1. For LAN (local offices): High (16 bit)
2. For WAN (remote offices):High (16 bit)

Configuring Performance Settings

To configure performance settings, follow the steps given below:

1. Click the Tools tab

2. Click Remote Control
3. Click the Performance tab
4. Click in the Action column against the name of the required computer
5. Select the required settings for the following from the dropdown boxes:

1. Compression
2. Color Quality

6. Click Save

You have configured the performance settings as required.

212

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Connecting to Remote Desktop

Desktop Central's Remote Control feature enables administrators to access any computer in
a Local Area Network (LAN) or a Wide Area Network.

Ensure that you have completed these prerequisites and made the required settings before
you connect remotely to a computer.

Using this feature you can do the following:

1. Connect remotely to computers

2. Transfer files between computers
3. Switch between multiple monitors during a remote session

Connecting Remotely to Computers

To connect remotely to computers, follow the steps given below:

1. Click the Tools tab

2. Click Remote Control

3. Click

You have connected remotely to a computer. You can use the View Desktop link to control
the user's computer.

When you are connecting to a remote desktop for the first time
from a specific system, you must log in to the system with local
administrative privileges. Subsequent connections from the same
machine do not require this, as the necessary ActiveX controls and
plug-ins would have got downloaded.

Transferring Files Between Computers

To transfer files to remote computers, follow the steps given below:

1. Click the Tools tab

2. In the Windows Tools section, click Remote Control
3. Click Connect against the name of a computer to connect remotely to it
4. On the top of the remote-connection screen, click File Transfer
5. Select the required file from a folder from your computer
6. Click to transfer it to a folder in the remote computer

You have transferred files to a remote computer.

213

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Switching Between Multiple Monitors

When you establish a remote connection, Desktop Central automatically detects the
monitors are available and displays this information on the ActiveX tool bar. You can choose
the monitor that you want to view and can switch between the available monitors whenever
you want, during the session.

To switch between multiple monitors during a remote session, follow the steps given below:

1. Click the Tools tab

2. Click Remote Control
3. On the Computers tab, in the Viewer section, select Active X.

Only the Active X viewer supports viewing multiple monitors during

a remote session.

4. In the Action column, against the computer that you want to connect to, click
Connect
5. Click View Desktop

When Desktop Central detects multiple monitors, it automatically

adds an icon on the toolbar, which enables you to switch between
multiple monitors. It is known as the Multi Monitor icon. The
primary monitor gets displayed by default.

6. Click the Multi Monitor icon to switch between monitors

You can now switch between multiple monitors during a remote session.

Controlling a Remote Computer

After establishing connection with a remote desktop, you can complete the same tasks that
you do from any computer. For example, you can create and deploy a configuration. You
can use the toolbar to complete the following tasks:

Toolbar Icon Action

Send a Ctrl+Alt+Delete message to a remote computer

Refresh the current view. If the computer is locked or no user has logged
on, you are required to login

Switch between different applications in the remote computer

Black out a user's monitor so that the user cannot view the tasks that you

214

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Toolbar Icon Action

are completing on the the remote computer

Lock a user's keyboard and mouse

Unlock a user's keyboard and mouse

Gain control to access a user's computer

Give the control back to the user

Zoom in

Zoom out

Reset a view to its original size

Reset the size of the view so that it fits onto the screen

View a remote desktop in full screen mode

Read about known issues and limitations related to sharing desktops remotely,here.

Auditing Remote Access Details

Whenever a user establishes a remote connection using Desktop Central, all the events
performed on the remote computer are logged. Clicking the icon available beside the
computer name will list all the remote access made to that computer with the details of the
user and the start/end time.

You can also view the history of all the remote connections that have been established,
using Desktop Central, in the History tab. The details that you can view are as follows:

1. Date on which the connection was made

2. User name of the user who made the connection
3. Name of the computer which was accessed
4. Time at which the connection was made
5. Duration for which the connection lasted
6. IP address of the viewer
7. Name of the domain from which the viewer logged on

215

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

File Transfer

Desktop Central allows you to remotely access desktops and transfer files between
them.The Remote Desktop Sharing mechanism supports remote login to any desktop in
your network by any user account that has Remote Control privileges. Files can be
transffered between computers via the Active-X Viewer only. Java viewer is not supported
at the moment.

File Transfer - Advantages

1. Files can be transferred between both the machines viz.,the one initiating the
Remote Control Session and that which is getting connected with.
2. Ability to transfer files across domains and workgroup machines.
3. The entire process is Fast, Reliable, and Secure.

File Transfer Ports

The following are the list of ports that need to opened in the Desktop Central Server to
enable File Transfer:

For Secure Mode:

• Gateway Port : 8047

• File Transfer Port : 8053

For Non Secure Mode

• Gateway Port: 8048

• File Transfer Port: 8054

Note: The default mode is Secure mode. However to select non-secure mode,
click on the Edit Settings link in the Remote Control page and simply uncheck
the "Use Secure Connection" checkbox under the Port Settings of Remote
Control Settings page.

Follow the links to learn more:

• Pre-requisites
• Connecting to Remote Desktop
• Troubleshooting Tips

216

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Troubleshooting Tips

1. I was able to connect to a desktop from remote, but nothing is visible?

2. I am getting an "Access Denied" error when I try to connect to a remote desktop.
3. On connecting to a remote desktop, "The specified service does not exist as an
installed service" error is shown.
4. When I select a desktop from the list, the status is always shown as not available,
though the system is up.
5. I am getting an "The system cannot find the file specified" error when I try to
connect to a remote desktop.
6. I was able to connect to a remote Desktop. But, the display is not proper.

1. I was able to connect to a desktop from remote, but nothing is visible?

Please check the following:

• Whether you have enabled ActiveX controls in the browser from where a
connection is established. Refer to the Pre-requisites topic for details on
configuration.
• If you are connecting to a desktop for the first time, log in to the system as a
local administrator and connect. Subsequent connections from the same machine
do not require administrative privileges as the necessary ActiveX controls and
plug-ins would have got downloaded.

2. I am getting an "Access Denied" error when I try to connect to a remote

desktop.

This error message is shown when the supplied credentials while defining the Scope of
Management (SoM) is invalid or changed.

3. On connecting to a remote desktop, "The specified service does not exist as an

installed service" error is shown.

This error message is shown when the Desktop Central Agent is not installed properly in the
client machine. To reinstall the agent, follow the steps below:

1. Click the SoM link from the Quick Links.

2. Select the machines in which the agent needs to be re-installed and click Install
Agent.

217

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

4. When I select a desktop from the list, the status is always shown as not
available, though the system is up.

This happens when the client machine has firewall enabled with the "Don't Allow Exceptions"
option selected. Disable the firewall to connect to that machine from remote.

5. I am getting an "The system cannot find the file specified" error when I try to
connect to a remote desktop.

This error message is shown when one of the required files has been deleted from the client
machine. Reinstall the agent as given below:

1. Click the SoM link from the Quick Links.

2. Select the machines in which the agent needs to be re-installed and click Install
Agent.

6.I was able to connect to a remote Desktop. But, the display is not proper.

Try by changing the screen resolution using the Zoom in / Zoom Out icons.

218

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Wake on LAN

• Creating and Scheduling Wake on LAN Tasks

• Viewing and Modifying Wake on LAN Tasks
• Viewing Wake on LAN Task Status
• Configuring Wake on LAN

The Wake on LAN Tool of Desktop Central helps to schedule booting of systems in the
Windows Network remotely. It allows you to create different task to group the computers
and specify a time to boot the machines in that task.

Creating and Scheduling Wake on LAN Tasks

To create a Wake on LAN task, follow the steps below:

Step 1: Define Task

1. Select the Tools tab from the Desktop Central client. This opens the
list of tools that can be run on the network machines.
2. Click the Wake on LAN tool listed under the Windows Tools category to
open the task details page. This will list all the Wake on LAN tasks that
have been created.
3. Click the Schedule Wake Up button to create a new task and specify
the following:
1. Provide a name of the task
2. Choose the speed for the Wake on LAN task. Depending upon
the selected speed, Desktop Central allocates more threads to
complete the task.
3. Waiting time after wake up: Specify the time in minutes after
which the status gets updated in the Desktop Central client.
4. Verify the computers already powered up before waking up:
Select this option, if you wish to check the status before
attempting to boot the machine.
5. Use broadcast to wake up computers: Desktop Central supports
sending both unicast and broadcast packets to boot the
machines. When this option is not selected, Desktop Central
first sends an unicast WOL packet to the machine to boot and
check whether the machine is booted. If this fails, it broadcasts
the WOL packet in the whole subnet.
6. Resolve IP Address on each schedule: Select this option to
resolve the IP Addresses of the machines during every
schedule.

219

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Step 2: Select Computers

1. Click Add Computers button to choose the computers for this

task. The selected computers gets added to the table below.
2. Broadcasting of the WOL packtes is based on the subnet
address of the computers. If the subnet address is blank of if it
is incorrect, the task may fail. You can either click the icon
and update the subnet address and MAC Address manually for
individual computers ate select the computers in the same
subnet and use the Set Subnet Address button to update the
Subnet Address of multiple computers.

Step 3: Define Scheduler

1. Once: To run the task only once. You need to specify the date and
time.
2. Daily: To run the task daily. Specify the time and duration to run the
task.
3. Weekly: To run the task on specific day(s) in a week. Specify the time,
start date, and days on which the task has to be run.
4. Monthly: To run the task specific day every month(s). You need to
specify starting time, select a day and select a month/months.

Step 4: Deploy Task

Click the Submit button to deploy this task. The tasks will be run at the
scheduled time and interval. The status of the tasks and its execution history
can be verified from the Task Details page.

Viewing and Modifying Wake on LAN Tasks

To view the Wake on LAN tasks that have been created, follow the steps below:

1. Select the Tools tab from the Desktop Central client. This opens the list of tools that
can be run on the computers.
2. Click the Wake on LAN tool listed under the Windows Tools category to open the task
details page. This lists all the tasks that are already created and scheduled.
3. To modify a task,
1. Click the icon from the Actions column of the corresponding task.
2. This opens the Modify task page. You can add/remove computers, change the
task options, and the scheduled time as required.
3. Click Submit to effect the changes.
4. To Delete a task, click the icon from the Actions column of the corresponding task.

220

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Viewing Wake on LAN Task Status

To View the status of the Wake on LAN tasks that have ben created, follow the steps below:

1. Select the Tools tab from the Desktop Central client. This opens the list of tools that
can be run on the computers.
2. Click the Wake on LAN tool listed under the Windows Tools category to open the task
details page. This lists all the tasks that are already created and scheduled.
3. Click the Task name to view the status of the computers in that task.
4. You can filter to view the details of the computers by status like Scheduled,
Processing, Success, and Failed.

Configuring Wake on LAN

BIOS Settings

The Wake-On-LAN functionality is generally disabled by default. The option to

enable Wake-On-LAN is different with each computer manufacturer. The most
common method adopted across different PC's are as follows:

1. During the computer’s power-on self-test enter the BIOS setting

screen by pressing the F1, INS, or DEL keys.
2. Select Power settings. Check for Power Up Control.
3. Enable settings related to Power Up on PCI card, LAN, or Network.
4. Click Save and exit the BIOS settings.

Operating System (OS) Settings

In some Windows OS, the drivers can enable the Wake ON LAN features of
network adapters. For example in Windows 2000, click Power Management
tab and under the Adapters properties, select the option Allow this device
to bring the computer out of standby.

Alternatively, you can also check the Advanced setting table for parameters
related to Wake on LAN and Waking on "Magic Packets" and enable them.

Wake-On-LAN (WOL) Cable

For Wake On LAN to work on computers with older PCI busses, a WOL cable
must be installed between the Network Card and the Motherboard. Because
this requires opening the computer case, we advice you to contact your PC
manufacturer for specific instructions.

Enabling Directed Broadcasts on your Network

To send WOL packets from remote networks, the routers must be configured
to allow directed broadcasts. To know if the IP broadcast packets have been
disabled, check for the line "no ip directed-broadcast" in the interface
configuration. If IP broadcasts are enabled, the line "no ip directed-broadcast"
will not be present.

221

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Remote Shutdown Tool

The Remote Shutdown tool of Desktop Central provides options to shutdown, restart, lock
and hibernate systems remotely. You can complete the following tasks, manually, using this
tool:

• Add computers to shutdown or restart

• Understand and use various shutdown options
• Complete the following supported operations
• View the status of operations

You can also schedule the automatic completion of the tasks mentioned above.

Completing Tasks Manually

You can complete the following tasks manually using Desktop Central. You can do this by
using the Shutdown Now tab.

Adding Computers to Shutdown or Restart

You are required to add computers on the Remote Shutdown page to shutdown or restart
remotely. Before adding systems to shutdown or restart, ensure that you have specified
common credentials, in all systems, to complete these tasks. To specify credentials, visit the
Add Computers page.

To add computers to shutdown or restart, follow the steps below:

1. Click the Tools tab

2. Click Remote Shutdown
3. Click Add Computers
4. Against Select Type, choose Computer
5. Select a domain or workgroup to view the computers in it
6. Select the required computers to add
7. Click OK

Note: Repeat steps 5 and 6 to add computers from other domains

or workgroups.

The selected computers are listed under Computer Name in the Shutdown Now tab.

222

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

To remove computers from the Shutdown Now tab, follow the steps given below:

1. Click the Tools tab

2. Click Remote Shutdown
3. Select the required computers
4. Click Remove Computers

The selected computers are removed from the Shutdown Now tab.

Shutdown Options

When you want to shutdown a computer, you are required to specify the following options
for shutting down:

• Shutdown Mode

Choose one of the following options:

• Normal: Use this option to close all the applications, as they would close
normally, before shutting down computers
• Forced: Use this option to close all the applications forcibly, before shutting down
the computers. You can also use this option when applications are running in the
background and you want to shutdown the computer immediately.
• Timeout

Use this option to specify the time in seconds to display a warning message in all the
client computers before shutting down. Specify zero to skip the message and
shutdown immediately

• Shutdown Message

Enter a message in the field provided. This message will be displayed in all the
computers before they are shutdown.

Supported Operations

You can complete the following tasks on a remote computer:

Shutting down a computer

To shut down a computer, follow the steps given below:

1. Click the Tools tab

2. Click Remote Shutdown
3. Select the required computers
4. Click Shutdown Now
5. Specify the required settings
6. Click Shutdown

You've successfully shut down the selected computers.

223

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Restarting a computer

To restart a computer, follow the steps given below:

1. Click the Tools tab

2. Click Remote Shutdown
3. Select the required computers
4. Click Restart Now
5. Specify the required settings
6. Click Restart

You've successfully restarted the selected computers.

Setting a computer in Hibernate mode

To set a remote computer in Hibernate mode, follow the steps given below:

1. Click the Tools tab

2. Click Remote Shutdown
3. Select the required computers
4. From the More Actions list, select Hibernate
5. Click Yes

You have successfully set the selected computers in Hibernate mode.

Setting a computer to Stand by mode

To set a remote computer to Stand by mode, follow the steps given below:

1. Click the Tools tab

2. Click Remote Shutdown
3. Select the required computers
4. From the More Actions list, select Stand by
5. Click Yes

You have successfully set the selected computers to Stand by mode.

Locking a computer

To lock a computer, follow the steps given below:

1. Click the Tools tab

2. Click Remote Shutdown
3. Select the required computers
4. From the More Actions list, select Lock Computers
5. Click Yes

You have successfully locked the selected computers.

224

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Scheduling Automatic Tasks

You can complete the following tasks automatically using Desktop Central. You can do this
by using the Schedule Shutdown tab.

Creating and Scheduling Tasks

You can create and schedule various tasks. To create and schedule a shutdown task, follow
the steps given below:

1. Click the Tools tab

2. Click Remote Shutdown
3. Click the Schedule Shutdown tab
4. Click Add Shutdown Task
5. Enter a name for the task
6. From the Operation section, select the required type of task
7. Select the Shutdown/Restart Options, if applicable

Note: These options are available only if you select Shutdown or

Restart.

8. Select the required computers

9. Schedule when you want the task to take place:

• Once: Use this option if you want the task to take place only once. Specify a start time and
start date.
• Daily: Use this option if you want the task to take place everyday. Specify whether the task
should take place on all days or only on weekdays.
• Weekly: Use this option if you want the task to take place on a weekly basis. Specify a
start time and the required days of the week.
• Monthly: Use this option if you want the task to take place on a monthly basis. Specify the
start time, when you want this task to take place (for example, first Sunday or the day),
and months in which you want this task to take place.

10. Click Save Task

11. Select the required task
12. In the Action column, select Execute Now

You have created and deployed a task using the Schedule Shutdown tab

225

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Windows Configurations

Desktop Central enable remote configurations that can be applied to users and computers of
the Windows domain-based network. The following sections guides you in configuring
various Windows applications, security settings, display settings, firewall settings, and so
on, to the Windows users and computers:

• User Configurations: Explains the various configurations that can be deployed to

users using Desktop Central and the steps to define them.
• Computer Configurations: Explains the various configurations that can be
deployed to computers using Desktop Central and the steps to define them.
• Configuring Collections: Helps you to define a collection configurations that can
be deployed simultaneously for several users or computers.
• Defining Targets: Provides you the details of defining target computers and users
for deploying the configuration.
• Managing Configurations and Collections: Helps you to manage the defined
configurations, such as viewing the status of the defined configurations or
collections, suspending the deployment, resuming the suspended deployments,
and so on.
• Viewing Configuration Reports: Detailed report on the defined and deployed
configurations using Desktop Central along with its status.
• Viewing System Uptime Reports: Provides the details of uptime and downtime of
computers in the specified period.

How the Configurations gets Applied

Whenever a configuration is deployed using Desktop Central, it will be made available to the
Desktop Central agents to apply the configurations in the client computers. The Desktop
Central Agents residing at the client computers will pull the configuration details from the
Server and process them. The Desktop Central agents will contact the Server at the
following intervals to pull the details:

1. For user-specific configurations - during user logon and every 90 minutes thereafter
till the user logs out of the domain.
2. For computer-specific configurations - during system startup and every 90 minutes
thereafter till the system is shutdown.

226

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

User Configurations

This section details the configurations that can be applied to the users of the Windows
Domain. These configurations are applied to the users during user logon or logoff.

Note: Ensure that you have defined the scope of management before defining
the configurations. For details, refer to Defining the Scope of Management.

To reach the configuration screen, follow the steps below:

1. Click Add Configuration link from the Quick Links. This will list all the supported
configurations for users and computers.
2. Click the required configuration listed under the User Configurations.

Desktop Central supports the following configurations that can be applied on users:

 Configuring Alerts
 Executing Custom Scrips
 Configuring Display Settings
 Mapping Network Drives
 Setting Environment Variables
 Managing Files and Folders
 Redirecting User-Specific Folders
 Configuring Internet Explorer Settings
 Configuring IP Printer
 Launching Applications
 Displaying Message Box
 Configuring MS Office Settings
 Configuring Outlook Settings
 Setting Path
 Managing Permissions
 Configuring Power Options
 Configuring Registry Settings
 Securing USB Devices
 Configuring Security Policies
 Configuring Shared Network Printer
 Managing Shortcuts
 Installing Software - MSI/EXE Format

227

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Configuring Alerts

1. Name the Configuration

2. Define Configuration
3. Define Target
4. Deploy Configuration

Alert Configuration enables you to warn the users about the password expiration, lower hard
disk space, and larger temp file size. The alert configuration are user-specific and requires
the user to be logged on to view the alerts.

Step 1: Name the Configuration

Provide a name and description for the Alert Configuration.

Step 2: Define Configuration

The table given below lists the parameters for which alerts can be configured:

Parameter Description

The number of days before which the user has to be

Password Expiration informed about the password expiration. The default value
is 14 days.

The disk space in MB. When the disk space goes below the
Disk Space
specified value the user will be warned.

Specify whether to delete the temp files when exceeding the

specified limit. You also have an option to specify the file
Purge Temp Files
types, size of the files, and whether to prompt the user
before deleting the temp files or not.

Note: The alerts will be displayed during every logon of the user as long as the
alert condition is met. For example, the user will be warned about the lower disk
space during every logon until the free disk space exceeds the specified value.

Step 3: Define Target

Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Alert
Configuration.
228

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Step 4: Deploy Configuration

Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Alert Configuration in the targets defined.
The alerts will be displayed when the defined conditions are met.

To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft.

See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports,

Defining Targets

229

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Executing Custom Scripts

1. Name the Configuration

2. Define Configuration
3. Define Target
4. Deploy Configuration

Desktop Central provides options for configuring almost all the user configurations from
remote. In addition to the configurations that are supported by Desktop Central,
administrators can also write their own scripts that could be run on the user machines for
accomplishing specific configurations. The scripts could be any of the following:

• Batch file (.bat or .cmd)

• In any other language hosted by Windows Script Host (WSH), such as VB Script,
JScript, Perl, REXX, and Python.

Note: The script engines for languages like Perl, REXX, and Python, must be
registered with Windows.

Step 1: Name the Configuration

Provide a name and description for the custom script configuration.

Step 2: Define Configuration

The table given below lists the parameters that have to be provided for defining the
configuration.

Parameter Description

The script that has to be executed in the user machines.

You have an option to select the script from any of the
following:

Local: The machine from where the configuration is being

Script Name* defined.
Inventory: Refers to the Desktop Central inventory. All the
scripts that have been added using Managing Scripts
procedure will be available here.
Network Share: Refers to the network share.

230

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Parameter Description

The arguments that have to be provided while executing the

Script Arguments
scripts.

Refers to the script execution time. This can be either

Execute During*
during the user logon or logoff.

* - Refers to the mandatory fields.

Note: The scripts specified from the local or share, will automatically be added to
the Desktop Central inventory after successful deployment.

Step 3: Define Target

Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Custom Script
Configuration.

Step 4: Deploy Configuration

Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Custom Script Configuration in the targets
defined.

To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft.

See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Managing Custom Scripts, Viewing
Configuration Reports, Defining Targets

231

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Configuring Display Settings

1. Name the Configuration

2. Define Configuration
3. Define Target
4. Deploy Configuration

The Display Configuration is for configuring the settings of Microsoft Windows Desktop such
as welcome message, IntelliMouse tips, icons, folders and shortcuts, wallpaper, etc.

Step 1: Name the Configuration

Provide a name and description for the configuration.

Step 2: Define Configuration

The table below lists the display settings that can be configured using Desktop Central.
Specify the values only if a change is required for a particular parameter, else, leave it
blank.

Parameter Description

The wallpaper file (image file) that has to set as the desktop
background. The wallpaper can be set from either local
computer or from a network share by selecting the
appropriate option. For wall papers that are set locally all
Wall Paper File
the target computers should have the file in the same
location. When choosing a file from network share, you can
click the icon to select and assign a dynamic variable to
this parameter.

The name you wish to configure in place of "My Computer".

Rename "My Computer"
Click the icon to select and assign a dynamic variable to
Icon
this parameter.

The name you wish to have in place of "My Network Places".

Rename "My Network
Click the icon to select and assign a dynamic variable to
Places" Icon
this parameter.

Remove "Windows Select this option if you wish to remove the welcome
Welcome Screen" message displayed by Windows.

Remove "Intellimouse Select this option to remove the intellimouse tips.

232

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Parameter Description

Tips Screen"

Remove "My Documents" Select this option to remove the "My Documents" icon from
Desktop Icon the desktop.

Step 3: Define Target

Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Display
Configuration.

Step 4: Deploy Configuration

Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Display Configuration in the targets defined.

The configuration will take effect during the next user logon.

To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft.

See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports,

Defining Targets

233

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Mapping Network Drives

1. Name the Configuration

2. Define Configuration
3. Define Target
4. Deploy Configuration

The Drive Mapping configuration enables you to map a remote network resource to the user
machines. The mapped resource can then be accessed from the local machine using the
drive name.

Step 1: Name the Configuration

Provide a name and description for the Drive Mapping configuration.

Step 2: Define Configuration

The table given below list the parameters that have to be specified for mapping a network
drive:

Parameter Description
Drive Name The drive letter that has to be mapped with the resource.
Resource to be Shared The shared resource in the network that has to be mapped.
Hide from Windows To specify whether the mapping has to be hidden in the
Explorer Windows Explorer. Select this option, if you want to hide.
The label name for the mapped drive that has to displayed in
Drive Label
Windows Explorer.
Disconnect all existing
network drives before Specify whether to disconnect all the existing mappings or not.
mapping new

Note:

1. To map more network drives, click Add More Drives and repeat Step 2. The
mapped drive gets added to the List of Drives to be Mapped table.
2. To modify a mapping from this table, select the appropriate row, click icon
and change the required values.
3. To delete a mapping from this table, select the appropriate row and click
icon.

234

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Step 3: Define Target

Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Drive Mapping
Configuration.

Step 4: Deploy Configuration

Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Drive Mapping Configuration in the targets
defined. The configurations will take effect during the next user logon.

To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft.

See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports,

Defining Targets

235

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Setting Environment Variables

1. Name the Configuration

2. Define Configuration
3. Define Target
4. Deploy Configuration

Environment variables are strings that contain information about the environment for the
system, and the currently logged on user. Some software programs use the information to
determine where to place files (such as temp, tmp, path etc). Environment variables
control the behavior of various programs. Any user can add, modify, or remove a user
environment variable. However, only an administrator can add, modify, or remove a
system environment variable. Using Desktop Central, the environment variables can be
defined and added.

Step 1: Name the Configuration

Provide a name and description for the Environment Variable configuration.

Step 2: Define Configuration

The following table lists the parameters that have to be specified:

Parameter Description

Variable* The environment variable name that has to be modified or added.

The value that has to be stored in the environment variable. Click the
Value*
icon to select and assign a dynamic variable to this parameter.

* - denotes mandatory fields

Note:

1. To add more environment variables, click Add More Variable and repeat
Step 2. The defined environment variable gets added to the List of
Environment Variable table.
2. To modify a environment variable from this table, select the appropriate
row, click icon and change the required values.
3. To delete a environment variable from this table, select the appropriate row
and click icon.

236

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Step 3: Define Target

Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Environment
Variable Configuration.

Step 4: Deploy Configuration

Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Environment Variable Configuration in the
targets defined. The configurations will take effect during the next user logon.

To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft.

See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports,

Defining Targets, Setting Path

237

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Managing Files and Folders

1. Name the Configuration

2. Define Configuration
3. Define Target
4. Deploy Configuration

The File and Folder Operation allows you to copy, move, rename, delete files and folders of
the users. Desktop Central File and Folder Operation Configuration enables you to
copy/move/delete files for several users from central location.

Step 1: Name the Configuration

Provide a name and description for the File and Folder Operation configuration.

Step 2: Define Configuration

You can perform the following actions:

• Copy Files and Folders

• Rename/Move Files and Folders
• Delete Files and Folders

Copy Files and Folder

To copy files and folders, select the Copy tab and specify the following
values:

Parameter Description

Select the Action from any of the following:

Copy a File - To copy a file from one location to

another
Copy a File to a Folder - To copy a file from one
Select Action Type location to a specified folder
Copy Multiple Files - To copy multiple files to a
specified folder
Copy a Folder - To copy a folder from one location
to another

238

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Parameter Description

Specify the file that has to be copied. The file can

Source File either be in a shared location or in the specified
location in the client machines.

Destination File Specify the destination location with the file name.

Specify the destination folder to copy the

Destination Folder
files/folders.

Select this option, if you wish to copy the files even

Include Read Only Files
if it has only read-only permissions

Select this option if you wish to copy the system

Include System Files
files.

Select this option if you wish to copy the hidden

Include Hidden Files
files.

Overwrite Existing Files Select this option to overwrite the existing files.

Create Destination Directory Select this option to create the destination

if doesn't Exist directory, if it does not exist.

Select this option, if you wish to copy sub folders

Include Sub Folders
or the files within the sub folders.

While copying multiple files or folders, specify

Continue on Error whether to continue, if any error is encountered
while copying.

Specify the file or folder modification time. Files

Choose file modification time
that meet the specified criteria will only be copied.

To copy Files/Folders across Domains or amongst

Workgroup computers, you need to specify a
Connect using Credentials
credential that has access to the source
Files/Folders.

Note: If you wish to copy more files/folders, click Add More Action
button and repeat step 2. The values gets added to the List of File
Actions table.

Rename/Move Files and Folders

To rename or move the files and folders, select the Rename/Move tab and
specify the following values:

239

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Parameter Description

Select the Action from any of the following:

Select Action Type Rename/Move a file

Rename/Move a folder

Source File/Folder Specify the file or the folder that has to be copied

Destination File/Folder Specify the destination file or the folder.

Note: If you wish to copy more files/folders, click Add More Action
button and repeat step 2. The values gets added to the List of File
Actions table.

Delete Files and Folders

To delete the files and folders, select the Delete tab and specify the following
values:

Parameter Description

Select the Action from any of the following:

Delete a File
Select Action Type
Delete Multiple Files
Delete a Folder

Source File Specify the files/folders that has to be deleted

Select this option, if you wish to delete the read-

Include Read Only Files
only files

Select this option, if you wish to delete the system

Include System Files
files

Select this option, if you wish to delete the hidden

Include Hidden Files
files.

Select this option, if you wish to delete the sub

Include Sub Folders
folders or the files within the sub folders.

While deleting multiple files or folders, specify

Continue on Error whether to continue, if any error is encountered
while deleting.

240

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Note: If you wish to copy more files/folders, click Add More Action
button and repeat step 2. The values gets added to the List of File
Actions table.

To modify a file action from the List of File Actions table, select the appropriate row and
click icon and change the required values.

To delete a file action from the List of File Actions table, select the appropriate row and
click icon.

Step 3: Define Target

Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the File and Folder
Operation Configuration.

Step 4: Deploy Configuration

Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined File and Folder Operation Configuration in the
defined targets. The configuration will take effect during the next user logon.

To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft.

See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports,

Defining Targets

241

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Redirecting User-Specific Folders

1. Name the Configuration

2. Define Configuration
3. Define Target
4. Deploy Configuration

The Folder Redirection configuration helps you to change the location of the standard user
profile directories to a different location in the network. So, when the user login from a
different machine in the same domain, he/she will have access to his/her profiles.

Step 1: Name the Configuration

Provide a name and description for the Folder Redirection configuration.

Step 2: Define Configuration

You can perform the following actions:

• Redirect the folders and copy the existing contents - This redirects the
user-specific folders from the local machine to a network share and copy the
existing contents to the new location. You also have an option to exclude specific
folders from being copied.
• Redirect the folders without copying the contents - This redirects the user-
specific folders from the local machine to a network share without copying the
existing contents.
• Restore to default - Will restore the settings to default (All folders will be
pointed to the local machine).

Select the required options and specify the values for the following fields that require
change in settings. For each of the fields in the following table, click the Browse button
next to the corresponding field to launch Network Browser window. Select the folder
location and click OK button. If this field is left blank, the corresponding folder settings is
left unchanged.

The following table provides a brief description about the user-specific folders that can be
redirected using Desktop Central.

User-specific Folder Description

Start Menu* Contains the shortcuts that appear in the start menu.
Programs Menu* Contains the shortcuts that appear in the Programs group of
the start menu.

242

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

User-specific Folder Description

Startup Group* Contains the shortcuts that appear in Start --> Programs --
> Startup menu. This specifies the applications that should
be started during the user logon.
Desktop* Contains the shortcuts and files that appear in the user's
desktop.
Favorites [IE Contains the Internet Explorer bookmarks.
Bookmarks]*
Personal [My Contains the personal documents of that user.
Documents]*
My Pictures* Contains the personal pictures and images of that user.
Cookies* Contains the cookies used by the Web sites/applications.
History* Contains the bookmarks of the previously accessed sites.
Recent* Contains the shortcuts of the recently accessed documents.
Temporary Internet The temporary Internet files are cached by Internet Explorer
Files* in this folder.
Send To* Contains the shortcuts listed in the Send To sub-menu. The
Send To sub-menu is displayed in the right-click menu of a
file.
Exclude Folders This option is available only when you choose to copy the
existing contents. Specify the folders as comma separated
that should not be copied.
Don't copy temporary This option is available only when you choose to copy the
internet files existing contents. Select this option if you do not wish to
copy the temporary internet files.

* - Click the icon to select and assign a dynamic variable to this parameter.

Step 3: Define Target

Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Folder
Redirection configuration.

Step 4: Deploy Configuration

Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Folder Redirection Configuration in the
targets defined. The configuration will take effect during the next user logon.

To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft.

See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports,
Defining Targets, Redirecting Common Folders

243

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Installing Software - MSI & EXE Packages

1. Name the Configuration

2. Define Configuration
3. Define Target
4. Deploy Configuration

The Software Installation configuration helps you to install MSI and EXE packages remotely
to specific users of several computers of the Windows network from a central location.

Step 1: Name the Configuration

Provide a name and description for the Software Installation Configuration.

Step 2: Define Configuration

You have an option to install either an EXE or an MSI package

• Install MSI Package

• Install EXE Package

Install MSI Package

Select the Installer type as MSI and specify the following values:

Parameter Description

This will list all the MSI packages that are available in
MSI Package Name the Software Repository. Select the MSI that has to
be installed.

To specify how the installation should happen. Select

any of the following options:

Install Completely: Selecting this option will install

Operation Type the application automatically.
Advertise: Selecting this option will notify the user
about the availability of the software. Thy can choose
whether to install the software or not.
Remove: Selecting this option remove (uninstall) the

244

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Parameter Description

application from the system

Run As The user as whom the MSI has to be installed.

Password for the user as whom the MSI has to be

Password
installed.

You have an option to copy the installables to the

client machines before installing them. Select the
required option:

None: Selecting this option will not copy the

installation files.
Copy file to client machines: Will copy the exe or the
msi file alone as specified in the software package to
Copy the client machines.
Copy folder to client machines: Will copy the entire
directory that has the installation file to the client
machines.

Copy option will be mandatory, when the network

share requires a user credential to access and when
you opt to install the software as a different user
using the Run As option.

Click Add More Packages to install/uninstall additional software.

Note:You can also uninstall a previous version of the software either

by running a pre-installation script (should be specified while creating a
package) or by selecting the Operation Type as Remove. In the latter
case, you need to add two packages, one to remove the older version
and the other to install the new version.

Specify the Scheduler details for installing the software:

Parameter Description

Select his option and specify the data and time after
which the installation should begin. It may be noted
Schedule Time to that the installation/uninstallation will still be based
Perform the Operation on the Operation Type & Installation / Uninstallation
Option selected, but this will begin after the time
specified here.

245

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Specify the Deployment Settings for the software:

If you have defined Deployment Templates, you can load the Deployment
Settings directly from a template by selecting the required template from the
list.

Parameter Description

Specify whether the installation/uninstallation should

happen during or after system startup:

During startup: Select this option if the software has

to be installed/uninstalled during computer startup.
Installation / After startup: Select this option if the software has to
Uninstallation Option be installed/uninstalled after the computer startup
when the next GP update happens (within 90
minutes)
During or After Startup: Either of the above,
whichever is earlier

If you want the installation to happen only between a

specified time of a day, you can specify the Start and
End time within which the deployment should begin.
The Start Time can also be greater than the End time
Install Between - in such cases the End time is assumed to be on the
following day. For example, if you wish the
deployment should happen between 10.00 PM and
4.00 AM, you can specify the Start Time as 22:00:00
and End Time as 04:00:00

Specify whether the use can skip the deployment at a

later time by selecting the "Allow Users to Skip
Deployment". When you do not select this option, the
Allow Users to Skip deployment will be forced and the user will not have
Deployment any control on the deployment. When you allow users
to skip deployment, you can also specify whether
they can skip it as long as they wish or force
deployment after a specific date.

Do not reboot: Select this option if the client

computers should not be rebooted after installing the
software.
Force Reboot when the user has logged in: Select this
Reboot Policy option to force the user to reboot the computer.
Specify the time within which the client machines will
be rebooted and the message that has to displayed in
the client machines.

246

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Parameter Description

Force Shutdown when the user has logged in: Select

this option to force the user to shutdown the
computer. Specify the time within which the client
machines will be shutdown and the message that has
to displayed in the client machines.
Allow user to skip Reboot: Select this option to allow
users to reboot later. Specify the message that has to
displayed in the client machines.
Allow user to skip Shutdown:Select this option to
allow users to shutdown later. Specify the message
that has to displayed in the client machines.

Install EXE Packages

Select the Installer type as EXE and specify the following values:

Parameter Description

This will list all the EXE packages that are available in
EXE Package Name the Software Repository. Select the EXE that has to
be installed.

To specify how the installation should happen. Select

any of the following options:

Install Completely: Selecting this option will install

the application automatically.
Operation Type Advertise: Selecting this option will notify the user
about the availability of the software. Thy can choose
whether to install the software or not.
Remove: Selecting this option remove (uninstall) the
application from the system

Run As The user as whom the EXE has to be installed.

Password for the user as whom the EXE has to be

Password
installed.

You have an option to copy the installables to the

client machines before installing them. Select the
required option:
Copy
None: Selecting this option will not copy the
installation files.
Copy file to client machines: Will copy the exe or the

247

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Parameter Description

msi file alone as specified in the software package to

the client machines.
Copy folder to client machines: Will copy the entire
directory that has the installation file to the client
machines.

Copy option will be mandatory, when the network

share requires a user credential to access and when
you opt to install the software as a different user
using the Run As option.

Click Add More Packages to install/uninstall additional software.

Note:You can also uninstall a previous version of the software either

by running a pre-installation script (should be specified while creating a
package) or by selecting the Operation Type as Remove. In the latter
case, you need to add two packages, one to remove the older version
and the other to install the new version.

Specify the Scheduler details for installing the software:

Parameter Description

Specify whether the installation/uninstallation should

happen during or after user login:

During Login: Select this option if the software has to

be installed/uninstalled during the user login.
Installation /
After Login: Select this option if the software has to
Uninstallation Option
be installed/uninstalled after the user login but within
90 minutes.
During or After Login: Either of the above, whichever
is earlier

Select his option and specify the data and time after
which the installation should begin. It may be noted
Schedule Time to
that the installation/uninstallation will still be based
Perform the Operation
on the Operation Type selected, but this will begin
after the time specified here.

Do not reboot: Select this option if the client

computers should not be rebooted after installing the
Reboot Policy
software.
Force Reboot when the user has logged in: Select this

248

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

option to force the user to reboot the computer.

Specify the time within which the client machines will
be rebooted and the message that has to displayed in
the client machines.
Force Shutdown when the user has logged in: Select
this option to force the user to shutdown the
computer. Specify the time within which the client
machines will be shutdown and the message that has
to displayed in the client machines.
Allow user to skip Reboot: Select this option to allow
users to reboot later. Specify the message that has to
displayed in the client machines.
Allow user to skip Shutdown:Select this option to
allow users to shutdown later. Specify the message
that has to displayed in the client machines.

Step 3: Define Target

Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Windows
Installer Configuration.

Step 4: Deploy Configuration

Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Windows Installer Configuration in the
defined targets. The software installation for the selected targets will happen as scheduled.

To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft.

See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports,

Defining Targets

249

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Configuring Internet Explorer Settings

1. Name the Configuration

2. Define Configuration
3. Define Target
4. Deploy Configuration

The Internet Explorer settings such as Home page, Search page, Download directory, and
Proxy Server settings can be configured using Desktop Central Internet Explorer
Configuration.

Step 1: Name the Configuration

Provide a name and description for the Internet Explorer configuration.

Step 2 Define Configuration

The following table provides the Internet Explorer parameters that can be configured using
Desktop Central. Specify the values only if a change is required for a particular parameter,
else, leave it blank.

Parameter Description

Refers to the page that opens when the Internet Explorer is

Home Page
started.

Refers to the search engine that Internet Explorer uses

Search Page
when clicked on the Search button from the toolbar.

Refers to the location where the file downloads are

Download Directory redirected. Click the icon to select and assign a dynamic
variable to this parameter.

Automatic Configuration Refers to the URL of the script that is used to configure the
Script proxy settings of Internet Explorer.

The Internet Connection Wizard is invoked when a user tries

Internet Connection
to launch the Internet Explorer for the first time. Specify
Wizard
whether to remove or retain this.

A proxy server is a server that acts as an intermediate

between the computer in the network and the Internet, and
Proxy Server
that ensures security, administrative control, and caching.
Select the appropriate proxy setting.

250

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Parameter Description

Address** The IP address or host name of the Proxy Server.

Port** The port number of the Proxy Server

Specifies how the request has to be routed when a local

address is accessed using the Internet Explorer. Select any
of the following options:

Bypass proxy server: Select this option if the request

should not be routed through the proxy server for local
Bypass for local
addresses.
addresses**
Dont Bypass proxy server: Select this option if the
request should be routed through the proxy server even for
local addresses.
Preserve Client Settings: To preserve the settings of the
client untouched.

The list of addresses that begins with the text specified in

this field will not use the Proxy Server. You can specify
multiple values as semi-colon separated.

Do not use proxy server Example: adventnet.com;desktopcentral.com

for addresses beginning
with**

This field is enabled only when Bypass Proxy server option is

selected.

** - required only if Use Proxy Server option is selected.

Step 3: Define Target

Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Internet Explorer
Configuration.

Step 4: Deploy Configuration

Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Internet Explorer Configuration in the targets
defined. The configuration will take effect during the next user logon.

To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft.

See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports,

Defining Targets

251

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Configuring IP Printer

1. Name the Configuration

2. Define Configuration
3. Define Target
4. Deploy Configuration

The IP Printer Configuration is for adding or deleting the IP Printer connection in the user
computers. For configuring a shared printer in the computer for specific users, refer to the
Configuring Shared Printer topic.

Step 1: Name the Configuration

Provide a name and description for the IP Printer configuration.

Step 2: Define Configuration

You can perform the following actions:

• Add an IP Printer
• Delete an IP Printer

Add an IP Printer

To add an IP Printer, select the Action as Add and specify the following
values:

Parameter Description

The host name or IP address defined for the printer.

DNS Name/IP
Example: 192.111.2.32

Printer Name The display name for the printer.

The printing protocol supported by the printer. Select

Protocol the printing protocol from the Protocol list box. The
default option is "RAW".

The port number/queue name in which printing

Port Number protocol is communicating between the computer and
printer. Enter the port number in the Port Number field

252

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Parameter Description

if the "RAW" Protocol is selected or enter the queue

name if the "LPR" Protocol is selected. The default
value is 9100.

This is an optional field. By default, the port name is

Port Name IP_<IP_Address/DNS_Name>. You can change the
port name if required.

Browse to select a shared printer for installing the

Shared Printer for Driver
driver. If the drivers are already installed in the target
Installation
computers, this field can be left blank.

Browse to select a shared printer for installing the

driver. If the drivers are already installed in the target
Set as default printer
computers, the Desktop Central will skip the driver
installation.

To copy Driver Files across Domains or amongst

Connect Shared Printer Workgroup computers, you need to specify a credential
using Credentials that access domain/workgroup machine where the
Shared Printer Driver Files are present.

Delete an IP Printer

To delete an IP Printer, select the Action as Delete and specify the following
values:

Parameter Description

Printer Name The display name of the printer.

To delete all the existing IP printer connections in

Delete all existing IP printer
the computer for the specified user, select this
connections
option.

Step 3: Define Target

Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the IP Printer
Configuration.

Step 4: Deploy Configuration

Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined IP Printer Configuration in the targets
defined. The configuration will take effect during the next user logon.

253

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft.

See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports,

Defining Targets, Configuring Shared Printer

254

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Launching Applications

1. Name the Configuration

2. Define Configuration
3. Define Target
4. Deploy Configuration

Launch Application configuration enables you to launch an application during user logon.

Step 1: Name the Configuration

Provide a name and description for the Launch Application configuration.

Step 2: Define Configuration

Select whether the application has to be launched from the local computer or from the
network share. If you select the Local option, all the selected target computers should have
the application in the same location. Specify the following:

Parameter Description

Browse and select the application that has to be launched.

The applications that are available in the local machine from
Application Name where the application has to be launched can also be
specified. Click the icon to select and assign a dynamic
variable to this parameter.

Specify the arguments for the application, if any. Click the

Arguments icon to select and assign a dynamic variable to this
parameter.

Note:

1. To launch more applications, click Add More Application and repeat Step
2. The added application gets added to the Launch Application table.
2. To modify an application from this table, select the appropriate row, click
icon and change the required values.
3. To delete an application from this table, select the appropriate row and click
icon.

255

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Step 3: Define Target

Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Launch
Application Configuration.

Step 4: Deploy Configuration

Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Launch Application Configuration in the
targets defined. The applications configured will be launched during the next user logon.

To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft.

See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports,

Defining Targets

256

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Displaying Message Box

1. Name the Configuration

2. Define Configuration
3. Define Target
4. Deploy Configuration

For the users in the network, the pop-up messages with the warning or error can be
displayed during the user logon. If the user has already logged on while deploying this
configuration, the message will be displayed during the next logon.

Step 1: Name the Configuration

Provide a name and description for the Message Box configuration.

Step 2: Define Configuration

You have an option to create a new message box or delete the existing message box.
Select the required option and specify the following:

Parameter Description
Message Type The message type as Information, Warning, or error.
Window Title The title of the message box.
Message The message that has to be displayed.
Timeout in Seconds The duration, in seconds, for the message display.

Step 3: Define Target

Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Message Boxes
Configuration.

Step 4: Deploy Configuration

Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Message Boxes Configuration in the targets
defined. The message will be displayed during the next user logon.

To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft.

See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports,

Defining Targets, Displaying Legal Notices

257

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Configuring MS Office Settings

1. Name the Configuration

2. Define Configuration
3. Define Target
4. Deploy Configuration

The MS Office related settings such as Open or Save, Clip Art, User Options, Command
Bars, Shared Template, etc can be configured for all the users using Desktop Central MS
Office Configuration.

Step 1: Name the Configuration

Provide a name and description for the MS Office configuration.

Step 2: Define Configuration

The MS Office applications that can be configured using Desktop Central are listed in the
Choose Application/Suite combo box. Select the application version and specify the values
that have to be changed. Leave it blank, if no change is required.

The following table lists the parameters that can be configured for each MS Office
applications:

Parameter Description

Word

Refers to the default working folder for Microsoft Word.

Open/Save Folder*
Clicking Open or Save menu will open this folder location.

Refers to the default Clip Art folder. This opens when you
Clip Art Folder*
insert an image from the clip art.

User Options Folder* Refers to the folder where the user options are stored.

Tools Folder* Refers to the folder where the office tools are stored.

Refers to the folder where the recovered files are stored due
Auto Recover Folder*
to the system crash.

Refers to the location where the templates and add-ins are

Startup Folder* loaded during the startup of Microsoft Word.

258

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Parameter Description

Excel

Refers to the default working folder for Microsoft Excel.

Open/Save Folder*
Clicking Open or Save menu will open this folder location.

At startup, open all files Refers to the folder containing the files that have to be
in* opened during startup.

Access

Refers to the default working folder for Microsoft Access.

Open/Save Folder*
Clicking Open or Save menu will open this folder location.

Refers to the location where the command bar buttons of

Command Bars Folder*
Microsoft Access are stored.

PowerPoint

Refers to the default working folder for Microsoft

Open/Save Folder* Powerpoint. Clicking Open or Save menu will open this
folder location.

Refers to the location where the command bar buttons of

Command Bars Folder*
Microsoft Powerpoint are stored.

Office

Refers to the location where the Microsoft Office templates

Template Folder*
are stored.

Refers to the location where the shared Microsoft Office

Shared Template Folder*
templates are stored.

Outlook

Refers to the location where the old journal item file is

Journal Item Log File*
stored.

Journal Outlook Item Log Refers to the location where the old journal item file that is
File* referred by the journal entry is stored.

Refers to the default location for storing the favorites.

Office Explorer Favorites
Clicking the Add Favorites menu item will store the URLs in
Folder*
this location.

Office Explorer Views

Refers to the location where the user views are stored.
Folder*

Refers to the file which stores the print styles of the user
Print Settings File*
views.

259

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

* - Click the icon to select and assign a dynamic variable to this parameter.

Step 3: Define Target

Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the MS Office
Configuration.

Step 4: Deploy Configuration

Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined MS Office Configuration for the defined
targets. The configuration will take effect during the next user logon.

To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft.

See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports,

Defining Targets

260

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Configuring Outlook Settings

1. Name the Configuration

2. Define Configuration
3. Define Target
4. Deploy Configuration

Microsoft Outlook settings such as general settings, new mail arrival, automatic archive,
sending a message, message format and handling, and spell check can be configured. The
Outlook Configuration is used to configure these settings for the users of the network from a
central location.

Step 1: Name the Configuration

Provide a name and description for the Outlook configuration.

Step 2: Define Configuration

The table given below lists the Outlook parameters that can be configured using Desktop
Central. Specify the values only if a change is required for a particular parameter, else,
leave it blank.

Parameter Description

General Settings

To show or hide the Outlook shortcut bar when Outlook is

View Outlook Bar
opened.

View Folder List To show or hide the folders listed when Outlook is opened.

Warn before deleting To enable or disable the warning message when deleting
items entries from the Deleted Items folder.

The folder which must be opened after the Outlook is

invoked. Select from the following options: Outlook Today,
Startup in this Folder Inbox, Calendar, Contacts, Tasks, Journal, Notes, and User-
defined. Select User-defined option to make the user
configure this option.

Select the frequency at which the contents of the Deleted

Empty the Deleted Items Items folder should be cleared when exiting the Outlook.
folder upon exit Select User-defined option to make the user configure this
option.

261

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Parameter Description

New mail arrival

Display a New mail To enable or disable the notification message when a new
Desktop Alert mail arrives.

Play a sound To enable or disable playing sound when a new mail arrives.

AutoArchive

To enable or disable the automatic archiving of folder.

Run AutoArchive Specify the required option and choose the frequency at
which archiving should be done.

Prompt to AutoArchive To specify whether to prompt before archiving or not.

The location where the archived files must be stored. Click

Move old items to the icon to select and assign a dynamic variable to this
parameter.

File name The name of the archived file.

Delete expired items (e- To specify whether the expired items should be deleted or
mail folders only) not.

When sending a message

Allow comma as address To specify whether comma should be used as a address

separator separator or not.

To enable or disable automatic checking for the validity of

Automatic name checking
names in the recipient list.

Message format & handling

Select the message format as HTML, Rich Text, or Plain

Compose in this Message
Text. Select User-defined to leave it to the user to
Format
configure.

Use Microsoft Word to edit

Specify whether Word should be used as a default editor.
email messages

Send a copy of the

pictures instead of the To specify whether to send pictures along with the mail or
reference to their location not.
(only for HTML format)

Save copies in Sent items

To specify whether to save copies in the sent folder or not.
folder

To specify whether to save the unsent messages or not.

Autosave unsent
Select the frequency if you are enabling this option.

Spelling

262

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Parameter Description

Always check spelling To specify whether to check spelling before sending the
before sending message or not.

Always suggest
To specify whether to suggest replacement for misspelt
replacements for
words or not.
misspelled words

Ignore words in
To enable or disable checking words in upper case letters.
UPPERCASE

Ignore words with

To enable or disable checking words containing numbers.
numbers

Ignore original message in To enable or disable checking the spelling of original mails in
replies replies.

Step 3: Define Target

Using the Defining targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Outlook
Configuration.

Step 4: Deploy Configuration

Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Outlook Configuration in the defined targets.
The configuration will take effect during the next user logon.

To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft.

See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports,

Defining Targets

263

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Setting Path

1. Name the Configuration

2. Define Configuration
3. Define Target
4. Deploy Configuration

For the users in the network, the paths which are configured and stored in the Path
variable in the Environment Variables window (invoked by Right-click the My Computer
icon, choose Properties > Advanced tab, click the Environment Variables button). The
search paths including local paths, network paths or UNCs (Universal Naming Conventions).
Using the Path Configuration, the path entries are added in the Environment Variables
window for the users in the network.

Step 1: Name the Configuration

Provide a name and description for the Path configuration.

Step 2: Define Configuration

Specify the path to be added to the environment variables. Multiple paths can be specified
separated by a semi-colon (;). Click the icon to select and assign a dynamic variable to
the Path variable.

Step 3: Define Target

Using the Defining targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Path
Configuration.

Step 4: Deploy Configuration

Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Path Configuration in the defined targets. The
configurations will take effect during the next user logon.

To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft.

See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports,

Defining Targets, Setting Environment Variables

264

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Managing Permissions

1. Name the Configuration

2. Define Configuration
3. Define Target
4. Deploy Configuration

The Permission Management allows you to grant revoke permission on the files, folders and
registry for the users. Desktop Central Permission Management Configuration enables you
to grant/revoke permissions to multiple users from a central point.

Step 1: Name the Configuration

Provide a name and description for the Permission Management configuration.

Step 2: Define Configuration

You can grant or revoke permissions for the following objects:

• Files
• Folders
• Registry

Files

To grant or revoke permissions for files, select the File tab and specify the
following values:

Parameter Description

Select the users and groups for whom you would

User/Group Principal
like to grant or revoke permissions.

Select the action from the following:

Append - To append to the existing file

permissions. Please note that it will only append to
Action the existing permissions on the object and will not
overwrite. For example, for an object having full
permissions, if you just select a deny permission to
write, only write permission will be removed while
the user/group can still modify the object.

265

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Parameter Description

Overwrite - To overwrite the existing file

permissions
Revoke - To revoke the existing file permissions of
the specified user/group. All the permissions to the
specified user/group on that file will be removed.
However, the inherited permissions will not be
removed.

Specify the path of the file for which you need to

Path
specify permissions

Settings Select the required options.

Note: If you wish to add more permissions, click Add More Permissions
button and repeat step 2. The values gets added to the List of
Permission Actions table.

Folders

To grant or revoke permissions for folders, select the Folder tab and specify
the following values:

Parameter Description

Select the users and groups for whom you would

User/Group Principal
like to grant or revoke permissions.

Select the action from the following:

Append - To append to the existing folder

permissions. Please note that it will only append to
the existing permissions on the object and will not
overwrite. For example, for an object having full
permissions, if you just select a deny permission to
write, only write permission will be removed while
Action
the user/group can still modify the object.
Overwrite - To overwrite the existing folder
permissions
Revoke - To revoke the existing folder permissions.
All the permissions to the specified user/group on
that folder will be removed. However, the inherited
permissions will not be removed.

266

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Parameter Description

Specify the path of the folder for which you need

Path
to specify permissions

Select the required option to specify how the

Inheritance
permission should effect its subfolders and files

Settings Select the required options.

Note: If you wish to add more permissions, click Add More Permissions
button and repeat step 2. The values gets added to the List of
Permission Actions table.

Registry

To grant or revoke permissions for registry, select the Registry tab and
specify the following values:

Parameter Description

Select the users and groups for whom you would like to
User/Group Principal
grant or revoke permissions.

Select the action from the following:

Append - To append to the existing registry permissions.

Please note that it will only append to the existing
permissions on the object and will not overwrite. For
example, for an object having full permissions, if you just
select a deny permission to write, only write permission will
Action
be removed while the user/group can still modify the object.
Overwrite - To overwrite the existing registry permissions
Revoke - To revoke the existing registry permissions. All the
permissions to the specified user/group on that registry key
will be removed. However, the inherited permissions will not
be removed.

Hive Select the registry hive from the given options

Specify the key within that hive for which you need to set
Key
the permissions

Select the required options to specify how the permission

Inheritance
should effect its subkeys.

Settings Select the required options.

267

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Note: If you wish to add more permissions, click Add More Permissions
button and repeat step 2. The values gets added to the List of
Permission Actions table.

To modify a permission from the List of Permission Actions table, select the appropriate
row and click icon and change the required values.

To delete a permission from the List of Permission Actions table, select the appropriate
row and click icon.

Step 3: Define Target

Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Permission
Management Configuration.

Step 4: Deploy Configuration

Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Permission Management Configuration in the
defined targets. The configuration will take effect during the next user logon.

To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft.

See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports,

Defining Targets

268

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Configuring Power Options

1. Name the Configuration

2. Define Configuration
3. Define Target
4. Deploy Configuration

The Power Management Configuration enables you to adjust your power settings to save
energy. You can add, modify, and delete power schemes for users from a central point.

Step 1: Name the Configuration

Provide a name and description for the Power Management Configuration.

Step 2: Define Configuration

You can perform the following actions:

• Create/Modify a Power Scheme

• Delete a Power Scheme

Create/Modify a Power Scheme

To create a new scheme, select the Create Scheme tab of the Power
Management Configuration. Select the Modify Scheme tab to modify an
existing scheme. Specify the following values:

Parameter Description

The name of the power scheme that has to be

created/modified. If you are modifying a
Power Scheme*
default scheme, select the Default Scheme
option and select the scheme.

Select this option to overwrite the scheme, if

Overwrite if scheme already
one with the same name exists. This option is
exits
only available for create scheme.

Select this option if you wish to make this

scheme active. Clearing this option will only
Set as active power scheme
create or modify the scheme and the system
will continue to use the previously applied
269

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Parameter Description

scheme.

Turns off the monitor after the specified period

Turn Off Monitor of inactivity. Select the period from the combo
box.

Turns off the hard disk after the specified

Turn Off Hard Disk period of inactivity. Select the period from the
combo box.

The system goes to the standby mode after the

System StandBy specified period of inactivity. Select the period
from the combo box.

Turns off the computer after saving everything

in memory to the hard disk after the specified
System Hibernate period of inactivity. When the system is turned
on again, it is restored to the same position.
Select the period from the combo box.

Advanced Options

Select this option to enable hibernation of the

Enable Hibernate support
computer.

Always show icon on the Select this option to display the power icon in
taskbar the system tray.

Select this option, if you wish the user to

Prompt for password when
authenticate himself/herself when the
computer goes off StandBy
computer is resumed from standby mode.

Select the action to be performed on closing

When I close lid the lid. It can be either left as such or made to
go to the standby mode.

Select the action to be performed when the

power button is pressed from the following
options:

When I press the power

Do nothing - to leave it as such
button on my computer
Ask me what to do - to prompt the user
Standby - to go to the standby mode
Shutdown to shutdown the computer

Select the action to be performed when the

When I press the sleep sleep button is pressed from the following
button on my computer options:

270

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Parameter Description

Do nothing - to leave it as such

Ask me what to do - to prompt the user
Standby - to go to the standby mode
Shutdown to shutdown the computer

* - denotes mandatory parameters

Note: While creating new schemes, you can select any of the default
schemes from the list to load its values and then modify it to suit
your need.

If you wish to create/modify more schemes, click Add More Scheme button
and repeat step 2. The defined scheme gets added to the List of Power
Schemes added table.

Delete a Power Scheme

To delete an existing power scheme, select the Delete Scheme tab of the
Power Management Configuration and specify the name of the scheme that
has to be deleted.

If you wish to create/modify/delete more schemes, click Add More Scheme

button and repeat step 2. The defined task gets added to the List of Power
Schemes added table.

To modify a scheme from List of Power Schemes added table, select the appropriate row
and click icon and change the required values.

To delete scheme from List of Power Schemes added table, select the appropriate row
and click icon.

Step 3: Define Target

Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Power
Management Configuration.

Step 4: Deploy Configuration

Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Power Management Configuration in the
defined targets. The Power Management configuration will take effect during the next user
logon.

271

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft.

See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports,

Defining Targets

272

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Configuring Registry Settings

1. Name the Configuration

2. Define Configuration
3. Define Target
4. Deploy Configuration

The Registry Settings allows you to add, modify, and delete the values in the registry of the
users. Desktop Central Registry Settings Configuration enables you to modify the values in
the registry centrally and for several users.

Step 1: Name the Configuration

Provide a name and description for the Registry Settings configuration.

Step 2: Define Configuration

You can perform the following actions:

• Write Value
• Delete Value
• Add Key
• Delete Key

Write Value

To write a value in the registry, select the Action as Write Value and specify
the following values:

Parameter Description

Select the header key from the following options:

HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT: It has all file associations,

OLE information and shortcut data.
Header Key HKEY_CURRENT_CONFIG: It has the currently
used computer hardware profile.
HKEY_CURRENT_USER: It has the preferences for
the user currently logged in.
HKEY_USERS/.Default: It has the default profile

273

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Parameter Description

preferences.

Keys are sub-components of the hives. Specify the

Key
key value.

The type of the value. This varies with respect to

Type the Header Key selected. Select the appropriate
type from the combo box.

Specify the value to be added. Click the icon to

Value select and assign a dynamic variable to this
parameter.

Specify the data or expression. If the new value

has to be created without data, enter the word
Data / Expression clear inside the parentheses as (clear). Click the
icon to select and assign a dynamic variable to this
parameter.

Note: If you wish to write more values, click Add Registry Settings
button and repeat step 2. The values gets added to the Registry Settings
table.

Delete Value

To delete a value from the registry, select the Action as Delete Value and
specify the following values:

Parameter Description

Select the header key from the following options:

HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT: It has all file associations,

OLE information and shortcut data.
HKEY_CURRENT_CONFIG: It has the currently
Header Key used computer hardware profile.
HKEY_CURRENT_USER: It has the preferences for
the user currently logged in.
HKEY_USERS/.Default: It has the default profile
preferences.

Keys are sub-components of the hives. Specify the

Key
key value.

Value Specify the value to be deleted.

274

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Note: If you wish to delete more values, click Add Registry Settings
button and repeat step 2. The values gets added to the Registry Settings
table.

Add Key

To add a registry key, select the Action as Add Key and specify the
following:

Parameter Description

Select the header key from the following options:

HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT: It has all file associations,

OLE information and shortcut data.
HKEY_CURRENT_CONFIG: It has the currently
Header Key used computer hardware profile.
HKEY_CURRENT_USER: It has the preferences for
the user currently logged in.
HKEY_USERS/.Default: It has the default profile
preferences.

Keys are sub-components of the hives. Specify the

Key
key value to be added.

Note: If you wish to add more keys, click Add Registry Settings button
and repeat step 2. The values gets added to the Registry Settings table.

Delete Key

To delete a registry key, select the Action as Delete Key and specify the
following values:

Parameter Description

Select the header key from the following options:

HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT: It has all file associations,

Header Key OLE information and shortcut data.
HKEY_CURRENT_CONFIG: It has the currently
used computer hardware profile.
HKEY_CURRENT_USER: It has the preferences for

275

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Parameter Description

the user currently logged in.

HKEY_USERS/.Default: It has the default profile
preferences.

Keys are sub-components of the hives. Specify the

Key
key value that has to be deleted.

Note: If you wish to delete more keys, click Add Registry Settings
button and repeat step 2. The values gets added to the Registry Settings
table.

To modify a registry setting from the Registry Settings table, select the appropriate row
and click icon and change the required values.

To delete a registry setting from the Registry Settings table, select the appropriate row
and click icon.

Step 3: Define Target

Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Registry Settings
Configuration.

Step 4: Deploy Configuration

Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Registry Settings Configuration in the defined
targets. The configuration will take effect during the next user logon.

To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft.

See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports,

Defining Targets

276

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Securing USB Devices

The Secure USB configuration is used for both users and computers to block or unblock the
use of the USB devices. This configuration is applicable to users irrespective of the
computers they use.

Using this configuration, you can block or unblock the following devices:

• Mouse devices
• Disk drives (for example, USB drives and external hard-disk drives)
• CD ROMs
• Portable devices (for example, mobile phones, digital cameras and portable
media players)
• Floppy disks
• Bluetooth devices
• Images (for example, USB cameras and scanners)
• Printers
• Modems

You can also exclude devices using the Device Instance ID assigned to each device.

Making Secure USB Settings for Users

When you create the Secure USB configuration to block or unblock devices for users, you
can set actions to take place once the user logs off. These actions enable you to retain or
remove the settings that you make, using the Secure USB configuration, once the user logs
off. The actions that you can set include the following:

• Don't alter device status: Use this option to retain the settings you have made,
even after the user has logged off.

For example, if you use this option, the settings that you have made to block or
unblock the usage of USB devices will apply to all users who log on.

• Disable all devices excluding mouse: Use this option to remove the settings you
have made, even after the user has logged off.

Applying Secure USB Settings to Computers and Users

When you apply the Secure USB configuration to both computers and users, the settings
made for computers will be applied before the settings made for users. For example,
assume that you have made the following settings:

• Settings for users

277

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

• Administrator: You have unblocked the usage of the disk drive

• Other users (excluding the administrator): You have not deployed any
configurations

• Settings for a computer: You have blocked the usage of portable devices and disk
drives

The following actions will take place:

• Computer startup: The Secure USB configuration settings made for the computer
are applied when the computer is started. This means that no portable devices
and disk drives can be used.
• Administrator logon: The Secure USB configuration for the computer is applied.
However, it is over written by the settings made for the administrator. This
means that the administrator can use disk drives.
• Other users (excluding the administrator) log on: The Secure USB configuration
made for the computer is applied.
• Other users (excluding the administrator)log off: The log off-action settings made
for users are applied when a user logs off. If the log off-action setting is set to
Don't alter device status, then the settings made will apply to the next user who
logs on, provided that the user does not have any settings that apply to them.

Creating Configurations to Secure USB Devices

As an administrator, you can create a configuration block or unblock specific USB devices.
You can also exclude specific devices, if required.

To create a configuration to secure USB devices for users, follow the steps given below:

1. Click the Configurations tab

2. Click Configuration
3. In the User Configurations section click Secure USB
4. Enter a name and description for the configuration
5. Select the devices to block or unblock
6. Select the required log-off action
7. Define the target
8. Make the required execution settings
9. Click Deploy

You have created configurations to secure USB devices. These configurations will be applied
when the user logs in to the computer.

Excluding Devices

When you block a device you can exclude certain devices from being blocked by using the
Device Instance ID assigned to each device. You can exclude devices only when you are
creating configurations for users.

278

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Every USB device has a unique ID. This ID is assigned to devices by the system to identify
them easily.

Identifying the Device Instance ID of a Device

To identify the Device Instance ID of a device, follow the steps given below:

1. Right-click My Computer
2. Click Properties
3. Click the Hardware tab
4. Click Device Manager (Refer to the figure below)

Figure 1: Device Manager

From the list of devices, expand the list of devices for which you want the
Device Instance ID.

For example, if you want to identify the Device Instance ID of a mobile phone
that you have connected to the computer, expand portable devices and follow
the next step.

279

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

5. Right-click on the name of a specific device and click Properties (Refer to the figure
below)

Figure 2: Properties

6. Click the Details tab

7. In the drop-down box, select Device Instance ID or Device Instance Path (Refer to
the figure below)

280

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Figure 3: Device Instance ID

In computers which have the operating system Windows Vista (and

later versions), the Device Instance ID is called the Device
Instance Path. You can copy the Device Instance Path from the
Properties property sheet of the Device Manager.

In computers that have older versions of the Windows operating

system installed in them, you cannot copy the Device Instance ID
directly from the Properties property sheet of the Device Manager.

To copy the Device Instance ID you must open the dcusbaccess log
file. This file is located in <Drive>\<Desktopcentral_Agent
Folder>\logs\dcusbaccess.log. It contains information about the
following:

Action Time (inserted\removed time)

281

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Action (inserted\removed)
Friendly name
Device Instance ID

You can now view and copy the Device Instance ID for a specific device.

You can exclude devices only when you have blocked a device. To exclude devices, follow
the steps given below:

1. Click the Exclude Devices link against a device

2. Enter the Device Instance ID for the device
3. Click Close

You have excluded a device from being blocked.

See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports,

Defining Targets, Securing USB for Computers

282

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Scheduling Tasks

• Name the Configuration

• Define Configuration
• Define Target
• Deploy Configuration

The Windows Scheduler Configuration enables you to schedule any program, task, or a
script to run at a specified time. You can also schedule a task to run daily, weekly, monthly ,
etc. The Scheduler Configuration enables you to add, modify tasks from a central point.

Step 1: Name the Configuration

Provide a name and description for the Scheduler Configuration.

Step 2: Define Configuration

You can perform the following actions:

• Create/Modify a Task
• Delete a Task

Create/Modify a Task

To create a new task, select the Create Task tab of the Scheduler Configuration. Select the Modify
Task tab to modify an existing task. Specify the following values:

Parameter Description

The name of the task that has to be created/

Name of the task*
modified.

Select this option to overwrite the task, if one with

Overwrite if task already exits the same name exists. This option is only available
for create task.

The application or the program that has to be run.

Application Name* Click the icon to select and assign a dynamic
variable to this parameter.

The arguments to run the program, if any. Click

Arguments the icon to select and assign a dynamic
variable to this parameter.
283

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Parameter Description

The name of the user as whom the task will be

run. Click the icon to select and assign
User Name* a dynamic variable to this parameter, for example,
$DomainName\$DomainUserName or
$ComputerName\$DomainUserName.

Password The password of the user.

Confirm Password Confirm the password again.

Specify the time to perform the task. You can select

from the following options:

Daily: To run the task daily. Specify the time and

duration to run the task.

Weekly: To run the task on specific day(s) in a week.

Specify the time, start date, and days on which the
task has to be run.

Monthly: To run the task specific day every

month(s). You need to specify starting time, select a
Perform this task* day and select a month/months.

Once: To run the task only once. You need to specify

the date and time.

At System Startup: To run the task when the system

is started.

At Logon: To run the task during the user logon.

When Idle: To run the task when the system is idle

for the specified time.

Advanced Settings

Enabled: Select this option to run the task at the

specified time.
General
Run only when logged on: Select this option to run
the task only when the user has logged on.

Delete the task if it is not scheduled to run

again: Select this option to delete the task when it is
no longer scheduled.
Scheduled Task Completed

Stop Task: Select this option and specify the duration

after which the task will be stopped.

284

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Parameter Description

Select the required options:

Specify the duration,the system has to be idle before

Idle Time
starting a task.

Stop the task if the computer ceases to be idle

Select the required options:

Don't start the task if the computer is running on

batteries
Power Management
Stop the task if battery mode begins

Wake the computer to run this task

* - denotes mandatory parameters

If you wish to create/modify more tasks, click Add More Task button and repeat step 2. The defined
task gets added to the Task table.

When a wrong password is provided for tasks scheduled in Win2k / WinXP SP1 machines, the tasks will
be successfully created, but, fails to execute.

Delete a Task

To delete a task, select the Create Task tab of the Scheduler Configuration and specify the name of
the task that has to be deleted.

If you wish to create/modify/delete more tasks, click Add More Task button and repeat step 2. The
defined task gets added to the Task table.

To modify a task from the Task table, select the appropriate row and click icon and change the
required values.

To delete a task from the Task table, select the appropriate row and click icon.

Step 3: Define Target

Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Scheduler Configuration.

Step 4: Deploy Configuration

Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Scheduler Configuration in the defined targets. The
scheduler configuration will take effect during the next system startup.
285

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft.

See also : Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports, Defining Targets

286

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Configuring Security Policies

1. Name the Configuration

2. Define Configuration
3. Define Target
4. Deploy Configuration

Security policies determine the various security restrictions that can be imposed on the
users in a network. The security settings for Active Desktop, Computer, Control Panel,
Explorer, Internet Explorer, Network, and System categories can be defined using Security
Policies Configuration.

Step 1: Name the Configuration

Provide a name and description for the Security Policies Configuration.

Step 2: Define Configuration

Specify the following values:

Parameter Description

The specific policy area in which the security policy will be

applied. Select the desired category from left. This displays
the relevant security polices. For details on the each
Choose Policy Category
category, refer to Windows Help documentation. For details
on the each policy in the Select the Policy list, refer to
Security Policies topic.

To enable, disable, or to leave it unconfigured, select the

Policy Value
appropriate option.

Note:

1. To modify a security policy from this table, select the appropriate row, click
icon and change the required values.
2. To delete a security policy from this table, select the appropriate row and
click icon.

287

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Step 3: Define Target

Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Security Policies
Configuration.

Step 4: Deploy Configuration

Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Security Policies Configuration in the defined
targets. The security policies will be applied during the next user logon.

To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft.

See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports,

Defining Targets, Security Policies

288

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Configuring Shared Network Printer

1. Name the Configuration

2. Define Configuration
3. Define Target
4. Deploy Configuration

When a printer is installed in a machine in the network and is shared, other machines in the
network can use this printer for their printing needs. Desktop Central enables you to
configure the Shared Network Printer in the user machines.

For configuring an IP printer connection to the computer, refer to the Configuring IP Printer
topic.

Note: To add the Shared Network Printer Configuration, a computer must be

installed with printer connection and must be shared.

Step 1: Name the Configuration

Provide a name and description for the Shared Network Printer Configuration.

Step 2: Define Configuration

You can perform the following actions:

• Add a Shared Network Printer

• Delete a Shared Network Printer

Add a Shared Network Printer

To add a Shared Network Printer, select the Action as Add and specify the
following values:

Parameter Description
Shared Network Printer Browse and select the path of the shared network
Path* printer location in the network.
Select this check box, if you want to make this as
Set as default printer the default printer for the user. By default, this
option is cleared.

* - denotes mandatory field

289

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Delete a Shared Network Printer

To delete a Shared Network Printer, select the Action as Delete and specify
the following values:

Parameter Description

Shared Network Printer Browse and select the path of the Shared Network
Path* Printer location in the network.

Select this check box, if you want to delete all the

Delete all existing Shared
existing Shared Network Printer connections. By
Network Printer connections
default, this option is disabled.

* - denotes mandatory field

Step 3: Define Target

Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Shared Network
Printer Configuration.

Step 4: Deploy Configuration

Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Shared Network Printer Configuration in the
defined targets. The printer configuration will take effect during the next user logon.

To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft.

See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports,

Defining Targets

290

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Managing Shortcuts

1. Name the Configuration

2. Define Configuration
3. Define Target
4. Deploy Configuration

The shortcut is an icon that points to a file, folder or an Internet URL. The Shortcut
Configuration enables you to add shortcuts to the users from a central point.

Step 1: Name the Configuration

Provide a name and description for the Shortcut Configuration.

Step 2: Define Configuration

You can perform the following actions:

• Create a Shortcut
• Create an Internet Shortcut
• Delete a Shortcut / Internet Shortcut

Create a Shortcut

To create a shortcut, select the Action as Create Shortcut and specify the
following values:

Parameter Description

To modify the existing shortcut select this

Overwrite
option.

Shortcut Name* Specify the name of the shortcut.

Browse and select the target application from

the network for which a shortcut has to be
Target Application* created. The target application can also be in
the local machine where the configuration is
being deployed.

If the application requires any arguments,

Arguments* specify the arguments. Leave it blank if it does
not require any arguments.

291

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Parameter Description

Select the location to create the shortcut. The

shortcut location can be any of the following:

User Desktop: Refers to the desktop of that

user.
User Favorites: Refers to the favorites folder of
that user.
User Start Menu: Refers to the start menu of
that user.
User Programs Group: Refers to the Start -->
Programs group of that user.
User Startup Group: Refers to the Start -->
Shortcut Location Programs --> Startup group of that user.
User Quick Launch Bar: Refers to the quick
launch bar of that user.
All Users Desktop: Refers to the desktop
common for all the users.
All Users Start Menu: Refers to the start menu
common for all users.
All Users Programs Group: Refers to the Start -
-> Programs group common for all the users.
All Users Startup Group: Refers to the Start -->
Programs --> Startup group common for all the
users.

Some applications may have some references

to additional files during execution. In such
Start In Folder*
cases, browse and select the location from
where the application has to be started.

Shortcut Comments Specify the comments for this shortcut.

Icon File* Browse and select the icon for the shortcut.

Select how the application has be started -

Run Window
Normal, Maximized, or Minimized.

* - Click the icon to select and assign a dynamic variable to this

parameter.

Note: If you wish to create more shortcuts, click Add Shortcut button
and repeat step 2. The defined shortcut gets added to the Shortcut table.

292

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Create an Internet Shortcut

To create an Internet shortcut, select the Action as Create Internet Shortcut

and specify the following values:

Parameter Description

Shortcut Name* Specify the name of the Internet shortcut.

Specify the URL for which the shortcut needs to

Target URL*
be created.

Select the location to create the shortcut. The

shortcut location can be any of the following:

User Desktop: Refers to the desktop of that

user.
User Favorites: Refers to the favorites folder of
that user.
User Start Menu: Refers to the start menu of
that user.
User Programs Group: Refers to the Start -->
Programs group of that user.
User Startup Group: Refers to the Start -->
Shortcut Location Programs --> Startup group of that user.
User Quick Launch Bar: Refers to the quick
launch bar of that user.
All Users Desktop: Refers to the desktop
common for all the users.
All Users Start Menu: Refers to the start menu
common for all users.
All Users Programs Group: Refers to the Start -
-> Programs group common for all the users.
All Users Startup Group: Refers to the Start -->
Programs --> Startup group common for all the
users.

Icon File* Browse and select the icon for the shortcut.

293

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Delete a Shortcut / Internet Shortcut

To delete a shortcut, select the Action as Delete Shortcut / Internet Shortcut

respectively and specify the following values:

Parameter Description

Specify the name of the shortcut. Click the

Shortcut Name icon to select and assign a dynamic variable to
this parameter.

Select the location from where the shourcuts

needs to be deleted. The shortcut location can
be any of the following:

User Desktop: Refers to the desktop of that

user.
User Favorites: Refers to the favorites folder of
that user.
User Start Menu: Refers to the start menu of
that user.
User Programs Group: Refers to the Start -->
Programs group of that user.
User Startup Group: Refers to the Start -->
Shortcut Location
Programs --> Startup group of that user.
User Quick Launch Bar: Refers to the quick
launch bar of that user.
All Users Desktop: Refers to the desktop
common for all the users.
All Users Start Menu: Refers to the start menu
common for all users.
All Users Programs Group: Refers to the Start -
-> Programs group common for all the users.
All Users Startup Group: Refers to the Start -->
Programs --> Startup group common for all the
users.

Note: If you wish to delete more shortcuts, click Add More Shortcut
button and repeat step 2. The defined shortcut gets added to the Shortcut
table.

To modify a shortcut from the Shortcut table, select the appropriate row and click icon
and change the required values.

To delete a shortcut from the Shortcut table, select the appropriate row and click icon.

294

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Step 3: Define Target

Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Shortcut
Configuration.

Step 4: Deploy Configuration

Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Shortcut Configuration in the defined targets.
The shortcut configuration will take effect during the next user logon.

To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft.

See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports,

Defining Targets

295

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Computer Configurations

This section details the configurations that can be applied to the computers of the Windows
Domain. Configurations applied to computers are available for all the users of the
computers. These configurations are applied to the computers during startup or shutdown.

Note: Ensure that you have defined the scope of management before defining
the configurations. For details, refer to Defining the Scope of Management.

To reach the configuration screen, follow the steps below:

1. Click Add Configuration link from the Quick Links. This will list all the supported
configurations for users and computers.
2. Click the required configuration listed under the Computer Configurations.

Desktop Central supports the following configurations that can be applied on computers:

 Redirecting Common Folders

 Executing Custom Scripts
 Setting Environment Variables
 Managing Files and Folders
 Configuring Windows XP Firewall
 Configuring General Computer Settings
 Managing Windows Local Groups
 Installing Patches
 Installing Software - MSI/EXE Format
 Installing Windows Service Packs
 Configuring IP Printers
 Launching Applications
 Displaying Legal Notices
 Displaying Message Box
 Setting Path
 Managing Permissions
 Configuring Registry Settings
 Securing USB Devices

296

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

 Scheduling Tasks
 Configuring Security Policies
 Managing Shortcuts
 Configuring Windows Services
 Managing Windows Local Users

297

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Redirecting Common Folders

1. Name the Configuration

2. Define Configuration
3. Define Target
4. Deploy Configuration

The Common Folder Redirection Configuration helps to change the location of the All User
Shell folders that are shared by all the users. The All User Shell folders which contains
common Start Menu, Programs Group, Startup Group, Desktop, and application data shared
by all the users. For the redirection of the user-specific folders in the computer, refer to the
Redirecting User-Specific Folders topic.

Step 1: Name the Configuration

Provide a name and description for the Common Folder Redirection Configuration.

Step 2: Define Configuration

Select the values for the following fields that require change in settings. For each of the
fields in the following table, click the Browse button next to the corresponding field to
launch Network Browser window. Select the folder location and click OK button. If this
field is left blank, the corresponding folder settings is left unchanged.

The following table provides a brief description about the common folders that can be
redirected using Desktop Central.

Field Description
Common Start Menu* Contains the shortcuts that appear in the start menu that
are common for all the users of the computer.
Common Programs Contains the shortcuts that appear in the Programs group of
Group* the start menu that are common for all the users of the
computer.
Common Startup Group* Contains the shortcuts that appear in Start --> Programs --
> Startup menu. This specifies the applications that should
be started during the startup of the system.
Common Desktop* Contains the shortcuts and files that appear in the desktop
that are common for all the users of the computer.
Common Application Contains the application data that are shared by all the users
Data* (C:/Documents and Settings/All Users/Application Data).

* - Click the icon to select and assign a dynamic variable to this parameter.

298

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Step 3: Define Target

Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Common Folder
Redirection Configuration.

Step 4: Deploy Configuration

Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Common Folder Redirection Configuration in
the defined targets. The configuration will take effect during the next user logon.

To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft.

See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports,

Defining Targets, Redirecting User-Specific Folders

299

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Executing Custom Scripts

1. Name the Configuration

2. Define Configuration
3. Define Target
4. Deploy Configuration

Desktop Central provides options for configuring almost all the computer configurations
from remote. In addition to the configurations that are supported by Desktop Central,
administrators can also write their own scripts that could be run on the machines for
accomplishing specific configurations. The scripts could be any of the following:

• Batch file (.bat or .cmd)

• In any other language hosted by Windows Script Host (WSH), such as VB Script,
JScript, Perl, REXX, and Python.

Note: The script engines for languages like Perl, REXX, and Python, must be
registered with Windows.

Step 1: Name the Configuration

Provide a name and description for the Custom Script Configuration.

Step 2: Define Configuration

The table given below lists the parameters that have to be provided for defining the
configuration.

Parameter Description

The script that has to be executed in the machines. You

have an option to select the script from any of the following:

Local: The machine from where the configuration is being

defined.
Script Name*
Inventory: Refers to the Desktop Central inventory. All the
scripts that have been added using Managing Scripts
procedure will be available here.
Network Share: Refers to the network share.

300

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Parameter Description

The arguments that have to be provided while executing the

Script Arguments
scripts.

Refers to the script execution time. This can be either

Execute During*
during the system startup or shutdown.

* - Refers to the mandatory fields.

Note: The scripts specified from the local or share, will automatically be added
to the Desktop Central inventory after successful deployment.

Step 3: Define Target

Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Custom Script
Configuration.

Step 4: Deploy Configuration

Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Custom Script Configuration in the targets.

To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft.

See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports,

Defining Targets, Managing Custom Scripts

301

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Setting Environment Variables

1. Name the Configuration

2. Defining Configuration
3. Defining Target
4. Deploy Configuration

Environment variables are strings that contain information about the environment for the
system, and the currently logged on user. Some software programs use the information to
determine where to place files (such as temp, tmp, path etc). Environment variables
control the behavior of various programs. Any user can add, modify, or remove a user
environment variable. However, only an administrator can add, modify, or remove a
system environment variable. Using Desktop Central, the environment variables can be
defined and added.

Step 1: Name the Configuration

Provide a name and description for the Environment Variable Configuration.

Step 2: Define Configuration

The following table lists the parameters that have to be specified:

Parameter Description

Variable* The environment variable name that has to be modified or added.

The value that has to be stored in the environment variable. Click the
Value*
icon to select and assign a dynamic variable to this parameter.

* - denotes mandatory fields

Note:

1. To add more environment variables, click Add More Variables and repeat
Step 2. The defined environment variable gets added to the List of
Environment Variable table.
2. To modify a environment variable from this table, select the appropriate
row, click icon and change the required values.
3. To delete a environment variable from this table, select the appropriate row
and click icon.

302

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Step 3: Define Target

Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Environment
Variable Configuration.

Step 4: Deploy Configuration

Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Environment Variable Configuration in the
targets defined. The configurations will take effect during the next system startup.

To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft.

See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports,

Defining Targets, Setting Path

303

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Managing Files and Folders

1. Name the Configuration

2. Define Configuration
3. Define Target
4. Deploy Configuration

The File and Folder Operation allows you to copy, move, rename, delete files and folders in
computers. Desktop Central File and Folder Operation Configuration enables you to
copy/move/delete files for several computers from central location.

Step 1: Name the Configuration

Provide a name and description for the File and Folder Operation configuration.

Step 2: Define Configuration

You can perform the following actions:

• Copy Files and Folders

• Rename/Move Files and Folders
• Delete Files and Folders

Copy Files and Folder

To copy files and folders, select the Copy tab and specify the following
values:

Parameter Description

Select the Action from any of the following:

Copy a File - To copy a file from one location to

another.
Copy a File to a Folder - To copy a file from one
Select Action Type location to a specified folder.
Copy Multiple Files - To copy multiple files to a
specified folder.
Copy a Folder - To copy a folder from one location
to another.

304

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Parameter Description

Specify the file that has to be copied. The file can

Source File either be in a shared location or in the specified
location in the client machines.

Destination File Specify the destination location with the file name.

Specify the destination folder to copy the

Destination Folder
files/folders.

Select this option, if you wish to copy the files even

Include Read Only Files
if it has only read-only permissions.

Select this option if you wish to copy the system

Include System Files
files.

Select this option if you wish to copy the hidden

Include Hidden Files
files.

Overwrite Existing Files Select this option to overwrite the existing files.

Create Destination Directory Select this option to create the destination

if doesn't Exist directory, if it does not exist.

Select this option, if you wish to copy sub folders

Include Sub Folders
or the files within the sub folders.

While copying multiple files or folders, specify

Continue on Error whether to continue, if any error is encountered
while copying.

Specify the file or folder modification time. Files

Choose file modification time
that meet the specified criteria will only be copied.

To copy Files/Folders across Domains or amongst

Workgroup computers, you need to specify a
Connect using Credentials
credential that has access to the source
Files/Folders.

Note: If you wish to copy more files/folders, click Add More Action
button and repeat step 2. The values gets added to the List of File
Actions table.

305

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Rename/Move Files and Folders

To rename or move the files and folders, select the Rename/Move tab and
specify the following values:

Parameter Description

Select the Action from any of the following:

Select Action Type Rename/Move a file

Rename/Move a folder

Source File/Folder Specify the file or the folder that has to be copied

Destination File/Folder Specify the destination file or the folder.

Note: If you wish to copy more files/folders, click Add More Action
button and repeat step 2. The values gets added to the List of File
Actions table.

Delete Files and Folders

To delete the files and folders, select the Delete tab and specify the following
values:

Parameter Description

Select the Action from any of the following:

Delete a File
Select Action Type
Delete Multiple Files
Delete a Folder

Source File Specify the files/folders that has to be deleted

Include Read Only

Select this option, if you wish to delete the read-only files
Files

Include System
Select this option, if you wish to delete the system files
Files

Include Hidden
Select this option, if you wish to delete the hidden files.
Files

Include Sub Select this option, if you wish to delete the sub folders or the
Folders files within the sub folders.

306

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Parameter Description

While deleting multiple files or folders, specify whether to

Continue on Error
continue, if any error is encountered while deleting.

Note: If you wish to copy more files/folders, click Add More Action
button and repeat step 2. The values gets added to the List of File
Actions table.

To modify a file action from the List of File Actions table, select the appropriate row and
click icon and change the required values.

To delete a file action from the List of File Actions table, select the appropriate row and
click icon.

Step 3: Define Target

Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the File and Folder
Operation Configuration.

Step 4: Deploy Configuration

Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined File and Folder Operation Configuration in the
defined targets. The configuration will take effect during the next system startup.

To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft.

See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports,

Defining Targets

307

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Configuring Windows XP Firewall

1. Name the Configuration

2. Define Configuration
3. Define Target
4. Deploy Configuration

The Firewall configuration in the Windows XP Operating System can be modified using
Desktop Central. The Windows XP Firewall blocks or permits access to the computer for
specific TCP or UDP ports.

Note: The Firewall Configuration can be deployed only on the computers with
the Windows XP (with Service Pack 2) Operating System.

Step 1: Name the Configuration

Provide a name and description for the Firewall Configuration.

Step 2: Define Configuration

Select the Firewall Action from the combo box. The action could be any of the following:

• ON: To turn on the Windows XP Firewall.

• OFF: To turn off the Windows XP Firewall.
• DONT MODIFY: To preserve the client settings. This option is selected by
default.

Note: The Firewall configurations defined using Desktop Central can be

deployed successfully to the client computers. However, it will take effect only
when you turn on the Windows XP Firewall.

Specify the following parameters to block/unblock a port:

Parameter Description

Select whether to block, unblock, or to retain client settings

Port Action
using the Windows XP Firewall. The default option is Block.

Choose Port [Number - Specify the port in the form of Port Number - Port Name -

308

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Parameter Description

Name - Protocol] Protocol. The standard ports and services are listed in the
combo box. If the required port is not listed, select the
Customize link to either choose the port from the
Additional ports list or to add your own by providing the
required details.

On selecting the port the dependent services are shown in

Dependent Services
this field. This cannot be modified from here.

Note:

1. To block/unblock more ports, click Add More Ports and repeat Step 2. The
port gets added to the Firewall table.
2. To modify a setting from this table, select the appropriate row, click icon
and change the required values.
3. To delete a setting from this table, select the appropriate row and click
icon.

Step 3: Define Target

Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets deploying the Firewall
Configuration.

Step 4: Deploy Configuration

Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Firewall Configuration in the defined targets.
The configurations will take effect during the next system startup.

To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft.

See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports,

Defining Targets

309

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Configuring General Computer Settings

1. Name the Configuration

2. Define Configuration
3. Define Target
4. Deploy Configuration

The General Configuration is for configuring the general settings for the computers, such as
configuring display the last user name, synchronize the system time with Time Server, and
so on.

Step 1: Name the Configuration

Provide a name and description for the General Configuration.

Step 2: Define Configuration

The table below lists the general settings that can be configured using Desktop Central.
Specify the values only if a change is required for a particular parameter, else, leave it
blank.

Parameter Description

To specify whether to display the previously logged user

name or not. This is displayed when a user logs on to the
Display last User Name
system. To leave it unchanged, select Preserve client
settings option.

The name of the registered owner of the system. This is

Registered Owner* displayed in the General tab of the My Computer properties
window.

The name of the company. This is displayed in the General

Registered Company*
tab of the My Computer properties window.

Browse and select a time server to synchronize the time of

Time Server the computer with of the time server. Time synchronization
happens when the computer is started.

* - Click the icon to select and assign a dynamic variable to this parameter.

310

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Step 3: Define Target

Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the General
Configuration.

Step 4: Deploy Configuration

Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined General Configuration in the defined targets.
The configuration will take effect during the next system startup.

To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft.

See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports,

Defining Targets

311

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Managing Windows Local Groups

1. Name the Configuration

2. Define Configuration
3. Define Target
4. Deploy Configuration

The Group Management allows you to add, modify, or delete local groups from the
computers.

Step 1: Name the Configuration

Provide a name and description for the Group Management Configuration.

Step 2: Define Configuration

You can perform the following actions:

• Add Group
• Delete Group
• Modify Group

Add Group

To add a group to the computer, select the Add Group link from the Choose
Group Action table and specify the following:

Parameter Description

Group Name The name of the group that has to be created.

Description The description of the group.

Select the Member Type as Local, Domain User, or

Domain Group and specify/select the users or
Add Member
global groups that have to be added to the local
group.

Overwrite if group already Select this option, if you wish to overwrite the
exist group definition, if one with the same name exists.

312

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Note: If you wish to add more groups or to perform another action, click
Add More Actions button and continue. The values gets added to the List
of Settings table.

Delete Group

To delete a group from the computer, select the Delete Group link from the
Choose Group Action table and specify the group name that has to be
deleted.

Note: If you wish to delete more groups or to perform another action,

click Add More Actions button and continue. The values gets added to
the List of Settings table.

Modify Group

To modify a group of the computer, select the Modify Group link from the
Choose Group Action table and specify the group name that has to be
deleted.

Parameter Description

Group Name The name of the group that has to be modified.

Description The description of the group.

Select the Member Type as Local, Domain User, or

Domain Group and specify/select the users or
Add Member
global groups that have to be added to the local
group.

Select the Member Type as Local, Domain User, or

Remove Member Domain Group and specify/select the users to be
removed from this group.

Note: If you wish to modify more groups or to perform another action,

click Add More Actions button and continue. The values gets added to
the List of Settings table.

To modify a setting from the List of Settings table, select the appropriate row and click
icon and change the required values.

313

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

To delete a setting from the List of Settings table, select the appropriate row and click
icon.

Step 3: Define Target

Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Group
Management Configuration.

Step 4: Deploy Configuration

Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Group Management Configuration in the
targets defined. The configuration will take effect during the next system startup.

To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft.

See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports,

Defining Targets

314

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Installing Patches

1. Name the Configuration

2. Define Configuration
3. Define Target
4. Deploy Configuration

The Install Patches configuration enables you to install patches to fix the application
vulnerabilities from a central location.

Step 1: Name the Configuration

Provide a name and description for the Install Patches Configuration.

Step 2: Define Configuration

Specify the following values:

Parameter Description

Click the Add More Patches button to invoke the Patch

Browser. From the patch browser select the patches that
Add the Patches have to be applied. The patch browser has an option to view
the missing patches or all patches, which can then be
filtered based on the application and service pack.

Install After

Select this option and specify the date and time after which
Scheduler Settings the patches have to be installed. The patches will be
installed based on the Install Options selected after the
scheduled time.

If you have defined Deployment Templates, you can load

the Deployment Settings directly from a template by
selecting the required template from the list.

Deployment Settings Install Options

Install during computer startup: Select this option if the

patches have to be deployed during computer startup.
Install during 90 minutes refresh interval: Select this option
315

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Parameter Description

if the patches have to be installed after the computer

startup when the next update happens (within 90 minutes)
Either of the above, whichever is earlier

Install Between

If you want the installation to happen only between a

specified time of a day, you can specify the Start and End
time within which the deployment should begin. The Start
Time can also be greater than the End time - in such cases
the End time is assumed to be on the following day. For
example, if you wish the deployment should happen
between 10.00 PM and 4.00 AM, you can specify the Start
Time as 22:00:00 and End Time as 04:00:00

Allow Users to Skip Deployment

Specify whether the use can skip the deployment at a later

time by selecting the "Allow Users to Skip Deployment".
When you do not select this option, the deployment will be
forced and the user will not have any control on the
deployment.
When you allow users to skip deployment, you can also
specify whether they can skip it as long as they wish or
force deployment after a specific date.

Reboot Policy

Do not reboot: Select this option if the client computers

should not be rebooted after installing the patches.
Force Reboot when the user has logged in: Select this
option to force the user to reboot the computer. Specify the
time within which the client machines will be rebooted and
the message that has to displayed in the client machines.
Force Shutdown when the user has logged in: Select this
option to force the user to shutdown the computer. Specify
the time within which the client machines will be shutdown
and the message that has to displayed in the client
machines.
Allow user to skip Reboot: Select this option to allow users
to reboot later. Specify the message that has to displayed in
the client machines.
Allow user to skip Shutdown:Select this option to allow
users to shutdown later. Specify the message that has to
displayed in the client machines.

316

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Note: If you have reached this configuration page from the Patch Management tab
by selecting the patches, the selected patches automatically gets added to the List
of Patches.

Step 3: Define Target

Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Install Patches
Configuration.

Step 4: Deploy Configuration

Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Install Patches Configuration in the defined
targets. The software installation for the selected targets will happen during the next
system startup.

To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft.

See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports,

Defining Targets

317

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Installing Software - MSI & EXE Packages

1. Name the Configuration

2. Define Configuration
3. Define Target
4. Deploy Configuration

The Software Installation configuration helps you to install MSI and EXE packages remotely
to several computers of the Windows network from a central location.

Step 1: Name the Configuration

Provide a name and description for the Software Installation Configuration.

Step 2: Define Configuration

You have an option to install either an EXE or an MSI package

• Install MSI Package

• Install EXE Package

Install MSI Package

Select the Installer type as MSI and specify the following values:

Parameter Description

This will list all the MSI packages that are available in
MSI Package Name the Software Repository. Select the MSI that has to
be installed.

To specify how the installation should happen. Select

any of the following options:

Install Completely: Selecting this option will install

the application automatically.
Operation Type Advertise: Selecting this option will notify the user
about the availability of the software. Thy can choose
whether to install the software or not.
Remove: Selecting this option remove (uninstall) the
application from the system

318

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Parameter Description

Run As The user as whom the MSI has to be installed.

Password for the user as whom the MSI has to be

Password
installed.

You have an option to copy the installables to the

client machines before installing them. Select the
required option:

None: Selecting this option will not copy the

installation files.
Copy file to client machines: Will copy the exe or the
msi file alone as specified in the software package to
Copy the client machines.
Copy folder to client machines: Will copy the entire
directory that has the installation file to the client
machines.

Copy option will be mandatory, when the network

share requires a user credential to access and when
you opt to install the software as a different user
using the Run As option.

Click Add More Packages to install/uninstall additional software.

Note:You can also uninstall a previous version of the software either

by running a pre-installation script (should be specified while creating a
package) or by selecting the Operation Type as Remove. In the latter
case, you need to add two packages, one to remove the older version
and the other to install the new version.

Specify the Scheduler details for installing the software:

Parameter Description

Select his option and specify the data and time after
which the installation should begin. It may be noted
Schedule Time to that the installation/uninstallation will still be based
Perform the Operation on the Operation Type & Installation / Uninstallation
Option selected, but this will begin after the time
specified here.

319

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Specify the Deployment Settings for the software:

If you have defined Deployment Templates, you can load the Deployment
Settings directly from a template by selecting the required template from the
list.

Parameter Description

Specify whether the installation/uninstallation should

happen during or after system startup:

During startup: Select this option if the software has

to be installed/uninstalled during computer startup.
Installation / After startup: Select this option if the software has to
Uninstallation Option be installed/uninstalled after the computer startup
when the next GP update happens (within 90
minutes)
During or After Startup: Either of the above,
whichever is earlier

If you want the installation to happen only between a

specified time of a day, you can specify the Start and
End time within which the deployment should begin.
The Start Time can also be greater than the End time
Install Between - in such cases the End time is assumed to be on the
following day. For example, if you wish the
deployment should happen between 10.00 PM and
4.00 AM, you can specify the Start Time as 22:00:00
and End Time as 04:00:00

Specify whether the use can skip the deployment at a

later time by selecting the "Allow Users to Skip
Deployment". When you do not select this option, the
Allow Users to Skip deployment will be forced and the user will not have
Deployment any control on the deployment. When you allow users
to skip deployment, you can also specify whether
they can skip it as long as they wish or force
deployment after a specific date.

Do not reboot: Select this option if the client

computers should not be rebooted after installing the
software.
Force Reboot when the user has logged in: Select this
Reboot Policy option to force the user to reboot the computer.
Specify the time within which the client machines will
be rebooted and the message that has to displayed in
the client machines.
Force Shutdown when the user has logged in: Select

320

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Parameter Description

this option to force the user to shutdown the

computer. Specify the time within which the client
machines will be shutdown and the message that has
to displayed in the client machines.
Allow user to skip Reboot: Select this option to allow
users to reboot later. Specify the message that has to
displayed in the client machines.
Allow user to skip Shutdown:Select this option to
allow users to shutdown later. Specify the message
that has to displayed in the client machines.

Install EXE Packages

Select the Installer type as EXE and specify the following values:

Parameter Description

This will list all the EXE packages that are available in
EXE Package Name the Software Repository. Select the EXE that has to
be installed.

Operation Type Select the operation type as Install or Uninstall.

Run As The user as whom the EXE has to be installed.

Password for the user as whom the EXE has to be

Password
installed.

You have an option to copy the installables to the

client machines before installing them. Select the
required option:

None: Selecting this option will not copy the

installation files.
Copy file to client machines: Will copy the exe or the
msi file alone as specified in the software package to
Copy the client machines.
Copy folder to client machines: Will copy the entire
directory that has the installation file to the client
machines.

Copy option will be mandatory, when the network

share requires a user credential to access and when
you opt to install the software as a different user
using the Run As option.

321

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Click Add More Packages to install/uninstall additional software.

Note:You can also uninstall a previous version of the software either

by running a pre-installation script (should be specified while creating a
package) or by selecting the Operation Type as Remove. In the latter
case, you need to add two packages, one to remove the older version
and the other to install the new version.

Specify the Scheduler details for installing the software:

Parameter Description

Installation / Specify whether the installation should happen during

Uninstallation Option or after system startup.

Select this option and specify the data and time after
which the installation should begin. It may be noted
Schedule Time to that the installation/uninstallation will still be based
Perform the Operation on the Operation Type & Installation / Uninstallation
Option selected, but this will begin after the time
specified here.

Do not reboot: Select this option if the client

computers should not be rebooted after installing the
software.
Force Reboot when the user has logged in: Select this
option to force the user to reboot the computer.
Specify the time within which the client machines will
be rebooted and the message that has to displayed in
the client machines.
Force Shutdown when the user has logged in: Select
this option to force the user to shutdown the
Reboot Policy
computer. Specify the time within which the client
machines will be shutdown and the message that has
to displayed in the client machines.
Allow user to skip Reboot: Select this option to allow
users to reboot later. Specify the message that has to
displayed in the client machines.
Allow user to skip Shutdown:Select this option to
allow users to shutdown later. Specify the message
that has to displayed in the client machines.

322

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Step 3: Define Target

Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Windows
Installer Configuration.

Step 4: Deploy Configuration

Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Windows Installer Configuration in the
defined targets. The software installation for the selected targets will happen as scheduled.

To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft.

See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports,

Defining Targets

323

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Installing Windows Service Packs

1. Name the Configuration

2. Define Configuration
3. Define Target
4. Deploy Configuration

The Install Service Pack configuration enables you to install windows service packs to
operating system and other windows applications from a central location.

Step 1: Name the Configuration

Provide a name and description for the Install Service Pack Configuration.

Step 2: Define Configuration

Specify the following:

Parameter Description

All the available Service packs are listed here. You can filter
the view based on the OS or the application by selecting the
appropriate option from the Select Application combo box.
Select the Service Pack
Select the service pack from the list and specify whether to
reboot the system after applying the service pack.

Install After

Select this option and specify the date and time after which
the service pack has to be installed. The service pack will be
installed based on the Install Options selected after the
scheduled time.
Deployment Settings
Install Options

Install during computer startup: Select this option if the

service pack has to be deployed during computer startup.
Install during 90 minutes refresh interval: Select this option
if the service pack has to be installed after the computer
startup when the next update happens (within 90 minutes)

324

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Parameter Description

Either of the above, whichever is earlier

Reboot Policy

Do not reboot: Select this option if the client computers

should not be rebooted after installing the service pack.
Force Reboot when the user has logged in: Select this
option to force the user to reboot the computer. Specify the
time within which the client machines will be rebooted and
the message that has to displayed in the client machines.
Force Shutdown when the user has logged in: Select this
option to force the user to shutdown the computer. Specify
the time within which the client machines will be shutdown
and the message that has to displayed in the client
machines.
Allow user to skip Reboot: Select this option to allow users
to reboot later. Specify the message that has to displayed in
the client machines.
Allow user to skip Shutdown:Select this option to allow
users to shutdown later. Specify the message that has to
displayed in the client machines.

Note: If no service pack details are listed here, check whether you can configured
the Proxy Settings.

Step 3: Define Target

Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Install Service
Pack Configuration.

Step 4: Deploy Configuration

Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Install Service Pack Configuration in the
defined targets. The software installation for the selected targets will happen during the
next system startup.

To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft.

See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports,

Defining Targets

325

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Configuring IP Printer

1. Name the Configuration

2. Define Configuration
3. Define Target
4. Deploy Configuration

The IP Printer Configuration is for adding or deleting the IP Printer connection in the
computers. For configuring a shared or IP printers in the computer for specific users, refer
to the Configuring Shared Printer / Configuring IP Printer topics under User Configurations.

Step 1: Name the Configuration

Provide a name and description for the IP Printer configuration.

Step 2: Define Configuration

You can perform the following actions:

• Add an IP Printer
• Delete an IP Printer

Add an IP Printer

To add an IP Printer, select the Action as Add and specify the following
values:

Parameter Description

The host name or IP address defined for the printer.

DNS Name/IP
Example: 192.111.2.32

Printer Name The display name for the printer.

The printing protocol supported by the printer. Select

Protocol the printing protocol from the Protocol list box. The
default option is "RAW".

The port number/queue name in which printing

protocol is communicating between the computer and
printer. Enter the port number in the Port Number field
Port Number if the "RAW" Protocol is selected or enter the queue
name if the "LPR" Protocol is selected. The default
value is 9100.

326

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Parameter Description

This is an optional field. By default, the port name is

Port Name IP_<IP_Address/DNS_Name>. You can change the
port name if required.

Browse to select a shared printer for installing the

Shared Printer for Driver driver. If the drivers are already installed in the target
Installation computers, the Desktop Central will skip the driver
installation.

To copy Driver Files across Domains or amongst

Connect Shared Network Workgroup computers, you need to specify a credential
Printer using Credentials that access domain/workgroup machine where the
Shared Printer Driver Files are present.

Delete an IP Printer

To delete an IP Printer, select the Action as Delete and specify the following
values:

Parameter Description

Printer Name The display name of the printer.

To delete all the existing IP printer connections in

Delete all existing IP printer
the computer for the specified user, select this
connections
option.

Step 3: Define Target

Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the IP Printer
Configuration.

Step 4: Deploy Configuration

Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined IP Printer Configuration in the targets
defined. The configuration will take effect during the next user logon.

To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft.

See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports,

Defining Targets, Configuring Shared Printer

327

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Launching Applications

1. Name the Configuration

2. Define Configuration
3. Define Target
4. Deploy Configuration

Launch Application configuration enables you to launch an application during startup or

shutdown of the computer.

Step 1: Name the Configuration

Provide a name and description for the Launch Application Configuration.

Step 2: Define Configuration

Select whether the application has to be launched from the local computer or from the
network share. If you select the Local option, all the selected target computers should have
the application in the same location. Specify the following:

Parameter Description

Browse and select the application that has to be launched.

The applications that are available in the local machine from
Application Name*
where the application has to be launched can also be
specified.

Arguments* Specify the arguments for the application, if any.

* - Click the icon to select and assign a dynamic variable to this parameter.

Note:

1. To launch more applications, click Add More Application and repeat Step
2. The added application gets added to the Launch Application table.
2. To modify an application from this table, select the appropriate row, click
icon and change the required values.
3. To delete an application from this table, select the appropriate row and click
icon.

328

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Step 3: Define Target

Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Launch
Application Configuration.

Step 4: Deploy Configuration

Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Launch Application Configuration in the
targets defined. The applications configured will be launched during the next system
startup.

To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft.

See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports,

Defining Targets

329

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Displaying Legal Notices

1. Name the Configuration

2. Define Configuration
3. Define Target
4. Deploy Configuration

The important enterprise wide announcements, legal notice, etc., can be configured using
the Legal Notice configuration. The configured message will be displayed whenever the user
presses ctrl+alt+del to login.

Step 1: Name the Configuration

Provide a name and description for the Legal Notice Configuration.

Step 2: Define Configuration

Specify the following:

Parameter Description

Remove Already Defined Select this option to clear the previous configurations, if
Legal Notice any.

Window Title* Specify the window title of the legal notice.

Message* Specify the message that has to be displayed.

* - Click the icon to select and assign a dynamic variable to this parameter.

Step 3: Define Target

Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Legal Notice
Configuration.

Step 4: Deploy Configuration

Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Legal Notice Configuration in the defined
targets. The configured legal notice will be displayed during the next system startup.

To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft.

330

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports,

Defining Targets, Displaying Message Box

331

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Displaying Message Box

1. Name the Configuration

2. Define Configuration
3. Define Target
4. Deploy Configuration

For the computers in the network, the pop-up messages with the warning or error can be
displayed during the system startup. If the system is already running while deploying this
configuration, the message will be displayed during the system restart.

Step 1: Name the Configuration

Provide a name and description for the Message Boxes Configuration.

Step 2: Define Configuration

You have an option to create a new message box or delete the existing message box.
Select the required option and specify the following:

Parameter Description

Message Type The message type as Information, Warning, or Error.

Window Title The title of the message box.

Message The message that has to be displayed.

Timeout in Seconds The duration, in seconds, for the message display.

Step 3: Define Target

Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Message Boxes
Configuration.

Step 4: Deploy Configuration

Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Message Boxes Configuration in the targets
defined. The message will be displayed during the next system startup.

To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft.

332

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports,

Defining Targets, Displaying Legal Notices

333

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Setting Path

1. Name the Configuration

2. Define Configuration
3. Define Target
4. Deploy Configuration

Path is an environment variable that contains the path prefixes that certain applications,
utilities, and functions uses to search for an executable file. The Path Configuration enables
you to add path prefixes to this variable.

Step 1: Name the Configuration

Provide a name and description for the Path Configuration

Step 2: Define Configuration

Specify the path to be added to the environment variables. Multiple paths can be specified
separated by a semi-colon (;). Click the icon to select and assign a dynamic variable to
the Path variable.

Step 3: Define Target

Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Path
Configuration.

Step 4: Deploy Configuration

Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Path Configuration in the targets defined. The
configurations will take effect during the next system startup.

To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft.

See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports,

Defining Targets, Setting Environment Variables

334

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Managing Permissions

1. Name the Configuration

2. Define Configuration
3. Define Target
4. Deploy Configuration

The Permission Management allows you to grant revoke permission on the files, folders and
registry. Desktop Central Permission Management Configuration enables you to
grant/revoke permissions to multiple computers from a central point.

Step 1: Name the Configuration

Provide a name and description for the Permission Management configuration.

Step 2: Define Configuration

You can grant or revoke permissions for the following objects:

• Files
• Folders
• Registry

Files

To grant or revoke permissions for files, select the File tab and specify the
following values:

Parameter Description

Select the users and groups for whom you would

User/Group Principal
like to grant or revoke permissions.

Select the action from the following:

Append - To append to the existing file

permissions. Please note that it will only append to
Action
the existing permissions on the object and will not
overwrite. For example, for an object having full
permissions, if you just select a deny permission to
write, only write permission will be removed while

335

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

the user/group can still modify the object.

Overwrite - To overwrite the existing file
permissions
Revoke - To revoke the existing file permissions of
the specified user/group. All the permissions to the
specified user/group on that file will be removed.
However, the inherited permissions will not be
removed.

Specify the path of the file for which you need to

Path
specify permissions

Settings Select the required options.

Note: If you wish to add more permissions, click Add More Permissions
button and repeat step 2. The values gets added to the List of
Permission Actions table.

Folders

To grant or revoke permissions for folders, select the Folder tab and specify
the following values:

Parameter Description

Select the users and groups for whom you would

User/Group Principal
like to grant or revoke permissions.

Select the action from the following:

Append - To append to the existing folder

permissions. Please note that it will only append to
the existing permissions on the object and will not
overwrite. For example, for an object having full
permissions, if you just select a deny permission to
write, only write permission will be removed while
Action
the user/group can still modify the object.
Overwrite - To overwrite the existing folder
permissions
Revoke - To revoke the existing folder permissions.
All the permissions to the specified user/group on
that folder will be removed. However, the inherited
permissions will not be removed.

Specify the path of the folder for which you need

Path
to specify permissions
336

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Parameter Description

Select the required option to specify how the

Inheritance
permission should effect its subfolders and files

Settings Select the required options.

Note: If you wish to add more permissions, click Add More Permissions
button and repeat step 2. The values gets added to the List of
Permission Actions table.

Registry

To grant or revoke permissions for registry, select the Registry tab and
specify the following values:

Parameter Description

Select the users and groups for whom you would

User/Group Principal
like to grant or revoke permissions.

Select the action from the following:

Append - To append to the existing registry

permissions. Please note that it will only append to
the existing permissions on the object and will not
overwrite. For example, for an object having full
permissions, if you just select a deny permission to
write, only write permission will be removed while
Action the user/group can still modify the object.
Overwrite - To overwrite the existing registry
permissions
Revoke - To revoke the existing registry
permissions. All the permissions to the specified
user/group on that registry key will be removed.
However, the inherited permissions will not be
removed.

Hive Select the registry hive from the given options

Specify the key within that hive for which you need
Key
to set the permissions

Select the required options to specify how the

Inheritance
permission should effect its subkeys.

Settings Select the required options.

337

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Note: If you wish to add more permissions, click Add More Permissions
button and repeat step 2. The values gets added to the List of
Permission Actions table.

To modify a permission from the List of Permission Actions table, select the appropriate
row and click icon and change the required values.

To delete a permission from the List of Permission Actions table, select the appropriate
row and click icon.

Step 3: Define Target

Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Permission
Management Configuration.

Step 4: Deploy Configuration

Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Permission Management Configuration in the
defined targets. The configuration will take effect during the next system startup.

To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft.

See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports,

Defining Targets

338

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Configuring Registry Settings

1. Name the Configuration

2. Define Configuration
3. Define Target
4. Deploy Configuration

The Registry Settings allows you to change the values in the registry in the workstations.
Desktop Central Registry Settings Configuration enables you to modify the registry values
from a central location.

Step 1: Name the Configuration

Provide a name and description for the Registry Settings Configuration.

Step 2: Define Configuration

You can perform the following actions:

• Write Value
• Delete Value
• Add Key
• Delete Key

Write Value

To write a value to the registry, select the Action as Write Value and specify
the following:

Parameter Description

Select the header key or hive as

Header Key
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE.

Keys are sub-components of the hives. Specify the

Key
key value.

The type of the value. This varies with respect to

Type the Header Key selected. Select the appropriate
type from the combo box.

Value* Specify the value to be added.

339

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Parameter Description

Specify the data or expression. If the new value

Data / Expression* has to be created without data, enter the word
clear inside the parentheses as (clear).

* - Click the icon to select and assign a dynamic variable to this

parameter.

Note: If you wish to write more values, click Add More Registry
Settings button and repeat step 2. The values gets added to the Registry
Settings table.

Delete Value

To delete a value from the registry, select the Action as Delete Value and
specify the following values:

Parameter Description

Select the header key or hive as

Header Key
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE.

Keys are sub-components of the hives. Specify the

Key
key value.

Value Specify the value to be deleted.

Note: If you wish to delete more values, click Add Registry Settings
button and repeat step 2. The values gets added to the Registry Settings
table.

Add Key

To add a registry key, select the Action as Add Key and specify the following:

Parameter Description

Select the header key or hive as

Header Key
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE.

Keys are sub-components of the hives. Specify the

Key
key value to be added.

340

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Note: If you wish to add more keys, click Add Registry Settings button
and repeat step 2. The values gets added to the Registry Settings table.

Delete Key

To delete a registry key, select the Action as Delete Key and specify the
following values:

Parameter Description

Select the header key or hive as

Header Key
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE.

Keys are sub-components of the hives. Specify the

Key
key value that has to be deleted.

Note: If you wish to delete more keys, click Add Registry Settings
button and repeat step 2. The values gets added to the Registry Settings
table.

To modify a registry setting from the Registry Settings table, select the appropriate row
and click icon and change the required values.

To delete a registry setting from the Registry Settings table, select the appropriate row
and click icon.

Step 3: Define Target

Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Registry Settings
Configuration.

Step 4: Deploy Configuration

Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Registry Settings Configuration in the targets
defined. The configuration will take effect during the next system startup.

To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft.

See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports,

Defining Targets

341

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Securing USB Devices

The Secure USB configuration is used for both users and computers to block or unblock the
use of the USB devices.

Using this configuration, you can block or unblock the following devices:

• Mouse devices
• Disk drives (for example, USB drives and external hard-disk drives)
• CD ROMs
• Portable devices (for example, mobile phones, digital cameras and portable
media players)
• Floppy disks
• Bluetooth devices
• Images (for example, USB cameras and scanners)
• Printers
• Modems

You can also exclude devices using the Device Instance ID assigned to each device.

Applying Secure USB Settings to Computers and Users

When you apply the Secure USB configuration to both computers and users, the settings
made for computers will be applied before the settings made for users. For example,
assume that you have made the following settings:

• Settings for users

• Administrator: You have unblocked the usage of the disk drive

• Other users (excluding the administrator): You have not deployed any
configurations

• Settings for a computer: You have blocked the usage of portable devices and disk
drives

The following actions will take place:

• Computer startup: The Secure USB configuration settings made for the computer are
applied when the computer is started. This means that no portable devices and disk
drives can be used.
• Administrator logon: The Secure USB configuration for the computer is applied.
However, it is over written by the settings made for the administrator. This means that
the administrator can use disk drives.

342

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

• Other users (excluding the administrator) log on: The Secure USB configuration
made for the computer is applied.
• Other users (excluding the administrator)log off: The log off-action settings made
for users are applied when a user logs off. If the log off-action setting is set to
Don't alter device status, then the settings made will apply to the next user who
logs on, provided that the user does not have any settings that apply to them.

Creating Configurations to Secure USB Devices

As an administrator, you can create a configuration block or unblock specific USB devices.
You can also exclude specific devices, if required.

To create a configuration to secure USB devices for users, follow the steps given below:

1. Click the Configurations tab

2. Click Configuration
3. In the Computer Configurations section click Secure USB
4. Enter a name and description for the configuration
5. Select the devices to block or unblock
6. Define the target
7. Make the required execution settings
8. Click Deploy

You have created configurations to secure USB devices. These configurations will be applied
during the system startup.

Excluding Devices

When you block a device you can exclude certain devices from being blocked by using the
Device Instance ID assigned to each device.

Every USB device has a unique ID. This ID is assigned to devices by the system to identify
them easily.

343

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Identifying the Device Instance ID of a Device

To identify the Device Instance ID of a device, follow the steps given below:

1. Right-click My Computer
2. Click Properties
3. Click the Hardware tab
4. Click Device Manager (Refer to the figure below)

Figure 1: Device Manager

From the list of devices, expand the list of devices for which you want the
Device Instance ID.

For example, if you want to identify the Device Instance ID of a mobile phone
that you have connected to the computer, expand portable devices and follow
the next step.

344

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

5. Right-click on the name of a specific device and click Properties (Refer to the figure
below)

Figure 2: Properties

6. Click the Details tab

345

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

7. In the drop-down box, select Device Instance ID or Device Instance Path (Refer to
the figure below)

Figure 3: Device Instance ID

In computers which have the operating system Windows Vista (and

later versions), the Device Instance ID is called the Device
Instance Path. You can copy the Device Instance Path from the
Properties property sheet of the Device Manager.

In computers that have older versions of the Windows operating

system installed in them, you cannot copy the Device Instance ID
directly from the Properties property sheet of the Device Manager.

To copy the Device Instance ID you must open the dcusbaccess log

346

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

file. This file is located in <Drive>\<Desktopcentral_Agent

Folder>\logs\dcusbaccess.log. It contains information about the
following:

Action Time (inserted\removed time)

Action (inserted\removed)
Friendly name
Device Instance ID

You can now view and copy the Device Instance ID for a specific device.

You can exclude devices only when you have blocked a device. To exclude devices, follow
the steps given below:

1. Click the Exclude Devices link against a device

2. Enter the Device Instance ID for the device
3. Click Close

You have excluded a device from being blocked.

See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports,

Defining Targets, Securing USB for Users

347

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Scheduling Tasks

1. Name the Configuration

2. Define Configuration
3. Define Target
4. Deploy Configuration

The Windows Scheduler Configuration enables you to schedule any program, task, or a
script to run at a specified time. You can also schedule a task to run daily, weekly, monthly ,
etc. The Scheduler Configuration enables you to add, modify tasks from a central point.

Step 1: Name the Configuration

Provide a name and description for the Scheduler Configuration.

Step 2: Define Configuration

You can perform the following actions:

• Create/Modify a Task
• Delete a Task

Create/Modify a Task

To create a new task, select the Create Task tab of the Scheduler
Configuration. Select the Modify Task tab to modify an existing task. Specify
the following values:

Parameter Description

The name of the task that has to be

Name of the task*
created/modified.

Select this option to overwrite the task, if one

Overwrite if task already
with the same name exists. This option is only
exits
available for create task.

The application or the program that has to be

Application Name* run. Click the icon to select and assign a
dynamic variable to this parameter.

Arguments The arguments to run the program, if any. Click

348

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Parameter Description

the icon to select and assign a dynamic

variable to this parameter.

The name of the user as whom the task will be

run. Click the icon to select and assign a
User Name* dynamic variable to this parameter, for
example, $DomainName\$DomainUserName or
$ComputerName\$DomainUserName.

Password The password of the user.

Confirm Password Confirm the password again.

Specify the time to perform the task. You can

select from the following options:

Daily: To run the task daily. Specify the time

and duration to run the task.
Weekly: To run the task on specific day(s) in a
week. Specify the time, start date, and days on
which the task has to be run.
Monthly: To run the task specific day every
month(s). You need to specify starting time,
Perform this task*
select a day and select a month/months.
Once: To run the task only once. You need to
specify the date and time.
At System Startup: To run the task when the
system is started.
At Logon: To run the task during the user
logon.
When Idle: To run the task when the system is
idle for the specified time.

Advanced Settings

Enabled: Select this option to run the task at

the specified time.
General Run only when logged on: Select this option to
run the task only when the user has logged on.

Delete the task if it is not scheduled to run

again: Select this option to delete the task
when it is no longer scheduled.
Scheduled Task Completed
Stop Task: Select this option and specify the
duration after which the task will be stopped.

349

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Parameter Description

Select the required options:

Specify the duration,the system has to be idle

Idle Time
before starting a task.
Stop the task if the computer ceases to be idle

Select the required options:

Don't start the task if the computer is running

Power Management on batteries
Stop the task if battery mode begins
Wake the computer to run this task

* - denotes mandatory parameters

If you wish to create/modify more tasks, click Add More Task button and
repeat step 2. The defined task gets added to the Task table.

Note: When a wrong password is provided for tasks scheduled in Win2k /

WinXP SP1 machines, the tasks will be successfully created, but, fails to
execute.

Delete a Task

To delete a task, select the Create Task tab of the Scheduler Configuration
and specify the name of the task that has to be deleted.

If you wish to create/modify/delete more tasks, click Add More Task button
and repeat step 2. The defined task gets added to the Task table.

To modify a task from the Task table, select the appropriate row and click icon and
change the required values.

To delete a task from the Task table, select the appropriate row and click icon.

Step 3: Define Target

Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Scheduler
Configuration.

350

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Step 4: Deploy Configuration

Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Scheduler Configuration in the defined
targets. The scheduler configuration will take effect during the next system startup.

To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft.

See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports,

Defining Targets

351

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Configuring Security Policies

1. Name the Configuration

2. Define Configuration
3. Define Target
4. Deploy Configuration

For the computers in the network, the Security Policies are security settings to specify the
security and restrictions. The security settings for preventing users to change file type
association can be defined using Security Policies Configuration.

Step 1: Name the Configuration

Provide a name and description for the Security Policies Configuration.

Step 2: Define Configuration

Specify the following values:

Parameter Description

The specific policy area in which the security policy will be

applied. Select the desired category from left. This displays
the relevant security polices. For details on the each
Choose Policy Category
category, refer to Windows Help documentation. For details
on the each policy in the Select the Policy list, refer to
Security Policies topic.

To enable, disable, or to leave it unconfigured, select the

Policy Value
appropriate option.

Note:

1. To modify a security policy from this table, select the appropriate row, click
icon and change the required values.
2. To delete a security policy from this table, select the appropriate row and
click icon.

352

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Step 3: Define Target

Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Security Policies
Configuration.

Step 4: Deploy Configuration

Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Security Policies Configuration in the targets
defined. The security policies will be applied during the next system startup.

To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft.

See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports,

Defining Targets, Security Policies

353

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Managing Shortcuts

1. Name the Configuration

2. Define Configuration
3. Define Target
4. Deploy Configuration

The shortcut is an icon that points to a file, folder or an Internet URL. The Shortcut
Configuration enables you to add shortcuts to the computers from a central point.

Step 1: Name the Configuration

Provide a name and description for the Shortcut Configuration.

Step 2: Define Configuration

You can perform the following actions:

• Create a Shortcut
• Create an Internet Shortcut
• Delete a Shortcut / Internet Shortcut

Create a Shortcut

To create a shortcut, select the Action as Create Shortcut and specify the
following values:

Parameter Description

Overwrite To modify the existing shortcut select this option.

Shortcut Name* Specify the name of the shortcut.

Browse and select the target application from the

network for which a shortcut has to be created. The
Target Application*
target application can also be in the local machine
where the configuration is being deployed.

If the application requires any arguments, specify

Arguments* the arguments. Leave it blank if it does not require
any arguments.

354

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Parameter Description

Select the location to create the shortcut. The

shortcut location can be any of the following:

All Users Desktop: Refers to the desktop common

for all the users.
All Users Start Menu: Refers to the start menu
Shortcut Location common for all users.
All Users Programs Group: Refers to the Start -->
Programs group common for all the users.
All Users Startup Group: Refers to the Start -->
Programs --> Startup group common for all the
users.

Some applications may have some references to

additional files during execution. In such cases,
Start In Folder*
browse and select the location from where the
application has to be started.

Shortcut Comments Specify the comments for this shortcut.

Icon File* Browse and select the icon for the shortcut.

Select how the application has be started - Normal,

Run Window
Maximized, or Minimized.

- Click the icon to select and assign a dynamic variable to this

parameter.

Note: If you wish to create more shortcuts, click Add Shortcut button
and repeat step 2. The defined shortcut gets added to the Shortcut table.

Create an Internet Shortcut

To create an Internet shortcut, select the Action as Create

Internet Shortcut and specify the following values:

Parameter Description

Shortcut Name* Specify the name of the Internet shortcut.

Specify the URL for which the shortcut needs to

Target URL*
be created.

Shortcut Location Select the location to create the shortcut. The

355

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Parameter Description

shortcut location can be any of the following:

All Users Desktop: Refers to the desktop

common for all the users.
All Users Start Menu: Refers to the start menu
common for all users.
All Users Programs Group: Refers to the Start -
-> Programs group common for all the users.
All Users Startup Group: Refers to the Start -->
Programs --> Startup group common for all the
users.

Icon File* Browse and select the icon for the shortcut.

Delete a Shortcut / Internet Shortcut

To delete a shortcut, select the Action as Delete Shortcut /

Delete Internet Shortcut respectively and specify the following
values:

Parameter Description

Specify the name of the shortcut. Click the

Shortcut Name icon to select and assign a dynamic variable to
this parameter.

Select the location from where the shortcuts

needs to be deleted. The shortcut location can
be any of the following:

All Users Desktop: Refers to the desktop

common for all the users.
All Users Start Menu: Refers to the start menu
Shortcut Location
common for all users.
All Users Programs Group: Refers to the Start -
-> Programs group common for all the users.
All Users Startup Group: Refers to the Start -->
Programs --> Startup group common for all the
users.

Note: If you wish to delete more shortcuts, click Add More Shortcut
button and repeat step 2. The defined shortcut gets added to the Shortcut
table.

356

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

To modify a shortcut from the Shortcut table, select the appropriate row and
click icon and change the required values.

To delete a shortcut from the Shortcut table, select the appropriate row and
click icon.

Step 3: Define Target

Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the
Shortcut Configuration.

Step 4: Deploy Configuration

Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Shortcut Configuration in the
defined targets. The shortcut configuration will take effect during the next
system start up.

To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft.

See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports,

Defining Targets

357

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Configuring Windows Services

1. Name the Configuration

2. Define Configuration
3. Define Target
4. Deploy Configuration

Applications that have to be run automatically whenever the system is started can be
configured to run as a Windows service. However in certain cases, after installing an
application as a service, you may wish to change the startup type or delete the service. The
Service Configuration enables you to change the settings for the services available in the
Control Panel >Administrative Tools >Services.

Step 1: Name the Configuration

Provide a name and description for the Service Configuration.

Step 2: Define Configuration

Specify the following values:

Parameter Description

Select the name of the service from the combo box. The
combo box contains the list of standard Windows services. If
Service Name the required service is not listed, click Customize to either
select the service from the Additional Services list or add
you own by giving the required details.

Specify the action to be performed from the following:

Don't Modify: To preserve the client settings. This option is

selected by default.
Action
Start: Select this option to start the service.
Stop: Select this option to stop the service.
Restart: Select this option to restart the service.

Select how the service should be started from the following

options:
Service Startup Type
Don't Modify: To preserve the client setting.
Manual: Select this option if the service has to be manually

358

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Parameter Description

started after the system startup.

Disabled: Select this option to disable the service.
Automatic: Select this option to automatically start the
service along with the system.

Note:

1. To add more services, click Add More Service and repeat Step 2. The
service gets added to the Services table.
2. To modify a service from this table, select the appropriate row, click icon
and change the required values.
3. To delete a service from this table, select the appropriate row and click
icon.

Step 3: Define Target

Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Service
Configuration.

Step 4: Deploy Configuration

Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Service Configuration in the defined targets.
The configuration will take effect during the next system startup.

To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft.

See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports,

Defining Targets

359

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Managing Windows Local Users

1. Name the Configuration

2. Define Configuration
3. Define Target
4. Deploy Configuration

The User Management allows you to add, modify, or delete local users from the computers.

Step 1: Name the Configuration

Provide a name and description for the User Management Configuration.

Step 2: Define Configuration

You can perform the following actions:

• Add User
• Change Password
• Remove User
• Modify User

Add User

To add an user to the computer, select the Add User link from the Choose
User Action table and specify the following:

Parameter Description

User Name The user name for the user to be created.

Full Name The full name of the user.

Description The description for this user.

Password The password for this user.

Confirm Password Confirm the password again.

Select this option to overwrite the user, if one with

Overwrite if user already exist
the same name exists.

Advanced Settings

User Must change password Specify whether the user has to change the
360

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Parameter Description

at next logon password during the next logon or not.

User Cannot Change Specify whether the user can change the password
Password or not.

Password Never Expires Specify whether the password should expire or not.

Specify whether the user account should be

Account is Disabled
disabled or not.

User Profile

Specify the groups in which this user account is a

Member of
member.

Specify the logon script that has to be executed

Logon Script
during the user logon.

Specify the path where the user profiles has to be

Profile Path
stored.

Specify a local path as the home folder. For

Local Path
example, c:\users\johnsmith.

If the user's home folder has to be stored in a

network directory, select the drive letter in the
Connect Map To
Connect Map and specify the network path in the
To field.

Note: If you wish to add more users or to perform another action, click
Add More Action button and continue. The values gets added to the List
of Settings table.

Change Password

To change the user password, select the Change Password link from the
Choose User Action table and specify the following:

Parameter Description

The user name of the user whose password has to

User Name
be changed.

Password Type the new password.

Confirm Password Re-type the password to confirm.

361

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Note: If you wish to continue adding more actions, click Add More Action
button and continue. The values gets added to the List of Settings table.

Remove User

To remove an user from the computer, select the Remove User link from the
Choose User Action table and specify the user to be removed.

Note: If you wish to remove more users or to perform another action, click
Add More Action button and continue. The values gets added to the List
of Settings table.

Modify User

To modify an user, select the Modify User link from the Choose User Action
table and specify the following:

Parameter Description

User Name The user name of the user to be modified.

Full Name The full name of the user.

Description The description for this user.

Advanced Settings

User Must change password Specify whether the user has to change the
at next logon password during the next logon or not.

User Cannot Change Specify whether the user can change the password
Password or not.

Password Never Expires Specify whether the password should expire or not.

Specify whether the user account should be

Account is Disabled
disabled or not.
Specify whether the user account should be locked
Account is Locked
or not.

User Profile

Specify the groups in which this user account is a

Member of
member.
Specify the logon script that has to be executed
Logon Script
during the user logon.

362

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Parameter Description

Specify the path where the user profiles has to be

Profile Path
stored.

Specify a local path as the home folder. For

Local Path
example, c:\users\johnsmith.

If the user's home folder has to be stored in a

network directory, select the drive letter in the
Connect Map To
Connect Map and specify the network path in the
To field.

Note: If you wish to modify more users or to perform another action, click
Add More Action button and continue. The values gets added to the List
of Settings table.

To modify a setting from the List of Settings table, select the appropriate row and click
icon and change the required values.

To delete a setting from the List of Settings table, select the appropriate row and click
icon.

Step 3: Define Target

Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the User
Management Configuration.

Step 4: Deploy Configuration

Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined User Management Configuration in the
targets defined. The configuration will take effect during the next system startup.

To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft.

See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports,

Defining Targets

363

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Configuring Collections

1. Define Collection
2. Define Target
3. Save or Deploy Collection

A collection of Configurations can be deployed in the target client workstation using Desktop
Central. The advantages of Collection are

• The targets are defined once for multiple Configuration.

• When the configuration is deployed, it saves time to apply the configuration since
collection of configuration is applied in each workstation.

Step 1: Define Collection

1. Click Add Collection link from the Quick Links.

2. Select the collection type as User Collection or Computer Collection. This opens the
Add Collection Wizard.
3. Provide a name and description for the collection.
4. Choose the configurations that have to added to this collection and click Next. The
configurations are specific to the collection type you have selected above.
5. Define the chosen configurations. Refer to User Configurations and Computer
Configurations sections for details about the configurations.

Step 2: Define Target

Select the targets for which the configurations have to be applied. Refer to the Defining
Targets topic for more details.

Step 3: Save or Deploy Collection

After defining the configurations and targets, click Finish to deploy the defined
configurations to the selected targets. You also have an option to save the configurations as
drafts for later modifications by clicking the Save as Draft button.

Note: The collections that are saved as drafts will not be deployed. You have to
modify the definition and deploy it later.

364

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Defining Targets

• Selecting Targets from a Domain

• Selecting Targets from a Workgroup
• Selecting Targets in Remote Offices
• Modifying a target in Target List
• Deleting a target from the Target List

After defining the configuration, the configuration has to be deployed in the target client
workstations. The target client workstations have to be defined for the configurations
individually. Defining the targets involves selecting various types of targets given below:

The targets must be defined to deploy the Configuration in the machines of the network.
When you add a configuration or collection of Configuration, you can find "Step 2" as
Define Target in the GUI or in this documentation. This section explains the procedure to
define the target for a configuration or collection of Configuration.

To define the targets for deploying the configuration or collection, the targets must be
added to the Target List. A target can be added, removed or modified in the Target List.

Selecting Targets from a Domain

To add target computers and users from a Active Directory based domain, follow the steps
below:

1. Select a domain from the list.

2. You can deploy the configuration to any of the following:
1. Site - to deploy the configuration to all the users/computers of that site.
2. Domain - to deploy the configuration to all the users/computers of that
domain.
3. Organizational Unit - to deploy the configuration to all the users/computers
of that OU.
4. Group - to deploy the configuration to all the users/computers of that Group.
5. User/Computer - to deploy the configuration to the specified
users/computers.
6. IP Addresses - to deploy the configuration to the specified IP Addresses. You
can also specify a range of IP Addresses to deploy a configuration by selecting
the IP Range option and specifying the starting and ending IP. This option is
available only for the computer configurations.
7. Custom Group - to deploy the configuration to all the users/computers of
the selected Custom Group.

365

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

3. After adding the target computers, you can specify the filtering criteria to exclude
certain types of users/computers from applying the configuration. Specify the criteria
as required.
4. Click Add More Targets and repeat steps 1 to 3 for adding more targets.

Note: If you wish to deploy the configuration for users/computers in different domains, use
the Add More Targets button to add targets from multiple domains.

Selecting Targets from a Workgroup

To add target computers and users from a workgroup, follow the steps below:

1. Select a workgroup from the list.

2. You can deploy the configuration to any of the following:
1. Workgroup - to deploy the configuration to all the users/computers of that
workgroup.
2. User/Computer - to deploy the configuration to the specified
users/computers.
3. IP Addresses - to deploy the configuration to the specified IP Addresses. You
can also specify a range of IP Addresses to deploy a configuration by selecting
the IP Range option and specifying the starting and ending IP. This option is
available only for the computer configurations.
4. Custom Group - to deploy the configuration to all the users/computers of
the selected Custom Group.
3. After adding the target computers, you can specify the filtering criteria to exclude
certain types of users/computers from applying the configuration. Specify the criteria
as required.
4. Click Add More Targets and repeat steps 1 to 3 for adding more targets.

Note: If you wish to deploy the configuration for users/computers in different workgroups,
use the Add More Targets button to add targets from multiple workgroups.

Selecting Targets in Remote Offices

To add target computers and users from remote offices, follow the steps below:

1. Select a remote office from the list. The remote office can either be a domain or a
workgroup.
2. You can deploy the configuration to any of the following:
1. Site - to deploy the configuration to all the users/computers of that site. This
option is only available if the selected remote office is a domain.
2. Remote Office - to deploy the configuration to all the users/computers of
that remote office.
3. Organizational Unit - to deploy the configuration to all the users/computers
of that OU. This option is only available if the selected remote office is a
domain.
4. Group - to deploy the configuration to all the users/computers of that Group.
This option is only available if the selected remote office is a domain.
366

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

5. User/Computer - to deploy the configuration to the specified

users/computers.
6. IP Addresses - to deploy the configuration to the specified IP Addresses. You
can also specify a range of IP Addresses to deploy a configuration by selecting
the IP Range option and specifying the starting and ending IP. This option is
available only for the computer configurations.
7. Custom Group - to deploy the configuration to all the users/computers of
the selected Custom Group.
3. After adding the target computers, you can specify the filtering criteria to exclude
certain types of users/computers from applying the configuration. Specify the criteria
as required.
4. Click Add More Targets and repeat steps 1 to 3 for adding more targets.

Note: If you wish to deploy the configuration for users/computers in different remote
offices, use the Add More Targets button to add targets from multiple domains.

Filter the selected target

You can exclude certain parts of the network which does not require the configuration to be
deployed. This is optional when defining the targets. Desktop Central provides the option to
exclude the parts of the Windows network. Select the Exclude Target check box to view the
available options:

Exclude if Target Type is

The target types can be excluded which are in the lower hierarchy to the
target selected in the Select the target type and define field. The target
type can be excluded using the Browse button. Click the Browse button
next to the required target types under the Exclude if Target Type is field
to launch Network Browser window. Select the target type to be excluded
for configuration deployment and click Select button. This field is mandatory.
The target type can be any of the following (varies based on the target
options selected):

• Branch - The branch offices to be excluded

• Domain - The domains to be excluded
• Organization Unit - The OUs to be excluded
• Group - The groups to be excluded
• Computer - The computers to be excluded
• IP Address - The IP Addresses to be excluded
• IP Range - The range of IP Addresses to be excluded
• Custom Group - The custom groups to be excluded

Exclude if Operating System is

The targets with specific Windows OS can be excluded for configuration

deployment. Select the options under the Exclude if Operating System is
field which has to excluded for configuration deployment.
367

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Exclude if Machine Type is

The targets with specific machine type such as Notebook, Tablet PC, Desktop,
Member Server, TermServClient, or Domain Controller can be excluded for
configuration deployment. Select the options under the Exclude if Machine
Type is field which has to excluded for configuration deployment.

Modifying a Target

To modify a target in the Target List, follow these steps:

1. Select the button under Actions column in the desired row that has to modified.
2. Change the targets as required and click the Modify Target button. The target
details are updated in Target List.

Deleting a Target

To delete a row in the Target List, select the button under Actions column next to
target that has to removed.

368

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Managing Configurations and Collections

• Viewing the Status of Configuration/Collection

• Modifying the Configuration/Collection
• Suspending the Configuration/Collection
• Resuming the Suspended Configuration/Collection

Clicking the View Configuration from the Quick Links will list the details of the
configurations and collections that are defined using Desktop Central. You can view the
details of the configurations by clicking the corresponding configuration name. Apart from
viewing the configuration details, you can perform the following actions:

• Modify the Configuration/Collection

• Suspend a Configuration/Collection
• Resume a suspended Configuration/Collection

Viewing Status of Configuration/Collection

To view the status of the defined configuration/collection, follow the steps given below:

1. Click View Configuration from the Quick Links. This opens the All Configurations
page.
2. All the configurations and collections that are defined are listed here. The status
column provides the current status of the configuration/collection. The table given
below lists the various states of the configuration/collection and its description:

Status Description

Draft Represents the configurations/collections that are saved as draft.

Ready To Execute Represents the configurations/collections that are ready for

execution. This will be the initial state of the deployed
configurations/collections.
In Progress Represents that the configuration is applied on one or more
targets. Will continue to remain in this state until the
configurations are applied to all the defined targets.
Suspended Represents that the configuration/collection has been suspended.
Executed Represents that the configuration/collection has been applied to
all the defined targets.

369

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

3. To view the status of the configurations on individual targets, click the configuration
name.

Modifying the Configuration/Collection

To modify a configuration/collection, follow the steps given below:

1. Click View Configuration from the Quick Links. This opens the All Configurations
page.
2. All the configurations and collections that are defined are listed here. Click the icon
from the Actions column of the corresponding configuration/collection.
3. Change the values as required.
4. Click Deploy.

Suspending the Configuration/Collection

To suspend a configuration/collection, follow the steps given below:

1. Click View Configuration from the Quick Links. This opens the All Configurations
page.
2. All the configurations and collections that are defined are listed here. Click the
icon from the Actions column of the corresponding configuration/collection that has
to be suspended.

Note: Configurations that have been applied to targets prior to suspension will not
be reverted. Suspending a configuration will only stop further deployments.

Resuming the Suspended Configuration/Collection

To resume a suspended configuration/collection, follow the steps given below:

1. Click View Configuration from the Quick Links. This opens the All Configurations
page.
2. All the configurations and collections that are defined are listed here. Click the
icon from the Actions column of the corresponding configuration/collection that has
to be resumed.

370

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Viewing System Uptime Report

• Configuring Data Storage Period

• Viewing Report for a Specified Period
• Viewing Detailed Uptime Report
• Exporting the Report

Provides the total uptime and downtime of the computers in the network for a given period.
The report can be filtered to view computers in a specific domain and period. To view the
report, select Reports --> Power Management Reports --> System Uptime Report

Configuring Data Storage Period

Desktop Central, by default, stored the uptime/downtime details of all the computers for a
period of 30 days. This can be configured to suit your need. To specify the period,

1. Click Edit Settings link. This is open the Power Report Settings dialog.
2. Specify the number of days you wish to store the data and click Apply.

Viewing Report for a Specified Period

1. Select the Domain or select All Domains to view the uptime of all the computers.
2. Select a period from the list. To specify a custom period, click Select Custom Date
and specify the start and end dates.
3. Specify the start and end time for which the report has to be displayed. If you wish
to see the complete details, specify the start and end time as 00:00 and 23:59
respectively.
4. Selecting the "Consider hibernate/standby as shutdown" option will show the
hibernate/standby periods as downtime.
5. Click Apply Fileter to view the report based on the specified criteria.

Viewing Detailed Uptime Report

Desktop Central will display the summary view of the total uptime and downtime of the
computers based on the selected criteria. Selecting the Detail Report option will display the
start and shutdowm times of the computers for the given period. You can also click the
computer name to view its detailed and summary reports.

371

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Exporting the Report

The System Uptime Report can be exported to a PDF or a CSV format by clicking the
respective options from the top-right. The current report that is being displayed will be
exported to the selected format.

372

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Viewing Configuration Reports

The Configuration reports helps the administrators to view the details of the configurations
that are applied on users, computers, and based on the configuration type. To view the
reports, follow the steps given below:

1. Click the Reports tab to invoke the Reports page.

2. Click the desired report from the Configuration Reports.

The Configuration Reports includes the following reports:

• Configuration by User
• Configuration by Computer
• Configurations by Type

Configuration by User

This report provides a list of users for whom configurations were applied using Desktop
Central. It also provides details about the total number of configurations applied for a
particular user and the last configuration and time at which it was applied. Clicking the user
name will list the details of the configurations applied for that user.

You also have an option to filter your view based on the time at which the configuration was
applied or by the configuration type.

Configuration by Computer

This report provides a list of computers for which configurations were applied using Desktop
Central. It also provides details about the total number of configurations applied for that
computer and the last configuration and time at which it was applied. Clicking the computer
name will list the details of the configurations applied for that machine.

You also have an option to filter your view based on the time at which the configuration was
applied or by the configuration type.

Configurations by Type

This report provides you the list of configurations that have been applied on users and
computers based on the configuration type. It also provides you the total number of
configurations that have been applied for a particular type and the last configuration, and
time at which it was applied.

373

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Configuration Templates

Templates are predefined configurations that help in achieving a specific task. While you can
perform any of these configurations by defining them on your own, templates helps to get
things done faster. The following are advantages of Templates over the normal
configurations:

1. Helps to complete the configurations quickly.

2. You do not need to know how to achieve a specific task; just need to select the
target computers to apply the configuration.
3. You does not have to explore all the supported configurations and then select to
define.

Using Templates

To view the available templates, select the Admin tab and click the Templates link from the
left. This will list all the templates provided by Desktop Central. You can also filter the view
by selecting an appropriate category from the combo box. The Type column indicates
whether the configuration is applied to Users or Computers. The templates are tagged as
below:

• Control Panel
• Hard Disk Maintenance
• Internet Explorer
• Network
• Power Management
• Proxy Configuration
• Restrict Media
• Security
• Service Management
• System Tools
• USB Security
• User Management
• XP Firewall Management

To use the template, follow the steps below:

1. Select Admin --> Templates to view the templates.

2. Click the Template that has to be applied to view its details; click the Create from
Template button to create the configuration. Clicking Create Configuration link
will also do the same action. This opens the configuration with all the properties
defined.

374

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

3. Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the
configuration.
4. Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Configuration in the targets defined.
To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft.

Supported Templates

Desktop Central supports various templates that can be applied to Users/Computers. Follow
the links below to view the details of the templates:

• Computer Configuration Templates

• User Configuration Templates

375

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Computer Configuration Templates

• Change local admin account password

• Cleanup Recycle bin to free-up Hard Disk space
• Create Alternate local Admin Account
• Defrag Hard Disk for performance
• Delete local Administrator Account
• Disable the USB drives
• Disable Unused local Guest account
• Open MEDC ports for communication
• Restrict CD-ROM access
• Restrict Floppy Access to locally logged on users
• Scan and Fix Hard disk Errors
• Start MEDC Agent Service
• Write Protect the USB Storage Devices

Change local admin account password

To enhance the security, the administrators will prefer to change the password periodically.
This template enables you to change the password of the local administrator account in the
client machines.

Cleanup Recycle bin to free-up Hard Disk space

This helps in freeing up the hard disk space by removing the unwanted files/data from 18
different locations.

Create Alternate local Admin Account

To keep the computers secured, the administrators will prefer to change the local
administrator account periodically. This template enables you to create an alternate local
administrator account in the client computers.

Defrag Hard Disk for performance

A fragmented disk reduces the performance. It is recommended to defragment the disk

periodically to improve the hard disk performance.

This template enables defragmentation of the hard disk at the scheduled time.

376

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Delete local Administrator Account

This template enables you to delete the local administrator account in the client
computers.

Disable the USB drives

To prevent data theft, the administrators prevent the users from using USB drives. This
template, when applied to client computers, prevent them from using the USB drives.

Disable Unused local Guest account

Unused guest accounts are vulnerable points for the hackers. It is recommended to delete
or disable any unused guest accounts from the client computers to avoid any misuse.

This template helps to disable the unused guest accounts from the client computers.

Open MEDC ports for communication

Desktop Central requires port 8021 for agent server communications and port 6100 for
Remote Desktop Sharing. These port should not be blocked by the Windows Firewall for
smooth functioning.

This template, when applied to client computers, will open up these ports to enable proper
communication between the agent and server.

Restrict CD-ROM access

This template restrict the users form accessing the CD-ROM drives.

Restrict Floppy Access to locally logged on users

Allowing locally logged on users to access the floppy drives is a vulnerable point for hacking.
Administrators prefer to disable access to the floppy drives when the users have not logged
on to the domain.

This template helps in restricting the locally logged on uses to access the floppy drives.

Scan and Fix Hard disk Errors

The hard disks have to be periodically scanned for any errors and fix them. This will improve
the life and performance of the disk.

This template enables scanning and fixing the hard disk errors in the client machines at the
scheduled time.

377

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Start MEDC Agent Service

When Scope of Management is defined, Desktop Central agent is installed in all the client
computers that are within the scope. The Desktop Central agent has to be running as a
service in the client computers to ensure proper communication with the Desktop Central
Server.

This template helps you to start the Desktop Central Agent service in the client
computers.

Write Protect the USB Storage Devices

To prevent data theft, the administrators prevent the users from writing data to USB
storage devices. This template, when applied to client computers, prevent them from
writing any data to the USB storage devices.

378

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

User Configuration Templates

• Restrict Network Connections

• Restrict Control Panel Applets
• Proxy configuration for Internet Explorer
• Laptop Power Saver Scheme
• IE Browser restrictions for clients
• Disable Control Panel

Restrict Network Connections

Network properties when changed by the user result in bad network connectivity and
unnecessary help desk calls in resolving the problem. This could be avoided by restricting
the users from changing the network properties.

This template, when applied to users, will prevent them from changing the network
properties.

Restrict Control Panel Applets

To enhance the security, the administrators can restrict the users from accessing specific
Control Panel applets. This includes, Add/remove programs, Add/remove hardware, Internet
options, Power options and System applet.

Proxy configuration for Internet Explorer

This template can be used to configure proxy server settings in the Internet Explorer
browser of the client machines.

Laptop Power Saver Scheme

Establishing correct power settings helps in saving energy costs substantially. This template
provides the recommended power settings for Laptops.

IE Browser restrictions for clients

This template restricts users from changing the Internet Explorer settings like Connections,
Content, Favorites, Programs, Security, Advanced, History and Save As options

Disable Control Panel

You can use this template to disable the Control Panel completely. When applied to users,
the users will not be able to access the Control Panel.

379

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

User Logon Reports

How are these reports generated?

These reports are generated with the help of the Desktop Central Agents installed in the
client systems to track the user logon details

What way does it differ from Active Directory Reports?

In the case of Active Directory reports, if multiple domain controllers are used, the
synchronization of data between the domain controllers happens at regular intervals and not
very frequently. Hence the reports derived from the Active Directory may not be the latest
or actual. To provide the current reports of the logon details, Desktop Central agent is
used.

In addition to the current details, it also provides the logon history details, which is not
available in the Active Directory reports.

Is there any limitation?

Yes, these reports are available only to the users and computers that fall within the defined
scope of management. Also, when an user logs in and logs out immediately, this may not be
tracked.

• Setting Up User Logon Reports

• Viewing User Logon Reports

380

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Viewing User Logon Reports

To view the User Logon Reports, select the Reports tab and click the User Logon Reports
link from the left pane. The User Logon Reports are classified under the following headings;
click the links to learn more:

• General Reports
• Usage Reports
• History Reports

381

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

General Reports

Currently Logged on Users

Provides the list of users who are currently logged on to the domain.

To view the report, select the Reports tab, click the User Logon Reports from the left pane,
and click the Currently Logged on Users link available under the General Reports
category.

Currently Logged on Computers

Provides the list of computers from where users have logged on to the domain.

To view the report, select the Reports tab, click the User Logon Reports from the left pane,
and click the Currently Logged on Computers link available under the General Reports
category.

382

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Usage Reports

Computers with No User Logon

Provides the list of computers where no user have logged on.

To view the report, select the Reports tab, click the User Logon Reports from the left pane,
and click the Computers with No User Logon link available under the Usage Reports
category.

383

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

History Reports

• User Logon History

• User Logon History by Computers
• Domain Controllers with Reported Users
• User Logon History on Domain Controller

User Logon History

Provides the list of history of users who have logged on to the domain in the specified
number of days. This is configurable from the Report Settings.

To view the report, select the Reports tab, click the User Logon Reports from the left pane,
and click the User Logon History link available under the History Reports category.

User Logon History by Computers

Provides the list of computers and their corresponding user logon history in the specified
number of days. This is configurable from the Report Settings.

To view the report, select the Reports tab, click the User Logon Reports from the left pane,
and click the User Logon History by Computers link available under the History Reports
category.

Domain Controllers with Reported Users

Provides the list of users and their corresponding Domain Controllers (logon servers) in the
specified number of days. This is configurable from the Report Settings.

To view the report, select the Reports tab, click the User Logon Reports from the left pane,
and click the Domain Controllers with Reported Users link available under the History
Reports category.

User Logon History on Domain Controller

Provides the list of domain controllers and their corresponding user logon history in the
specified number of days. This is configurable from the Report Settings.

To view the report, select the Reports tab, click the User Logon Reports from the left pane,
and click the User Logon History by Domain Controllers link available under the History
Reports category.

384

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Active Directory Reports

Desktop Central gives you an insight into the Active Directory by providing reports on
various Active Directory components. The reports can be accessed by selecting the Reports
tab from the client window. The following reports about the Active Directory are shown:

• Active Directory User Reports

• Active Directory Computer Reports
• Active Directory Group Reports
• Active Directory Organization Unit Reports
• Active Directory Domain Reports
• Active Directory GPO Reports

More granular reports are provided for each of the above components.

Active Directory Report Features

• Ability to generate reports for custom inputs for granularity.

• Customizable columns in all the reports.
• Columnar sorting of reports
• Export reports in PDF and CSV formats.
• Ability to synchronize report data with Active Directory at regular intervals.

385

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Active Directory User Reports

To access the User Reports, follow the steps below:

1. Click the Reports tab to invoke the Reports page. The User Reports is selected by
default.
2. Select the required link to view the reports.

Follow the links to learn more about the various User Reports provided by Desktop Central

• Active Directory General User Reports

• User Account Status Reports
• Password Based User Reports
• Privileged User Reports
• Logon Based User Reports

386

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Active Directory General User Reports

• All User Accounts

• Recently Created User Accounts
• Recently Modified User Accounts
• User Accounts without Logon Scripts
• User Accounts in Multiple Groups
• User Accounts that Never Expires

All User Accounts

Provides the details of all the users of the domain that the system/user running the Desktop
Central belongs to.

To view the report, click the All User Accounts link available under the General Reports
category. Clicking a user from the report displays the complete user information of that
user.

Recently Created User Accounts

Provides the details of the user accounts that are created recently. This is determined based
on the value contained in the createTimeStamp attribute of the Active Directory.

To view the report, click the Recently Created User Accounts link available under the
General Reports category.

By default, the users created for the last one week is shown. You have an option to choose
a different period or to generate a report for a custom period. Clicking a user from the
report displays the complete information of that user.

Recently Modified User Accounts

Provides the details of the user accounts modified recently. This is determined based on the
value contained in the modifyTimeStamp attribute of the Active Directory.

To view the report, click the Recently Modified User Accounts link available under the
General Reports category.

By default, the user accounts modified for the last one week is shown. You have an option
to choose a different period or to generate a report for a custom period. Clicking a user
from the report displays the complete information of that user.

387

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

User Accounts without Logon Scripts

Provides the details of the users who do not have any scripts executed during their logon to
the domain. This is determined based on the value contained in the scriptPath attribute of
the Active Directory.

To view the report, click the User Accounts without Logon Scripts link available under
the General Reports category. Clicking a user from the report displays the complete
information of that user.

User Accounts in Multiple Groups

Provides the details of the user accounts that are in more than one groups. This also
includes the nested groups i.e., groups that contain other groups as its members in the
domain.

To view the report, click the User Accounts in Multiple Groups link available under the
General Reports category.

User Accounts that Never Expires

Provides the list of user accounts that never expires. This is determined based on the value
contained in the userAccountControl of the Active Directory.

To view the report, click the User Accounts that Never Expires link available under the
General Reports category.

388

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

User Account Status Reports

• Active User Accounts
• Inactive User Accounts
• Disabled User Accounts
• Locked User Accounts
• Expired User Accounts

Active User Accounts

Provides the list of users who have logged on to the domain in the past 30/60/90/180 days.
This is determined based on the value contained in the lastLogon attribute of the Active
Directory.

To view the report, click the Active User Accounts link available under the Account Status
Reports category. Clicking a user from the report displays the complete information of that
user.

Inactive User Accounts

Provides the list of users who have not logged on to the domain in the past 30/60/90/180
days. This is determined based on the value contained in the lastLogon attribute of the
Active Directory.

To view the report, click the Inactive User Accounts link available under the Account
Status Reports category. Clicking a user from the report displays the complete information
of that user.

Disabled User Accounts

Provides the list of user accounts that are disabled by the administrator. This is determined
based on the value contained in the userAccountControl attribute of the Active Directory.

To view the report, click the Disabled User Accounts link available under the Account
Status Reports category. Clicking a user from the report displays the complete information
of that user.

Locked User Accounts

Provides the details of the user accounts that have been locked out. The user account will
get locked on frequent bad login attempts. The Account Lock Out Policy specifies the
allowed number of bad login attempts after which the account will be locked. The account
will be automatically unlocked after sometime. The locked user accounts are determined
based on the value contained in the lockoutTime attribute of the Active Directory.

389

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

To view the report, click the Locked User Accounts link available under the Account
Status Reports category. Clicking a user from the report displays the complete information
of that user.

Expired User Accounts

Provides the details of the user accounts that have expired. This is determined based on the
value contained in the accountExpires attribute of the Active Directory.

To view the report, click the Expired User Accounts link available under the Account
Status Reports category. Clicking a user from the report displays the complete information
of that user.

390

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Password Based User Reports

• Soon-to-Expire User Passwords

• Password Expired User Accounts
• Password Never Expiring User Accounts
• User Accounts Password that cannot be Changed

Soon-to-Expire User Passwords

Provides the details of the users whose password will expire within the specified number of
days. This is determined based on the value contained in the userAccountControl attribute
of the Active Directory.

To view the report, click the Soon-to-Expire User Passwords link available under the
Password Based Reports category.

By default, the users whose passwords will expire in another seven days is shown. You can
select a different period to view the report. Clicking a user from the report displays the
complete information of that user.

Password Expired User Accounts

Provides the details of the users whose password has expired. This is determined based on
the value contained in the userAccountControl attribute of the Active Directory.

To view the report, click the Password Expired User Accounts link available under the
Password Based Reports category. Clicking a user from the report displays the complete
information of that user.

Password Never Expiring User Accounts

Provides the list of users whose password never expires. This is determined based on the
value contained in the userAccountControl attribute of the Active Directory.

To view the report, click the Password Never Expiring User Accounts link available
under the Password Based Reports category. Clicking a user from the report displays the
complete information of that user.

User Accounts Password that cannot be Changed

Provides the list of users who cannot change their password. This is determined based on
the value contained in the userAccountControl attribute of the Active Directory.
391

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

To view the report, click the User Accounts Password that cannot be Changed link
available under the Password Based Reports category. Clicking a user from the report
displays the complete information of that user.

392

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Privileged User Accounts

• Domain Admin User Accounts

• User Accounts with Dial-in Permissions

Domain Admin User Accounts

Provides the list of users who have domain administrative privileges.

To view the report, click the Domain Admin User Accounts link available under the
Accounts with Privileged User Accounts category.

User Accounts with Dial-in Permissions

Provides the list of users who have dial-in permissions to access the domain. This is
determined based on the value contained in the msNPAllowDialinattribute of the Active
Directory.

To view the report, click the User Accounts with Dial-in Permissions link available under
the Privileged User Accounts category.

393

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Logon Based User Reports

• Unused User Accounts

• Recently Logged On User Accounts
• Last Logon Failed User Accounts

Unused User Accounts

Provides the list of users who have not logged on to the domain since creation of the
account. This is determined based on the value contained in the lastLogon of the Active
Directory.

To view the report, click the Unused User Accounts link available under the Logon Based
Reports category. Clicking a user from the report displays the complete information of that
user.

Recently Logged On User Accounts

Provides the details of the users who have logged on in the past n days. The recently logged
on users are determined based on their last logon time.

To view the report, click the Recently Logged On User Accounts link available under the
Logon Based Reports category.

By default, the users logged on for the last one week is shown. You have an option to
choose a different period or to generate a report for a custom period. Clicking a user from
the report displays the complete information of that user.

Last Logon Failed User Accounts

Provides the list of users whose last logon has failed. This is determined based on the value
contained in the badPasswordTime and badPwdCount attributes of the Active Directory.

To view the report, click the Last Logon Failed User Accounts link available under the
Logon Based Reports category. Clicking a user from the report displays the complete
information of that user.

394

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Active Directory Computer Reports

To access the Computer Reports, follow the steps below:

1. Click the Reports tab to invoke the Reports page.

2. Click the Computer Reports from the left pane.
3. Select the required link to view the reports.

Follow the links to learn more about the various Computer Reports provided by Desktop
Central

• General Computer Reports

• Server Based Reports
• Computer OS Based Reports

395

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

General Computer Reports

• All Computers
• Windows Workstation
• Recently Added Computers
• Recently Logged On Computers
• Recently Modified Computer Accounts
• Disabled Computer Accounts
• Computer Accounts by OU

All Computers

Provides the list of all the computer accounts available in the domain.

To view the report, click the All Computers link available under the General Reports
category. Clicking a computer account from the report displays the complete information of
that account.

Windows Workstation

Provides the details of the workstations in the domain. All the computers except Servers
and Domain Controllers are termed as workstations.

To view the report, click the Windows Workstation link available under the General
Reports category. Clicking a computer account from the report displays the complete
information of that account.

Recently Added Computers

Provides the details of the computer objects that are created recently. This is determined
based on the value contained in the createTimeStamp attribute.

To view the report, click the Workstations link available under the General Reports
category.

By default, the report displays the computer accounts that are created in the last one week.
You have an option to choose a different period or to generate a report for a custom period.
Clicking a computer account from the report displays the complete information of that
account.

396

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Recently Logged On Computers

Provides the list of computer accounts through which an user has logged on to the domain.
This is determined based on the value contained in the lastLogon attribute.

To view the report, click the Recently Logged On Computers link available under the
General Reports category.

By default, the report displays the computer accounts through which an user has logged on
to the domain in the last one week. You have an option to choose a different period or to
generate a report for a custom period. Clicking a computer account from the report displays
the complete information of that account.

Recently Modified Computer Accounts

Provides the details of the computer objects that are modified recently. This is determined
based on the value contained in the ModifyTimeStamp attribute.

To view the report, click the Recently Modified Computer Accounts link available under
the General Reports category.

By default, the report displays the computer accounts that are modified in the last one
week. You have an option to choose a different period or to generate a report for a custom
period. Clicking a computer account from the report displays the complete information of
that account.

Disabled Computer Accounts

Provides the list of computer accounts that are disabled in the domain. This is determined
based on the value contained in the userAccountControl of the Active Directory.

To view the report, click the Disabled Computer Accounts available under General
Reports category. Clicking a computer account from the report displays the complete
information of that account.

Computer Accounts by OU

Provides the list of computer accounts filtered by the OU it belongs to.

To view the report, click the Computers Accounts by OU available under General Reports
category.

By default, the computer accounts of all the OUs in the domain are listed. Browse to select a
specific OU and click Generate to view the computer accounts of that OU. Clicking a
computer account from the report displays the complete information of that account.

397

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Server Based Reports

• Windows Servers
• Member Servers
• Domain Controllers

Windows Servers

Provides the list of Windows Servers in the domain. This is determined based on the value
contained in the operatingSystem attribute of the Active Directory.

To view the report, click the Windows Servers link available under the Server Based
Reports category. Clicking a computer account from the report displays the complete
information of that account.

Member Servers

Provides the details of the member servers in the domain.

To view the report, click the Member Servers link available under the Server Based
Reports category. Clicking a computer account from the report displays the complete
information of that account.

Domain Controllers

Provides the details of the domain controllers in the domain.

To view the report, click the Domain Controllers link available under the Server Based
Reports category. Clicking a computer account from the report displays the complete
information of that account.

398

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Computer OS Based Reports

• Computers by OS Service Pack

Computers by OS Service Pack

Provides the details of the computers based on the operating system and service pack
versions.

To view the report, click the Computers by OS Service Pack available under OS Based
Reports category. Select the Operating System and the Service Packs to filter the view.
Clicking a computer account from the report displays the complete information of that
account.

399

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Active Directory Group Reports

To access the Group Reports, follow the steps below:

1. Click the Reports tab to invoke the Reports page.

2. Click the Group Reports from the left pane.
3. Select the required link to view the reports.

Follow the links to learn more about the various Group Reports provided by Desktop Central

• General Group Reports

• Group Type Reports
• Group Member Based Reports

400

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Active Directory General Group Reports

• All Groups
• Recently Created Groups
• Recently Modified Groups
• Groups by OU

All Groups

Provides the details of all the groups of the domain.

To view the report, click the All Groups link available under the General Reports category.
Clicking a group from the report displays the complete information of that group.

Recently Created Groups

Provides the details of all the groups that are recently created. This is determined based on
the value contained in the createTimeStamp of the Active Directory.

To view the report, click the Recently Created Groups link available under the General
Reports category.

By default, the groups created for the last one week is shown. You have an option to choose
a different period or to generate a report for a custom period. Clicking a group from the
report displays the complete information of that group.

Recently Modified Groups

Provides the details of all the groups that are recently modified. This is determined based on
the value contained in the modifyTimeStamp of the Active Directory.

To view the report, click the Recently Modified Groups link available under the General
Reports category.

By default, the groups modified in the last one week is shown. You have an option to choose
a different period or to generate a report for a custom period. Clicking a group from the
report displays the complete information of that group.

401

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Groups by OU

Provides the list of groups filtered by the OU it belongs to.

To view the report, click the Groups by OU link available under the General Reports
category.

By default, the groups of all the OUs in the domain are listed. Browse to select a specific OU
and click Generate to view the groups of that OU. Clicking a group from the report displays
the complete information of that group.

402

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Active Directory Group Type Reports

• Security Groups
• Distribution Groups

Security Groups

Provides the details of the security groups available in the domain. This is determined based
on the value contained in the groupType attribute of the Active Directory.

To view the report, click the Security Groups link available under the Group Type Based
Reports category. Clicking a group from the report displays the complete information of that
group.

Distribution Groups

Provides the details of the distribution groups available in the domain. This is determined
based on the value contained in the groupType attribute of the Active Directory.

To view the report, click the Distribution Groups link available under the Group Type
Based Reports category. Clicking a group from the report displays the complete information
of that group.

403

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Member Based Reports

• Groups with Member Details

• Groups with Maximum Members
• Groups without Members
• User-only Groups
• Computer-only Groups
• Nested groups

Groups with Member Details

Provides the details of the groups with its member count, such as no. of users, computers,
groups, etc.

To view the report, click the Groups with Member Details link available under the
Member Based Reports category. Clicking a group from the report displays the complete
information of that group.

Groups with Maximum Members

Provides the details of the large groups in the domain based on its members count.

To view the report, click the Groups with Maximum Members link available under the
Member Based Reports category. You can customize the report by selecting the member
count. Clicking a group from the report displays the complete information of that group.

Groups without Members

Provides the list of groups that do not have any members.

To view the report, click the Groups without Members link available under the Member
Based Reports category. Clicking a group from the report displays the complete information
of that group.

User-only Groups

Provides the list of groups that have only users as its members.

To view the report, click the User-only Groups link available under the Member Based
Reports category. Clicking a group from the report displays the complete information of that
group.

404

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Computer-only Groups

Provides the list of groups that have only computers as its members.

To view the report, click the Computer-only Groups link available under the Member
Based Reports category. Clicking a group from the report displays the complete information
of that group.

Nested groups

Provides the list of nested groups (groups within groups) in the domain.

To view the report, click the Nested groups link available under the Member Based Reports
category. Clicking a group from the report displays the complete information of that group.

405

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Active Directory Organization Unit Reports

To access the Organization Unit Reports, follow the steps below:

1. Click the Reports tab to invoke the Reports page.

2. Click the OU Reports from the left pane.
3. Select the required link to view the reports.

Follow the links to learn more about the various OU Reports provided by Desktop Central

• Active Directory General OU Reports

• OU Child Based Reports

406

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Active Directory General OU Reports

• All OUs
• Recently Created OUs
• Recently Modified OUs

All OUs

Provides the list of all the OUs of the domain.

To view the report, click the All OUs link available under the General Reports category.
Clicking an OU from the report displays the complete information about that OU.

Recently Created OUs

Provides the list of OUs that are recently created. This is determined based on the value
contained in the createTimeStamp attribute.

To view the report, click the Recently Created OUs link available under the General
Reports category.

By default, the report displays the OUs created in the last one week. You have an option to
choose a different period or to generate a report for a custom period. Clicking an OU from
the report displays the complete information about that OU.

Recently Modified OUs

Provides the list of OUs that are recently modified. This is determined based on the value
contained in the ModifyTimeStamp attribute.

To view the report, click the Recently Modified OUs link available under the General
Reports category.

By default, the report displays the OUs modified in the last one week. You have an option to
choose a different period or to generate a report for a custom period. Clicking an OU from
the report displays the complete information about that OU.

407

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

OU Child Based Reports

• OUs with Child Details

• OUs without Children
• User-only OUs
• Computer-only OUs
• Nested OUs

OUs with Child Details

Provides the list of OUs with its child details, like no. of users, computers, groups, and OUs.

To view the report, click the OUs with Child Details link available under the OU Children
Based Reports category. Clicking an OU from the report displays the complete information
about that OU.

OUs without Children

Provides the list of OUs that do not have any children.

To view the report, click the OUs with Child Details link available under the OU Children
Based Reports category. Clicking an OU from the report displays the complete information
about that OU.

User-only OUs

Provides the list of OUs that have only users as their children.

To view the report, click the OUs with Child Details link available under the OU Children
Based Reports category. Clicking an OU from the report displays the complete information
about that OU.

Computer-only OUs

Provides the list of OUs that have only computers as their children.

To view the report, click the OUs with Child Details link available under the OU Children
Based Reports category. Clicking an OU from the report displays the complete information
about that OU.

408

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Nested OUs

Provides the list of OUs that nested (OUs within OUs).

To view the report, click the OUs with Child Details link available under the OU Children
Based Reports category. Clicking an OU from the report displays the complete information
about that OU.

409

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Active Directory Domain Reports

To access the Domain Reports, follow the steps below:

1. Click the Reports tab to invoke the Reports page.

2. Click the Domain Reports from the left pane.
3. Select the required link to view the reports.

Follow the links to learn more about the various Domain Reports provided by Desktop
Central

• Active Directory General Domain Reports

• Active Directory Container Reports

410

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

General Domain Reports

• Active Directory Sites

• Active Directory Domains
• Active Directory Printers
• Group Policy Creator Owners

Active Directory Sites

Active Directory Site Report provides the list of Sites with their attributes, such as Site
name, subnet, netmask, and domain controller. Clicking a site from the report provides
more details, such as the number of computers in each subnet, creation time, modified
time, and so on.

To view the report, Click the Active Directory Sites link available under the General
Reports category.

Active Directory Domains

Active Directory Domain Report provides the complete information of domain with the fully
qualified Domain name, creation time, modified time, location, and its members.

To view the report, Click the Active Directory Domains link available under the General
Reports category.

Active Directory Printers

Active Directory Printer Report provides the list of printers with their attributes such as
name, host server name, model of printer, physical location and share name. Clicking the
printer from the report gives details, such as Domain name, Active Directory URL, Model,
Physical location, Share name, Modified time, Creation time, Printer Hosted Server name,
Driver name, and Port name.

To view the report, Click the Active Directory Printers link available under the General
Reports category.

Group Policy Creator Owners

Provides the members of Group Policy Creator Owners (GPCO) group. The members of this
group can modify group policy for the domain.

To view the report, click the Group Policy Creator Owners link available under the
General Reports category.

411

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Container Based Reports

• Users In "Users" Container

• Groups In "Users" Container
• Computers In "Computer" Container
• Groups In "Builtin" Container

Users In "Users" Container

Provides the list of users in the "users" container of the domain.

To view the report, click the Users In "Users" Container link available under the
Container Based Reports category.

Groups In "Users" Container

Provides the list of groups in the "users" container of the domain.

To view the report, click the Groups In "Users" Container link available under the
Container Based Reports category.

Computers In "Computer" Container

Provides the list of computers in the "computer" container of the domain.

To view the report, click the Computers In "Computer" Container link available under
the Container Based Reports category.

Groups In "Builtin" Container

Provides the list of groups in the "Builtin" container of the domain.

To view the report, click the Groups In "Builtin" Container link available under the
Container Based Reports category.

412

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Active Directory GPO Reports

To access the GPO Reports, follow the steps below:

1. Click the Reports tab to invoke the Reports page.

2. Click the GPO Reports from the left pane.
3. Select the required link to view the reports.

Follow the links to learn more about the various GPO Reports provided by Desktop Central

• General GPO Reports

• GPO Link Based Reports
• Inheritance Based Reports
• GPO Status Based Reports
• Special GPO Reports

413

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

General GPO Reports

• All GPOs
• Recently Created GPOs
• Recently Modified GPOs
• GPOs by OUs

All GPOs

Provides the list of GPOs that are created in the domain.

To view the report, click the All GPOs link available under the General Reports category.
Clicking a GPO from the report displays the complete information about that GPO.

Recently Created GPOs

Provides the list of GPOs that are recently created in the domain.

To view the report, click the Recently Created GPOs link available under the General
Reports category. This is determined based on the value contained in the createTimeStamp
attribute.

By default, the report displays the GPOs created in the last one week. You have an option to
choose a different period or to generate a report for a custom period. Clicking a GPO from
the report displays the complete information about that GPO.

Recently Modified GPOs

Provides the list of GPOs that are recently modified in the domain. This is determined based
on the value contained in the ModifyTimeStamp attribute

To view the report, click the Recently Modified GPOs link available under the General
Reports category.

By default, the report displays the GPOs modified in the last one week. You have an option
to choose a different period or to generate a report for a custom period. Clicking a GPO from
the report displays the complete information about that GPO.

414

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

GPOs by OUs

Provides the list of OUs and their linked GPOs.

To view the report, click the GPOs by OUs link available under the General Reports
category. Clicking a GPO from the report displays the complete information about that GPO.

415

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

GPO Link Based Reports

• GPOs Linked To OUs

• GPOs Linked To Domains
• GPOs Linked To Sites

GPOs Linked To OUs

Provides the list of GPOs that are linked to OUs in the domain. This is determined based on
the value contained in the gPLink attribute of the Active Directory.

To view the report, click the GPOs Linked To OUs link available under the GPO Link Based
Reports category. Clicking a GPO from the report displays the complete information about
that GPO.

GPOs Linked To Domains

Provides the list of GPOs that are linked to domains. This is determined based on the value
contained in the gPLink attribute of the Active Directory.

To view the report, click the GPOs Linked To Domains link available under the GPO Link
Based Reports category. Clicking a GPO from the report displays the complete information
about that GPO.

GPOs Linked To Sites

Provides the list of GPOs that are linked to sites. This is determined based on the value
contained in the gPLink attribute of the Active Directory.

To view the report, click the GPOs Linked To Sites link available under the GPO Link Based
Reports category. Clicking a GPO from the report displays the complete information about
that GPO.

416

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Inheritance Based Reports

• Block Inheritance enabled OUs

• Block Inheritance enabled Domains
• Enforced GPOs

Block Inheritance enabled OUs

Provides the list of OUs that are prevented from inheriting GPOs from any of its parent
container. This is determined based on the value contained in the gPOptions attribute of the
Active Directory.

To view the report, click the Block Inheritance enabled OUs link available under the
Inheritance Based Reports category. Clicking a GPO from the report displays the complete
information about that GPO.

Block Inheritance enabled Domains

Provides the list of domains that are prevented from inheriting GPOs from any of its parent
container. This is determined based on the value contained in the gPOptions attribute of the
Active Directory.

To view the report, click the Block Inheritance enabled Domains link available under the
Inheritance Based Reports category. Clicking a GPO from the report displays the complete
information about that GPO.

Enforced GPOs

Provides the list of GPOs that have the enforced flag set. Enforced GPOs when applied to
OUs are also applied to their children irrespective of whether Block Inheritance is set or
not.

To view the report, click the Enforced GPOs link available under the Inheritance Based
Reports category. Clicking a GPO from the report displays the complete information about
that GPO.

417

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

GPO Status Based Reports

• User Settings Enabled GPOs

• Computer Settings Enabled GPOs
• User and Computer Settings Enabled GPOs
• Disabled GPOs
• Unused GPOs

User Settings Enabled GPOs

Provides the list of GPOs that have Computer Settings disabled. These GPOs can be used to
make the user settings.

To view the report, click the User Settings Enabled GPOs link available under the GPO
Status Based Reports category. Clicking a GPO from the report displays the complete
information about that GPO.

Computer Settings Enabled GPOs

Provides the list of GPOs that have User Settings disabled. These GPOs can be used to make
the computer settings.

To view the report, click the Computer Settings Enabled GPOs link available under the
GPO Status Based Reports category. Clicking a GPO from the report displays the complete
information about that GPO.

User and Computer Settings Enabled GPOs

Provides the list of GPOs that can be used to perform both user and computer settings.

To view the report, click the User and Computer Settings Enabled GPOs link available
under the GPO Status Based Reports category. Clicking a GPO from the report displays the
complete information about that GPO.

Disabled GPOs

Provides the list of GPOs that have both User and Computer Settings disabled.

To view the report, click the Disabled GPOs link available under the GPO Status Based
Reports category. Clicking a GPO from the report displays the complete information about
that GPO.

418

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Unused GPOs

Provides the list of GPOs that are not used since creation.

To view the report, click the Unused GPOslink available under the GPO Status Based
Reports category. Clicking a GPO from the report displays the complete information about
that GPO.

419

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Special GPO Reports

• GPOs with Most Modified User Settings

• GPOs with Most Modified Computer Settings
• GPOs with Most Modified User & Computer Settings

GPOs with Most Modified User Settings

Provides the list of GPOs that have user versions greater than 5. You have an option to
select a different version number.

To view the report, click the GPOs with Most Modified User Settings link available under
the GPO Version Based Reports category. Clicking a GPO from the report displays the
complete information about that GPO.

GPOs with Most Modified Computer Settings

Provides the list of GPOs that have computer versions greater than 5. You have an option to
select a different version number.

To view the report, click the GPOs with Most Modified Computer Settings link available
under the GPO Version Based Reports category. Clicking a GPO from the report displays the
complete information about that GPO.

GPOs with Most Modified User & Computer Settings

Provides the list of GPOs that have user or computer versions greater than 5. You have an
option to select a different version number.

To view the report, click the GPOs with Most Modified User & Computer Settings link
available under the GPO Version Based Reports category. Clicking a GPO from the report
displays the complete information about that GPO.

420

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Custom Reports

While Desktop Central provides various canned reports on different modules like Patch
Management, Asset Management, and so on, it is also possible to create customized reports
to meet your specific requirement. Follow the links to learn more

• Wizard Based Custom Report

• Custom Query Report

421

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Creating Custom Reports

In addition to the out-of-the-box reports, Desktop Central allows you to create custom
reports by specifying the criteria and selecting the required parameters. Follow the steps
below to create a custom report using Desktop Central:

1. Select the Reports tab from the Desktop Central Client.

2. Click the New Custom Report button available on the top-right. This opens the
Custom Report page.
3. Specify the name for the report.
4. Select the Module. This is currently available only for the Asset Management module
and will be extended for other modules in our subsequent updates.
5. Select the Sub Module as Computer, Hardware or Software.
6. Specify the criteria for generating the report. You can specify multiple criteria by
clicking the "+" icon
7. Select the Columns to view in the report. You can change the position of the columns
by using the up and down arrow icons.
8. Click on Run & Save button to save the report permanently. (or) Click Run Report
if just a temporary report is needed.

Note: If you choose the Run Report option, you can edit the report and later on
save the same. Likewise if you intend to make any changes to a saved report, you
can make use of the Edit option in the Custom Report Page.

9. You have an option to save this report as PDF and CSV formats.

422

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Custom Query Report

Desktop Central provides the following types of reports:

• Canned reports on various modules like Patch Management, Asset Management,

Active Directory, and so on.
• Wizard-based Custom Reports to retrieve any specific information

In addition to the above report types, it also provides an ability to retrieve the required
information from the database using the Query Report. This might be useful in cases where
you are not able to get the required information from the Canned or the Custom Reports.

The Query Report can be created using the New Query Report button available under
Reports tab --> Custom Report. You may have to provide the SQL Query and create the
report. The report can be saved for future reference and / or exported to CSV format for
further processing.

From where can I get the Query?

Contact [email protected] with the details of your requirement.

Alternatively, you can also submit your request online.

Our support team will process your requirement and send you the query.

Built-in Date Functions

Date is stored in the Long format in the database. You will not be able to interpret the date
on seeing this long format. In order to convert this to readable date format, two built-n
functions are included:

• LONG_TO_DATE() - for displaying the date in the results

• DATE_TO_LONG() - for using the date within the query

LONG_TO_DATE()

This function can be used to convert the date from the long value to the date format.
Consider the following example:

You wish to retrieve software details along with the date and time at which the
software was detected. The query you would normally use is:

423

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Select SOFTWARE_NAME, DETECTED_TIME from invsoftware

SOFTWARE_NAME DETECTED_TIME

Adobe Reader 1234558984892

Skype 8945934747893

In the above result, you will see the Detected Time in long format, which is not
readable. Now, modifying the query as below will give you the desired output

Select SOFTWARE_NAME, LONG_TO_DATE(DETECTED_TIME) from

invsoftware

SOFTWARE_NAME DETECTED_TIME_DATE_FORMAT

Adobe Reader 09/12/2009 15:35

Skype 07/13/2009 13.25

DATE_TO_LONG()

This function can be used to convert the Date format to Long value. Consider the
example where you wish to retrieve the details of the software detected between two
specific dates. You should use the query as below:

select * from invsoftware where DETECTED_TIME between

DATE_TO_LONG(08/01/2009 00:00:00) and

DATE_TO_LONG(08/31/2009 00:00:00)

The date should be specified in the following format: mm/dd/yyyy hh:mm:ss

Date Templates

For retrieving the data between some predefined dates, you can make use of the date
templates. The following date templates are supported:

• Today - <from_today> - <to_today>

• Yesterday - <from_yesterday> - <to_yesterday>
• This Week - <from_thisweek> - <to_thisweek>
• Last Week - <from_lastweek> - <to_lastweek>
• This Month - <from_thismonth> - <to_thismonth>
424

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

• Last Month - <from_lastmonth> - <to_lastmonth>

• This Quarter - <from_thisquarter> - <to_thisquarter>
• Last Quarter - <from_lastquarter> - <to_lastquarter>

425

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Making Help Desk Requests

The Users of the computers that are managed using Desktop Central can submit help desk
requests from the Desktop Central Icon displayed in the system tray. Right-clicking the Tray
Icon will display the following menus:

1. Send Request to Help Desk - to make a helps desk request

2. Apply User Configurations - to apply the configurations that are available for them.
3. Apply Computer Configurations - to apply the configurations that are available for all
the users of that computer.
4. Scan and Upload Patch Details - to manually scan and update the server for Patch
Management
5. Scan and Upload Inventory Details - to manually scan and update the server with
software/hardware inventories.
6. View User Logon Reports - to view their login history.

Please note that the Administrator should have enabled these options for the users to view
and use.

426

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Appendix

This section includes the following topics:

• Interpreting Error Messages

• Knowledge Base
• FAQs
• Security Policies
• Windows System Tools
• Data Backup and Restore
• Dynamic Variables
• Limitations
• Glossary

427

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Interpreting Error Messages

1. 1001: Storage Error Occurred

2. 1002: Unknown Error
3. 1003: DB Error
4. 1004: DB Error
5. 1010: Invalid User
6. 1011: User is already Inactive
7. 1101: Invalid container name
8. 1103: Group Policy Object (GPO) creation failed
9. 1104: Group Policy Object (GPO) deletion failed
10. 1105: Group Policy Object (GPO) linking failed
11. 1106: Group Policy Object (GPO) unlinking failed
12. 1107: WMI query failed
13. 1108: Active Directory error occurred
14. 1109: Unable to Extract Information from the given Msi Package
15. 1110: Access is Denied
16. 1111: File Copy Failed
17. 1112: Folder Copy Failed
18. 1113: The Given User Account is not a valid Domain Administrator
19. 1114: The Given Password is wrong
20. 1115: Active Directory/Domain Controller not Found
21. 1222: The Network is not present or not started

1001: Storage Error Occurred

The configurations defined using Desktop Central are stored in the database. If we are
unable to store the configuration details, this error message is shown. The reasons could be
any of the following:

• Could not establish connection with the database.

• Violations in data definitions.

1002: Unknown error

This error is shown when any runtime error occurs, which is not defined in Desktop Central.
Please contact desktop central support with the details of the error.

1003: DB Error

This error is shown when the database connection is lost.

428

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

1004: DB Error

This error message is shown when you try to access the data, which has been deleted from
the database.

1010: Invalid User

While defining the scope of management, if the user name provided is invalid, this error
message is shown.

1011: User is already Inactive

When you try to add an user which is already present in the Inactive User list, this error
message is shown.

1101: Invalid Container name

While defining targets for the configuration or while defining the scope of management, if an
invalid / nonexistent container name is given this error occurs. The error message is shown,
when you click Add more targets button or during deployment.

1103: Group Policy Object (GPO) creation failed

For every configuration a Group Policy Object (GPOs) will be created. When the GPO could
not be created due to some access restrictions, etc., this error is shown.

1104: Group Policy Object (GPO) deletion failed

When an already defined configuration is deleted, the corresponding GPO is also deleted.
This error is shown, when the GPO could not be deleted.

1105: Group Policy Object (GPO) linking failed

When a configuration defined, a GPO will be created and linked with the targets specified.
This error is shown, when the linking fails.

1106: Group Policy Object (GPO) unlinking failed

When an already defined configuration is suspended, respective GPO will be unlinked from
the targets. This error is shown, when the unlinking fails.

1107: WMI query failed

Desktop Central fetches the computer details through WMI. The WMI query may fail in the
following cases:

1. Authentication failure
429

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

2. When the machine is shutdown

3. When the RPC server is not running.

1108: Active Directory error occurred

Pertains to the Active Directory related error. Please create a support file by clicking the
Support File link available under the Support tab and send it to
[email protected]. Our support team will be able to assist you on this.

1109: Unable to Extract Information from the given Msi Package

The possible reason for this error could be that the MSI package is corrupted.

1110: Access is Denied

The Active Directory credentials are taken while you define the scope of management. This
credential is stored in Desktop Central, which will be used for deploying configurations.
When this credential becomes invalid or if it does not have necessary privileges, this error is
shown.

One possible reason is that the credential is modified outside the Desktop Central.

1111: File Copy Failed

This error message is shown, when the user do not have necessary privileges to copy a file.
Check whether the credentials supplied while defining the Scope of Management has
necessary privileges.

1112: Folder Copy Failed

This error message is shown, when the user do not have necessary privileges to copy a
folder. Check whether the credentials supplied while defining the Scope of Management has
necessary privileges.

1113: The Given User Account is not a valid Domain Administrator

When the user account provided in the Scope of Management does not belong to a Domain
Administrator group.

1114: The Given Password is wrong

The password provided in the Scope of Management is not valid.

1115: Active Directory/Domain Controller not Found

This error message is shown when no Active Directory/Domain Controller is found in your
network. Desktop Central requires either of the two to perform the configurations.
430

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

1222: The network is not present or not started

This error message is shown when Desktop Central is unable to discover any domain. To fix
this, start the Workstation service in the machine where Desktop Central is installed.

431

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

FAQs

1. What are the system requirements for Desktop Central?

2. What operating systems are supported by Desktop Central?
3. What is the difference between Free and Professional Editions?
4. Do I have to write scripts for using Desktop Central?
5. What is Scope of Management?
6. Do I need to define configurations separately or can I group them and define?
7. When are the configurations applied?
8. How to access Desktop Central UI or console from the remote ?
9. What is "Define Target"?
10. My free trial expired before I was through evaluating Desktop Central. Can I receive
an extension?
11. Why is Desktop Central configuration done through a Web interface?
12. How is Desktop Central licensed?

1. What are the system requirements for Desktop Central?

Hardware Requirements for Desktop Central Server

No. of Computers Hard Disk

Processor RAM
Managed Space

Upto 250 Computers Single processor Intel P4 ~1.5 GHz 1 GB 2 GB*

Single processor (Intel P4 or Xeon

251 to 500 Computers 2.0 Ghz (Dual Core), 800+ Mhz FSB, 2 GB 2 GB*
4 MB cache)

Single processor (Intel Xeon ~2.4

501 to 1000 Computers Ghz Dual Core, 800+ Mhz FSB, 4MB 4 GB 3 GB*
cache)

Dual processor (Intel Xeon ~2.0 Ghz

1001 to 3000 Computers Dual Core, 1000 Mhz FSB,4 MB 4 GB 5 GB*
cache)

6+
GB
Dual Processor (Intel Xeon processors 20 GB (HDD
@
3001 to 5000 Computers Quad-Core at 2 ~ 3 GHz, 1000+ MHz speed @ 7200 ~
667
FSB, 4 MB Cache) 10,000 rpm)
Mhz.
ECC

432

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

No. of Computers Hard Disk

Processor RAM
Managed Space

8+
GB
Quad Processor (Intel Xeon 50 GB (HDD
5001 to 10000 @
processors Quad-Core at 2 ~ 3 GHz, speed @ 7200 ~
Computers 667
1000+ MHz FSB, 4 MB Cache) 10,000 rpm)
Mhz.
ECC

Environment - Active Directory based Windows 2000/2003 domain setup.

Supported platforms - Windows 2000 Professional, Windows XP Professional, Windows Vista,

Windows 7, Windows 2000 Server, Windows 2003 Server, Windows 2008 Server, Virtual
Servers (VM Ware)

Supported Browsers - IE 5.5 and above, Netscape 7.0 and above, Mozilla 1.5 and above.
You must install and enable Java plugin to use the software.

2. What operating systems are supported by Desktop Central?

Desktop Central supports the following operating systems:

• Windows 2000 Professional

• Windows XP Professional
• Windows Vista
• Windows 7
• Windows 2000 Server
• Windows 2003 Server
• Windows 2008 Server
• Virtual Servers (VM Ware)

3. What is the difference between Free and Professional Editions?

While the free edition can be used to manage up to 25 desktops free of cost, the
professional edition can be used to manage the number of desktops for which it is licensed
for. The free edition can be upgraded to professional edition at any point of time by
obtaining a valid license from ManageEngine.

4. Do I have to write scripts for using Desktop Central?

No, you do not have to write scripts for using any of the pre-defined configurations provided
by Desktop Central. Just select the configuration, specify the required inputs, and deploy.

433

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

5. What is Scope of Management?

Scope of Management is used to define what are the computers to be managed using this
software. When an Administrator use this software first time, he/she can use it with small
set of computers then can slowly add more computers under management.

6. Do I need to define configurations separately or can I group them and define?

Configurations that are intended for the same set of targets can be grouped and defined as
collections. However, when the targets differ, you have to define them separately.

7. When are the configurations applied?

1. All user configurations, except Custom Script configuration, are applied during user
logon.
2. All computer configurations, except Custom Script configuration, are applied during
system startup.
3. Custom Script configuration can be applied during user logon/logoff or system
startup/shutdown.
4. Both user and computer configurations are applied every 90 minutes through
Windows Group Policies.

8. How to access Desktop Central client or console from the remote?

To access the Desktop Central client from remote, open a supported browser and type
http://<host name>:<port number> in the address bar,

where <host name> refers to the name / IP Address of the machine running Desktop
Central,

<port number> refers to the port at which the product is started, the default being 8020.

9. What is "Define Target"?

Define Target is the process of identifying the users or computers for which the
configuration have to be applied. The targets can be all users/computers belonging to a
Site, Domain, OUs, Groups, or can be a specific user/computer. You also have an option to
exclude some desktops based on the machine type, OS type, etc.

10. My free trial expired before I was through evaluating Desktop Central. Can I
receive an extension?

Customer satisfaction is our prime motive. During the trial period of 30 days, unlimited
number of desktops can be managed by Desktop Central. After the trial period the software
automatically switches to the free edition where only 25 desktops can be managed.

434

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

If you feel you would like to test the software for more number of desktops, but your trial
period has expired, Kindly contact us so that we can arrange for a temporary license for few
more days as per your requirement. You may note that the transition is smooth with no
data loss and the configurations are not lost at any point of time. We want to make sure
you are completely satisfied that the software is satisfying your need and solving your
problem before buying it.

11. Why is Desktop Central configuration done through a Web interface?

Desktop administrators are always on the move. Desktop Central, with its web-based
interface, facilitates the administrators to access the product from anywhere in the network
not requiring them to be glued at one place for managing the desktops using the product.

12. How is Desktop Central licensed?

Desktop Central is licensed on annual subscription based on the number of Desktop it would
manage. You can get the Pricing for the specific number of desktops from our online store.

435

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Security Policies

Using Desktop Central, you can define the security restrictions for the users and computers
in the domain. This section provides you a brief description about the various security
restrictions that can be applied using the product. Follow the links to learn more about the
supported security policies under each category:

• Active Desktop
• Desktop
• Control Panel
• Explorer
• Internet Explorer
• Network
• System
• Task Scheduler
• Windows Installer
• Start Menu and Taskbar
• Microsoft Management Console
• Computer

436

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Security Policies - Active Desktop

Desktop Central supports configuring the following security policies in Active Desktop
category:

Security Policy Description

Remove Active Desktop This setting will remove the Active Desktop options from
item from Settings menu Settings on the Start Menu.

Removes icons, shortcuts, and other default and user-

Remove all desktop items defined items from the desktop, including Briefcase, Recycle
Bin, My Computer, and My Network Places.

Restrict adding any Prevents users from adding Web content to their Active
desktop items Desktop.

Prevents users from deleting Web content from their Active

Restrict deleting any
Desktop. This setting removes the Delete button from the
desktop items
Web tab in Display in Control Panel.

Prevents users from changing the properties of Web content

Restrict editing any items on their Active Desktop. This setting disables the
desktop items Properties button on the Web tab in Display in Control
Panel.

Restrict closing any desktop items. This setting removes

Restrict closing any
the check boxes from items on the Web tab in Display in
desktop items
Control Panel.

Permits only bitmap images for wallpaper. This setting limits

Do not allow HTML
the desktop background ("wallpaper") to bitmap (.bmp)
wallpaper
files.

Specifies the desktop background ("wallpaper") displayed on

Restrict changing all users' desktops. This setting lets you specify the
wallpaper wallpaper on users' desktops and prevents users from
changing the image or its presentation.

Enables Active Desktop and prevents users from disabling it.

Enable active desktop This prevents users from trying to enable or disable Active
Desktop while a policy controls it.

Disables Active Desktop and prevents users from enabling

Disable active desktop it. This prevents users from trying to enable or disable
Active Desktop while a policy controls it.

Prevents the user from enabling or disabling Active Desktop

Prohibit changes
or changing the Active Desktop configuration. This is a

437

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Security Policy Description

comprehensive setting that locks down the configuration

you establish by using other policies in this folder. This
setting removes the Web tab from Display in Control Panel.

Permits only bitmap images for wallpaper. This setting limits

Allow only bitmapped wall
the desktop background ("wallpaper") to bitmap (.bmp)
paper
files.

Displays the filter bar above the results of an Active

Enable filter in Find dialog
Directory search. The filter bar consists of buttons for
box
applying additional filters to search results.

Hides the Active Directory folder in My Network Places. The

Hide AD folder Active Directory folder displays Active Directory objects in a
browse window.

The policy descriptions are taken from Microsoft Help Documentation

438

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Security Policies - Desktop

Desktop Central supports configuring the following security policies in Desktop category:

Security Policy Description

Removes icons, shortcuts, and other default and user-

Hide and disable all items
defined items from the desktop, including Briefcase, Recycle
on the desktop
Bin, My Computer, and My Network Places.

This setting removes the My Documents icon from the

Remove my documents desktop, from Windows Explorer, from programs that use
icon on the desktop the Windows Explorer windows, and from the standard Open
dialog box.

Hide my network places

Removes the My Network Places icon from the desktop.
icon in desktop

Hide Internet explorer Removes the Internet Explorer icon from the desktop and
icon on desktop from the Quick Launch bar on the taskbar.

Prevents users from manipulating desktop toolbars. If you

Prevent adding, dragging,
enable this setting, users cannot add or remove toolbars
dropping and closing the
from the desktop. Also, users cannot drag toolbars on to or
taskbar tool
off of docked toolbars.

Prevents users from adjusting the length of desktop

Prohibit adjusting desktop
toolbars. Also, users cannot reposition items or toolbars on
toolbar
docked toolbars.

Don't save settings at exit Prevents users from saving certain changes to the desktop.

The policy descriptions are taken from Microsoft Help Documentation

439

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Security Policies - Control Panel

Desktop Central supports configuring the following security policies in Control Panel
category:

Security Policy Description

Hide Accessibility Options

Prevents access to the accessibility applet in control panel
Applet

Hide Add/Remove Prevents access to the Add/Remove Hardware Applet in

Hardware Applet control panel

Hide Add/Remove
Removes Add/Remove Programs Applet in control panel
Programs Applet

Hide Client Services for Netware supporting client service applet will be removed
Network Applet from control panel

Hide Data Sources Removes open data base connection applet from control
(ODBC) Applet panel

Hide Date/Time Applet Removes date/time applet in control panel

Hide Desktop Themes

Removes desktop themes applet
Applet

Hide Display Applet Removes display applet from control panel

Hide Games Controller

Removes Games Controller Applet from control panel
Applet

Hide Internet Options

Hide internet option applet
Applet

Hide Keyboard and Mouse

Removes keyboard and mouse applet
Applet

Hide Network Connections

Removes LAN connection 1
Applet #1

Hide Network Connections

Removes LAN connection 2
Applet #2

Hide Mail Applet Removes mail configuring applet from control panel

Hide Phone and Modem

Removes phone and modem options applet
Options Applet (2000+)

Hide Power Options Applet Removes power option from control panel

440

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Security Policy Description

Hide Regional Options

Removes regional options applet
Applet

Hide Scanners and

Removes scanners and cameras applet
Cameras Applet

Hide Sounds and

Removes sounds and multimedia applet
Multimedia Applet

Hide System Applet Removes system applet

Hide Users and Passwords

Removes users and passwords applet from control panel
Applet

Disables all Control Panel programs. This setting prevents

Control.exe, the program file for Control Panel, from
Disable control panel
starting. As a result, users cannot start Control Panel or run
any Control Panel items.

Prevents users from using Add or Remove Programs.

Remove add/remove This setting removes Add or Remove Programs from Control
programs Panel and removes the Add or Remove Programs item from
menus.

Removes the Change or Remove Programs button from the

Hide change or remove
Add or Remove Programs bar. As a result, users cannot
programs page
view or change the attached page.

Removes the Add New Programs button from the Add or

Hide add new programs
Remove Programs bar. As a result, users cannot view or
page
change the attached page.

Hide add/remove Removes the Add/Remove Windows Components button

Windows components from the Add or Remove Programs bar. As a result, users
page cannot view or change the associated page.

Remove support Removes links to the Support Info dialog box from programs
information on the Change or Remove Programs page.

Hide appearance and Removes the Appearance and Themes tabs from Display in
themes page Control Panel.

Removes the Screen Saver tab from Display in Control

Hide screen saver tab
Panel.

Hide settings tab Removes the Settings tab from Display in Control Panel.

Password protect the Determines whether screen savers used on the computer
screen saver are password protected.

Prevent changing wall Prevents users from adding or changing the background
paper design of the desktop.

441

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Security Policy Description

Remove display in control

Disables Display in Control Panel.
panel

If you enable this setting or do not configure it, when users

click "Add a network printer" but do not type the name of a
Browse the network to
particular printer, the Add Printer Wizard displays a list of all
find the printers
shared printers on the network and invites users to choose a
printer from among them.

Prevent addition of Prevents users from using familiar methods to add local and
printers network printers.

Prevents users from deleting local and network printers.

Prevent deletion of If a user tries to delete a printer, such as by using the
printers Delete option in Printers in Control Panel, a message
appears explaining that a setting prevents the action.

he policy descriptions are taken from Microsoft Help Documentation

442

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Security Policies - Explorer

Desktop Central supports configuring the following security policies in Explorer category:

Security Policy Description

Removes the Folder Options item from all Windows Explorer

Remove folder options
menus and removes the Folder Options item from Control
menu item from the tools
Panel. As a result, users cannot use the Folder Options
menu
dialog box.

Remove Shutdown from

Removes shutdown from the start menu and task manager
Start menu and task
dialog.
manager

Remove File menu from Removes the File menu from My Computer and Windows
Explorer Explorer

Remove 'Map network

Prevents users from using Windows Explorer or My Network
drive' and 'Disconnect
Places to map or disconnect network drives.
network drive'

Remove Context Menu in Removes context menus which appears while right clicking
Shell folders any folder in the explorer

This setting allows you to remove the Active Desktop and

Turn on classic shell Web view features. If you enable this setting, it will disable
the Active Desktop and Web view.

This setting is designed to ensure that shell extensions can

operate on a per-user basis. If you enable this setting,
Allow only approved Shell
Windows is directed to only run those shell extensions that
extensions
have either been approved by an administrator or that will
not impact other users of the machine.

Do not track Shell Determines whether Windows traces shortcuts back to their
shortcuts during roaming sources when it cannot find the target on the user's system.

Remove search button Removes the Search button from the Windows Explorer
from Windows explorer toolbar.

Hides the manage item on Removes the Manage item from the Windows Explorer
the Windows explorer context menu. This context menu appears when you right-
context menu click Windows Explorer or My Computer.

This setting removes the Hardware tab from Mouse,

Keyboard, and Sounds and Audio Devices in Control Panel.
Remove hardware tab
It also removes the Hardware tab from the Properties dialog
box for all local drives, including hard drives, floppy disk

443

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Security Policy Description

drives, and CD-ROM drives.

Remove DFS tab Removes the DFS tab from Windows Explorer.

Prevents users from selecting the option to animate the

Remove UI to change movement of windows, menus, and lists. If you enable this
menu animation setting setting, the "Use transition effects for menus and tooltips"
option in Display in Control Panel is disabled.

Remove UI to change When this Display Properties option is selected, the

keyboard navigation underlining that indicates a keyboard shortcut character
indicator setting (hot key) does not appear on menus until you press ALT.

Removes the "Computers Near Me" option and the icons

No 'computers near me' in representing nearby computers from My Network Places.
My Network places This setting also removes these icons from the Map Network
Drive browser.

Removes the Entire Network option and the icons

No 'Entire network' in My representing networked computers from My Network Places
Network places and from the browser associated with the Map Network
Drive option.

This setting suppresses the "Install Program As Other User"

dialog box for local and network installations. This dialog
Do not request alternate box, which prompts the current user for the user name and
credentials password of an administrator, appears when users who are
not administrators try to install programs locally on their
computers.

This setting displays the "Install Program As Other User"

Request credentials for dialog box even when a program is being installed from files
network installations on a network computer across a local area network
connection.

This option removes Log Off item from the Start Menu. It
Hide logoff menu item also removes the Log Off button from the Windows Security
dialog box.

The policy descriptions are taken from Microsoft Help Documentation

444

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Security Policies - Internet Explorer

Desktop Central supports configuring the following security policies in Internet Explorer
category:

Security Policy Description

Restrict using new menu Prevents users from opening a new browser window from
option the File menu.

Restrict using open menu Prevents users from opening a file or Web page from the
option File menu in Internet Explorer.

Restrict using Save As... Prevents users from saving Web pages from the browser
menu option File menu to their hard disk or to a network share.

Restrict on search Makes the Customize button in the Search Assistant appear
customization dimmed.

Restrict importing and Prevents users from exporting or importing favorite links by
exporting of favorites using the Import/Export Wizard.

Restrict using find files Disables using the F3 key to search in Internet Explorer and
(F3) within browser Windows Explorer.

Prevents users from saving the complete contents that are

Restrict using save as
displayed on or run from a Web page, including the
Web page complete
graphics, scripts, linked files, and other elements. It does
format option
not prevent users from saving the text of a Web page.

Restrict closing of browser Prevents users from closing Microsoft Internet Explorer.

Restrict full screen menu Prevents users from displaying the browser in full-screen
option (kiosk) mode, without the standard toolbar.

Restrict viewing source Prevents users from viewing the HTML source of Web pages
menu option by clicking the Source command on the View menu.

Prevents users from adding, removing, or editing the list of

Hide favorites menu
Favorite links.

Restrict using Internet Prevents users from opening the Internet Options dialog box
Options... menu option from the Tools menu in Microsoft Internet Explorer.

Remove 'Tip of the Day' Prevents users from viewing or changing the Tip of the Day
menu option interface in Microsoft Internet Explorer.

Remove 'For Netscape Prevents users from displaying tips for users who are
Users' menu option switching from Netscape.

445

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Security Policy Description

Remove 'Tour' menu

Remove the Tour menu option.
option

Remove 'Send Feedback' Prevents users from sending feedback to Microsoft by

menu option clicking the Send Feedback command on the Help menu.

Restrict using 'Open in Prevents using the shortcut menu to open a link in a new
New Window' menu option browser window.

Restrict using 'save this Prevents users from saving a program or file that Microsoft
program to disk' option Internet Explorer has downloaded to the hard disk.

Remove context (right- Prevents the shortcut menu from appearing when users
click) menus click the right mouse button while using the browser.

Hide the General Option Removes the General tab from the interface in the Internet
Screen Options dialog box.

Hide Security Option Removes the Security tab from the interface in the Internet
Screen Options dialog box.

Hide Content Option Removes the Content tab from the interface in the Internet
Screen Options dialog box.

Hide Connections Option Removes the Connections tab from the interface in the
Screen Internet Options dialog box.

Hide Programs Option Removes the Programs tab from the interface in the
Screen Internet Options dialog box.

Hide Advanced Option Removes the Advanced tab from the interface in the
Screen Internet Options dialog box.

Prevents users from changing the home page of the

Restrict changing home
browser. The home page is the first page that appears when
page settings
users start the browser.

Restrict changing color

Prevents users from changing the default Web page colors.
settings

Restrict changing link Prevents users from changing the colors of links on Web
color settings pages.

Restrict changing font

Prevents users from changing font settings.
settings

Restrict changing
Prevents users from changing language settings.
language settings

Restrict changing Cache

Prevents users from changing Cache settings.
settings

Restrict changing history Prevents users from changing history settings.

446

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Security Policy Description

settings

Restrict changing
Prevents users from changing accessibility settings.
accessibility setting

Restrict changing Content

Prevents users from changing the content advisor settings.
Advisor settings

Prevents users from changing certificate settings in Internet

Restrict changing
Explorer. Certificates are used to verify the identity of
certificate settings
software publishers.

Restrict changing Profile

Prevents users from changing Profile Assistant settings.
Assistant settings

Prevents Microsoft Internet Explorer from automatically

Restrict changing
completing forms, such as filling in a name or a password
AutoComplete clear form
that the user has entered previously on a Web page.

Restrict changing Disables automatic completion of user names and

AutoComplete save passwords in forms on Web pages, and prevents users from
password form being prompted to save passwords.

Restrict using Internet Prevents users from running the Internet Connection
Connection Wizard Wizard.

Restrict changing
Prevents users from changing dial-up settings.
connection settings

Prevents users from changing automatic configuration

Restrict changing
settings. Automatic configuration is a process that
Automatic Configuration
administrators can use to update browser settings
settings
periodically.

Restrict changing proxy

Prevents users from changing proxy settings.
settings

Restrict changing Prevents users from changing the default programs for
Messaging settings messaging tasks.

Restrict changing
Prevents users from changing the default programs for
Calendar and Contact
managing schedules and contacts.
settings

Restrict Reset Web Prevents users from restoring default settings for home and
Settings feature search pages.

Restrict changing Check if Prevents Microsoft Internet Explorer from checking to see
Default Browser setting whether it is the default browser.

Restrict changing any Prevents users from changing settings on the Advanced tab
Advanced settings in the Internet Options dialog box.

447

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Security Policy Description

Restrict changing
Prevents Internet Explorer from automatically installing
Automatic Install of IE
components.
components

Restrict changing
Prevents Internet Explorer from checking whether a new
automatic check for
version of the browser is available.
software updates

Restrict changing showing Prevents the Internet Explorer splash screen from appearing
the splash screen when users start the browser.

The policy descriptions are taken from Microsoft Help Documentation

448

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Security Policies - Network

Desktop Central supports configuring the following security policies in Network category:

Security Policy Description

Removes all computers outside of the user's workgroup or

Hide 'Entire Network' from
local domain from lists of network resources in Windows
Network Neighborhood
Explorer and My Network Places.

Windows by default will accept anything as a password,

including nothing. This setting controls whether Windows
AlphaNumeric password will require a alphanumeric password, i.e. a password made
from a combination of alpha (A, B, C...) and numeric (1, 2
,3 ...) characters.

Enable access to
Determines whether a user can view and change the
properties of RAS
properties of remote access connections that are available
connections available to
to all users of the computer.
all users

Ability to delete all user Determines whether users can delete all user remote access
remote access connection connections.

Ability to enable/Disable Determines whether users can enable/disable LAN

LAN connections connections.

Determines whether users can rename LAN or all user

Ability to rename LAN
remote access connections.

Prohibit access to Determines whether users can change the properties of a

properties of LAN LAN connection.

Prohibit access to Determines whether Administrators and Network

properties of components Configuration Operators can change the properties of
of LAN components used by a LAN connection.

Prohibit access to the Determines whether the Advanced Settings item on the
advanced settings item on Advanced menu in Network Connections is enabled for
the advanced menu administrators.

Prohibit access to the dial-

Determines whether the Dial-up Preferences item on the
up preferences item on
Advanced menu in Network Connections folder is enabled.
the advanced menu

Allow configuration of Determines whether users can use the New Connection
connection sharing (User) Wizard, which creates new network connections.

Prohibit adding and Determines whether administrators can add and remove

449

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Security Policy Description

removing components for network components for a LAN or remote access connection.
a LAN or RA connection This setting has no effect on non-administrators. If you
enable this setting the Install and Uninstall buttons for
components of connections are disabled, and administrators
are not permitted to access network components in the
Windows Components Wizard.

Determines whether users can configure advanced TCP/IP

Prohibit TCP/IP advanced settings. If you enable this setting, the Advanced button on
configuration the Internet Protocol Properties dialog box is disabled for all
users (including administrators).

Determines whether users can view the status for an active

Prohibit viewing of status connection. The connection status taskbar icon and Status
for an active connection dialog box are not available to users (including
administrators).

Prevents users from making network files and folders

Remove 'make available available offline. This setting removes the "Make Available
offline' Offline" option from the File menu and from all context
menus in Windows Explorer.

Sync offline files before Determines whether offline files are fully synchronized when
logging off users log off.

The policy descriptions are taken from Microsoft Help Documentation

450

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Security Policies - System

Desktop Central supports configuring the following security policies in System category:

Security Policy Description

Restrict using registry
Disables the Windows registry editors, Regedit.exe
editing tools
If this setting is enabled and users try to start Task
Remove task manager Manager, a message appears explaining that a policy
prevents the action.
Restrict using Lock
Prevents users from locking their workstation
Workstation
Restrict Changing
Prevents users from changing the password.
Password
Restrict using Passwords Prevents users from changing the account password of local
applet in Control Panel users through the password applet in control panel.
Restrict using Change
Prevents users from accessing change password
Passwords page
Hide Background page Prevents users using background page
Hide Remote
Removes remote administration page
Administration page
Hide User Profiles page Removes user profiles pages
Hide Device Manager page Removes device manager page
Hide Hardware Profiles
Prevents hardware profile page form being accessed
page
Suppresses the welcome screen. This setting hides the
Don't display the getting
welcome screen that is displayed on Windows 2000
started welcome screen at
Professional and Windows XP Professional each time the
logon
user logs on.
Directs the system to search Active Directory for missing
Download missing COM
Component Object Model components that a program
components
requires.
Prevent access to registry Disables the Windows registry editors, Regedit.exe and
accessing tools Regedit.exe.
Windows 2000 displays the instructions in logon scripts
Run legacy logon scripts written for Windows NT 4.0 and earlier in a command
hidden window as they run, although it does not display logon
scripts written for Windows 2000. If you enable this setting,

451

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Security Policy Description

Windows 2000 does not display logon scripts written for
Windows NT 4.0 and earlier.
If the setting is enabled, the system displays each
Run logoff scripts visible instruction in the logoff script as it runs. The instructions
appear in a command window.
If the setting is enabled, Windows Explorer does not start
until the logon scripts have finished running. This setting
Run logon scripts
ensures that logon script processing is complete before the
synchronously
user starts working, but it can delay the appearance of the
desktop.
If the setting is enabled, the system displays each
Run logon scripts visible instruction in the logon script as it runs. The instructions
appear in a command window.
Do not process the legacy If the setting is enabled, the system ignores the run list for
run list Windows NT 4.0, Windows 2000, and Windows XP.
You can create a customized list of additional programs and
documents that are started automatically the next time the
Do not process the system starts (but not thereafter). These programs are
runonce list added to the standard list of programs and services that the
system starts. If you enable this setting, the system
ignores the run-once list.
This setting creates all new Group Policy object links in the
disabled state by default. After you configure and test the
Create a new GPO links
new object links, either by using Active Directory Users and
disabled by default
Computers or Active Directory Sites and Services, you can
enable the object links for use on the system.
Prevents administrators from viewing or using Group Policy
preferences. A Group Policy administration (.adm) file can
contain both true settings and preferences. True settings,
which are fully supported by Group Policy, must use registry
Enforce show policies only
entries in the Software/Policies
or Software/Microsoft/Windows/CurrentVersion/Policies
registry subkeys. Preferences, which are not fully supported,
use registry entries in other subkeys.
Prevents the system from updating the Administrative
Turn off automatic update
Templates source files automatically when you open Group
of ADM files
Policy.

The policy descriptions are taken from Microsoft Help Documentation

452

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Security Policies - Task Scheduler

Desktop Central supports configuring the following security policies in Task Scheduler
category:

Security Policy Description

This setting removes the Properties item from the File menu
in Scheduled Tasks and from the context menu that appears
when you right-click a task. As a result, users cannot
Hide property pages
change any properties of a task. They can only see the
properties that appear in Detail view and in the task
preview.

Prevent task run or end Prevents users from starting and stopping tasks manually.

Prevents users from adding or removing tasks by moving or

Prohibit drag and drop
copying programs in the Scheduled Tasks folder.

Prohibit new task creation Prevents users from creating new tasks

Prevents user from deleting users from the scheduled tasks

Prohibit task deletion
folder

Prevents users from viewing or changing the properties of

Remove advanced menu
newly created tasks.

This setting removes the Browse button from the Schedule

Task Wizard and from the Task tab of the properties dialog
Prohibit browse box for a task. Also, users cannot edit the "Run" box or the
"Start in" box that determine the program and path for a
task.

The policy descriptions are taken from Microsoft Help Documentation

453

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Security Policies - Windows Installer

Desktop Central supports configuring the following security policies in Windows Installer
category:

Security Policy Description

This setting extends elevated privileges to all programs.

These privileges are usually reserved for programs that
have been assigned to the user (offered on the desktop),
assigned to the computer (installed automatically), or made
Always install with
available in Add or Remove Programs in Control Panel. This
elevated privileges
setting lets users install programs that require access to
directories that the user might not have permission to view
or change, including directories on highly restricted
computers.

This setting prevents Windows Installer from recording the

original state of the system and sequence of changes it
makes during installation. It also prevents Windows Installer
Prohibit rollback
from retaining files it intends to delete later. As a result,
Windows Installer cannot restore the computer to its original
state if the installation does not complete.

Disable media source for Prevents users from installing programs from removable
any install media.

The policy descriptions are taken from Microsoft Help Documentation

454

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Security Policies - Start Menu and Taskbar

Desktop Central supports configuring the following security policies in Start Menu and
Taskbar category:

Security Policy Description

Hides all folders on the user-specific (top) section of the

Start menu. Other items appear, but folders are hidden.
Remove user's folder from
This setting is designed for use with redirected folders.
the start menu
Redirected folders appear on the main (bottom) section of
the Start menu.

Remove links and access

to Prevents users from connecting to the Windows Update Web
site.
Windows update

Remove common program Removes items in the All Users profile from the Programs
groups from start menu menu on the Start menu.

Prohibit user from

Prevents users from changing the path to the My
changing My Documents
Documents folder.
path

Remove My Documents
Removes the Documents menu from the Start menu.
from start menu

Remove programs on Prevents Control Panel, Printers, and Network Connections

settings menu from running.

Remove network
connections from start Prevents users from running Network Connections.
menu

Remove favorites from Prevents users from adding the Favorites menu to the Start
start menu menu or classic Start menu.

Removes the Search item from the Start menu, and disables
some Windows Explorer search elements. This setting
Remove search from start removes the Search item from the Start menu and from the
menu context menu that appears when you right-click the Start
menu. Also, the system does not respond when users press
the Application key (the key with the Windows logo)+ F.

Remove help menu from

Removes the Help command from the Start menu.
start menu

Remove run from start Allows you to remove the Run command from the Start

455

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Security Policy Description

menu menu, Internet Explorer, and Task Manager.

Add logoff to the start Adds the "Log Off <username>" item to the Start menu and
menu prevents users from removing it.

Remove logoff on the Removes the "Log Off <username>" item from the Start
start menu menu and prevents users from restoring it.

Prevents users from shutting down or restarting Windows.

Remove and prevent This setting removes the Shut Down option from the Start
access to the shutdown menu and disables the Shut Down button on the Windows
command Security dialog box, which appears when you press
CTRL+ALT+DEL.

Remove drag-and-drop Prevents users from using the drag-and-drop method to

context menu on the start reorder or remove items on the Start menu. Also, it
menu removes context menus from the Start menu.

Prevent changes to Removes the Taskbar and Start Menu item from Settings on
taskbar and start menu the Start menu. This setting also prevents the user from
settings opening the Taskbar Properties dialog box.

Hides the menus that appear when you right-click the

Remove context menu for
taskbar and items on the taskbar, such as the Start button,
the taskbar
the clock, and the taskbar buttons.

Do not keep the history Prevents the operating system and installed programs from
of recently opened creating and displaying shortcuts to recently opened
documents documents.

Clear history of recently

opened documents history Clear history of recently opened documents on exit.
on exit

Disables personalized menus. Windows 2000 personalizes

Turn off personalized
long menus by moving recently used items to the top of the
menus
menu and hiding items that have not been used recently.

Disables user tracking. This setting prevents the system

Turn off user tracking from tracking the programs users run, the paths they
navigate, and the documents they open.

Add 'run in separate

Lets users run a 16-bit program in a dedicated (not shared)
memory space' check box
Virtual DOS Machine (VDM) process.
to run dialog box

Prevents the system from conducting a comprehensive

Do not use the search
search of the target drive to resolve a shortcut.
based method when
resolving shell shortcuts

456

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Security Policy Description

Do not use the tracking

Prevents the system from using NTFS tracking features to
based method when
resolve a shortcut.
resolving shell shortcuts

Displays Start menu shortcuts to partially installed programs

Gray unavailable Windows
in gray text. This setting makes it easier for users to
installer programs start
distinguish between programs that are fully installed and
menu shortcuts
those that are only partially installed.

The policy descriptions are taken from Microsoft Help Documentation

457

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Security Policies - Microsoft Management Console

Desktop Central supports configuring the following security policies in Microsoft

Management Console category:

Security Policy Description

Users cannot create console files or add or remove snap-ins.

Restrict user from
Also, because they cannot open author-mode console files,
entering author mode
they cannot use the tools that the files contain.

All snap-ins are prohibited, except those that you explicitly

Restrict users to the permit. Use this setting if you plan to prohibit use of most
explicitly permitted list of snap-ins. To explicitly permit a snap-in, open the
snap-ins Restricted/Permitted snap-ins setting folder and enable the
settings representing the snap-in you want to permit.

If the setting is enabled, the snap-in is permitted. If the

Restrict/permit setting is disabled, the snap-in is prohibited. If this setting
Component services snap- is not configured, the setting of the "Restrict users to the
in explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" setting determines
whether this snap-in is permitted or prohibited.

If the setting is enabled, the snap-in is permitted. If the

setting is disabled, the snap-in is prohibited. If this setting
Restrict/permit Computer
is not configured, the setting of the "Restrict users to the
management snap-in
explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" setting determines
whether this snap-in is permitted or prohibited.

If the setting is enabled, the snap-in is permitted. If the

setting is disabled, the snap-in is prohibited. If this setting
Restrict/permit Device
is not configured, the setting of the "Restrict users to the
manager snap-in
explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" setting determines
whether this snap-in is permitted or prohibited.

If the setting is enabled, the snap-in is permitted. If the

setting is disabled, the snap-in is prohibited. If this setting
Restrict/permit Disk
is not configured, the setting of the "Restrict users to the
management snap-in
explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" setting determines
whether this snap-in is permitted or prohibited.

If the setting is enabled, the snap-in is permitted. If the

setting is disabled, the snap-in is prohibited.
Restrict/permit Disk de-
fragmentation snap-in If this setting is not configured, the setting of the "Restrict
users to the explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" setting
determines whether this snap-in is permitted or prohibited.

458

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Security Policy Description

If the setting is enabled, the snap-in is permitted. If the

setting is disabled, the snap-in is prohibited. If this setting
Restrict/permit Event
is not configured, the setting of the "Restrict users to the
viewer snap-in
explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" setting determines
whether this snap-in is permitted or prohibited.

If the setting is enabled, the snap-in is permitted. If the

setting is disabled, the snap-in is prohibited.
Restrict/permit Fax
services snap-in If this setting is not configured, the setting of the "Restrict
users to the explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" setting
determines whether this snap-in is permitted or prohibited.

If the setting is enabled, the snap-in is permitted. If the

setting is disabled, the snap-in is prohibited. If this setting
Restrict/permit Indexing
is not configured, the setting of the "Restrict users to the
services snap-in
explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" setting determines
whether this snap-in is permitted or prohibited.

If the setting is enabled, the snap-in is permitted. If the

setting is disabled, the snap-in is prohibited.
Restrict/permit Internet
Information Services
If this setting is not configured, the setting of the "Restrict
snap-in
users to the explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" setting
determines whether this snap-in is permitted or prohibited.

If the setting is enabled, the snap-in is permitted. If the

setting is disabled, the snap-in is prohibited. If this setting
Restrict/permit Local
is not configured, the setting of the "Restrict users to the
users and groups snap-in
explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" setting determines
whether this snap-in is permitted or prohibited.

If the setting is enabled, the snap-in is permitted. If the

Restrict/permit setting is disabled, the snap-in is prohibited. If this setting
Performance logs and is not configured, the setting of the "Restrict users to the
alerts snap-in explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" setting determines
whether this snap-in is permitted or prohibited.

If the setting is enabled, the snap-in is permitted. If the

setting is disabled, the snap-in is prohibited. If this setting
Restrict/permit Services
is not configured, the setting of the "Restrict users to the
snap-in
explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" setting determines
whether this snap-in is permitted or prohibited.

If the setting is enabled, the snap-in is permitted. If the

setting is disabled, the snap-in is prohibited. If this setting
Restrict/permit Shared
is not configured, the setting of the "Restrict users to the
folders snap-in
explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" setting determines
whether this snap-in is permitted or prohibited.

459

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Security Policy Description

If the setting is enabled, the snap-in is permitted. If the
setting is disabled, the snap-in is prohibited. If this setting
Restrict/permit System
is not configured, the setting of the "Restrict users to the
information snap-in
explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" setting determines
whether this snap-in is permitted or prohibited.
If the setting is enabled, the snap-in is permitted. If the
setting is disabled, the snap-in is prohibited. If this setting
Restrict/permit Telephony
is not configured, the setting of the "Restrict users to the
snap-in
explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" setting determines
whether this snap-in is permitted or prohibited.
If the setting is enabled, the snap-in is permitted. If the
setting is disabled, the snap-in is prohibited. If this setting
Restrict/permit WMI
is not configured, the setting of the "Restrict users to the
control snap-in
explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" setting determines
whether this snap-in is permitted or prohibited.
If the setting is enabled, the snap-in is permitted. If the
setting is disabled, the snap-in is prohibited. If this setting
Restrict/permit System
is not configured, the setting of the "Restrict users to the
properties snap-in
explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" setting determines
whether this snap-in is permitted or prohibited.
If the setting is enabled, the snap-in is permitted. If the
setting is disabled, the snap-in is prohibited. If this setting
Restrict/permit Group
is not configured, the setting of the "Restrict users to the
policy snap-in
explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" setting determines
whether this snap-in is permitted or prohibited.
If the setting is enabled, the snap-in is permitted. If the
Restrict/permit Group setting is disabled, the snap-in is prohibited. If this setting
policy tab for active is not configured, the setting of the "Restrict users to the
directory tool snap-in explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" setting determines
whether this snap-in is permitted or prohibited.
If the setting is enabled, the snap-in is permitted. If the
Restrict/permit setting is disabled, the snap-in is prohibited. If this setting
Administrative templates is not configured, the setting of the "Restrict users to the
(computer) snap-in explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" setting determines
whether this snap-in is permitted or prohibited.
If the setting is enabled, the snap-in is permitted. If the
Restrict/permit setting is disabled, the snap-in is prohibited. If this setting
Administrative templates is not configured, the setting of the "Restrict users to the
(users) snap-in explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" setting determines
whether this snap-in is permitted or prohibited.
If the setting is enabled, the snap-in is permitted. If the
setting is disabled, the snap-in is prohibited. If this setting
Restrict/permit Folder
is not configured, the setting of the "Restrict users to the
redirection snap-in
explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" setting determines
whether this snap-in is permitted or prohibited.

460

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Security Policy Description

If the setting is enabled, the snap-in is permitted. If the
Restrict/permit Internet setting is disabled, the snap-in is prohibited. If this setting
explorer maintenance is not configured, the setting of the "Restrict users to the
snap-in explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" setting determines
whether this snap-in is permitted or prohibited.
If the setting is enabled, the snap-in is permitted. If the
Restrict/permit Remote setting is disabled, the snap-in is prohibited. If this setting
installation services snap- is not configured, the setting of the "Restrict users to the
in explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" setting determines
whether this snap-in is permitted or prohibited.
If the setting is enabled, the snap-in is permitted. If the
setting is disabled, the snap-in is prohibited. If this setting
Restrict/permit Scripts
is not configured, the setting of the "Restrict users to the
(logon/logoff) snap-in
explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" setting determines
whether this snap-in is permitted or prohibited.
If the setting is enabled, the snap-in is permitted. If the
Restrict/permit setting is disabled, the snap-in is prohibited. If this setting
Scripts(startup/shutdown) is not configured, the setting of the "Restrict users to the
snap-in explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" setting determines
whether this snap-in is permitted or prohibited.
If the setting is enabled, the snap-in is permitted. If the
setting is disabled, the snap-in is prohibited. If this setting
Restrict/permit Security
is not configured, the setting of the "Restrict users to the
settings snap-in
explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" setting determines
whether this snap-in is permitted or prohibited.
If the setting is enabled, the snap-in is permitted. If the
Restrict/permit Software setting is disabled, the snap-in is prohibited. If this setting
installation (computer) is not configured, the setting of the "Restrict users to the
snap-in explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" setting determines
whether this snap-in is permitted or prohibited.
If the setting is enabled, the snap-in is permitted. If the
setting is disabled, the snap-in is prohibited. If this setting
Restrict/permit Software
is not configured, the setting of the "Restrict users to the
installation (user) snap-in
explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" setting determines
whether this snap-in is permitted or prohibited.

The policy descriptions are taken from Microsoft Help Documentation

461

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Security Policies - Computer

Desktop Central supports configuring the following security policies in Computer category:

Security Policy Description

Disable ctrl+alt+del Determines whether pressing CTRL+ALT+DEL is required

requirement for logon before a user can log on.

Restrict CD-ROM access to

Determines whether a CD-ROM is accessible to both local
locally logged-on user
and remote users simultaneously.
only

Restrict Floppy access to

Determines whether removable floppy media is accessible to
locally logged-on user
both local and remote users simultaneously.
only

Prevent users from It prevents users from installing printer drivers on the local
installing printer drivers machine.

Prevent user from Disables the buttons on the File Types tab. As a result,
changing file type users can view file type associations, but they cannot add,
association delete, or change them.

The policy descriptions are taken from Microsoft Help Documentation

462

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Windows System Tools

• Check Disk Tool

• Disk Cleanup Tool
• Disk Defragmenter Tool

463

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Check Disk Tool

The Check Disk tool creates a status report of the disk based on its file system. The errors
in the disk is also displayed. It can also be used to correct the disk errors.

Desktop Central supports the following options to run the check disk tool:

• Verbose: Displays the name of each file in every directory as the disk is checked.
• Quick Check: This option is available only for the NTFS File system. Selecting this option
will perform the check disk operation quickly by skipping the checking of cycles within
the folder structure and by performing a less vigorous check of index entries.

See Also: Windows System Tools, Creating and Scheduling Tasks, Viewing and Modifying
the Tasks, Viewing Task History, Disk Defragmenter, Disk Cleanup

464

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Disk Cleanup Tool

The Disk Cleanup utility helps to cleanup the unwanted filed in the disk to increase the free
space.

Desktop Central cleans the windows system for the following:

• Remove Active Setup Temp Folders

• Compress old files
• Remove content indexer
• Remove downloaded Program Files
• Remove internet cache files
• Remove memory dump files
• Remove Office setup files
• Remove offline files
• Remove web pages
• Remove old check disk files
• Empty recycle bin
• Remove remote desktop cache files
• Remove setup log files
• Remove old system restore positions.
• Remove Temporary files
• Remove temporary offline files
• Remove uninstall backup images
• Remove webclient and web publisher cache files

See Also: Windows System Tools, Creating and Scheduling Tasks, Viewing and Modifying
the Tasks, Viewing Task History, Disk Defragmenter, Check Disk

465

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Disk Defragmenter Tool

Adapted from Windows Help Documentation

Volumes become fragmented as users create and delete files and folders, install new
software, or download files from the Internet. Computers typically save files in the first
contiguous free space that is large enough for the file. If a large enough free space is not
available, the computer saves as much of the file as possible in the largest available space
and then saves the remaining data in the next available free space, and so on.

After a large portion of a volume has been used for file and folder storage, most of the new
files are saved in pieces across the volume. When you delete files, the empty spaces left
behind fill in randomly as you store new ones.

The more fragmented the volume is, the slower the computer's file input/output
performance will be.

Desktop Central provides option to run the defragmenter tool on multiple machines
simultaneously. It supports the following options:

• Verbose: Displays the complete analysis and defragmentation reports

• Analyze: Analyzes the volume and displays a summary of the analysis report.
• Force Defragmentation: Forces defragmentation of the drive regardless of
whether it needs to be defragmented.

See Also: Windows System Tools, Creating and Scheduling Tasks, Viewing and Modifying
the Tasks, Viewing Task History, Check Disk, Disk Cleanup

466

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Data Back up and Restore

Desktop Central stores information like configuration details, status of deployed

configurations, and details about reports, like User Logon reports and Active Directory
reports, in a database. Creating a backup of this database and certain important files like
configuration files is necessary to prevent loss of data.

You can back up data automatically, by scheduling a back up using Desktop Central, or
taking a back up manually. You can also restore this data when required. For example,
assume that your hard disk crashes and you have to re-install Desktop Central. You can use
the last back up you took to restore all the required information. Note that this is possible
only if the backup file is stored in a computer other than yours.

Scheduling Data Backup

You can use Desktop Central to take a back up of the database regularly. For example, if
you want to take a back up of the database every Friday at 5 p.m., you can schedule the
same using Desktop Central.

To schedule back up of data, follow the steps given below:

1. Select the Admin tab

2. In the Tools section, click Database Backup
3. Specify the time at which you want the back up to be taken, in hour:minute:second
(hh:mm:ss) format

The time should be specified in the 24-hour format. For example, if you
want the database back up to be taken at 6 p.m., the time should be
specified as 18:00:00.

4. Select the number of backup files that you want Desktop Central to save

Using this option you can select how many database backup files should
be saved. The older backup files will be deleted. For example, if you
want only 7 backup files saved, select 7. This will ensure that at all
times only 7 backup files are saved.

5. Specify the location where you want the backup files to be stored
6. Check the Notify when the database backup fails checkbox
7. Specify the email address (es) to which you want an e-mail message sent, if the
database back up failslease note that you should have configured your mail server
settings to get notified.

467

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Ensure that you have configured your mail server settings to receive
notifications.

6. Click Save Changes

You have scheduled an automatic data backup to take place automatically at a specified
time.

Manual Data Backup and Restore

You can manually back up and restore the database. You can do this using the Backup-
Restore Utility GUI.

Opening the Backup-Restore Utility Graphical User Interface (GUI)

To open the Backup-Restore Utility GUI, follow the steps given below:

1. Right-click start>Explore>Local Disk (C:)>Program

Files>DesktopCentral_Server>bin
2. Double-click backuprestore.bat

You've opened the Backup-Restore Utility GUI.

Creating a backup file

1. On the Backup-Restore Utility GUI, click the Backup tab

2. Select the location where you want to save the backup file

If you're using a network share, the directory should have write

permission for everyone in the network.

3. Click Backup

A backup file is created and saved in the specified location. The file will be named using the
buildnumber-date-time.zip format. For example, 70120-Oct-25-2010-13-26.zip where
70120 is the build number, Oct 25th 2010 is the date and 13:26 is the time.

Restoring a backup file

Ensure that you have shut down the Desktop Central server before restoring a
backup file.

1. On the Backup-Restore Utility GUI, click the Restore tab

468

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

2. Browse and select the required backup file.

3. Click Restore

The build number of the Desktop Central server should match the build
number of the backup file you are restoring.

This will restore the specified data to Desktop Central server.

If remote database is configured with the Desktop Central server, ensure that
it is running on a remote machine. After restoration, the changes made after
the backup date will not be available.

469

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Dynamic Variables

Dynamic Variables are those that are replaced dynamically by Desktop Central while
applying the configurations. As the name implies, the value of these variables are not the
same for all the users/computers.

For example, to redirect the shortcuts of the start menu that are common for all the users
to the system drive, you can use the dynamic variable $SystemDrive. This will be replaced
by the corresponding system drive of that computer (like C, D, etc.) while deploying the
configuration.

The table below lists the dynamic variable supported by Desktop Central:

Dynamic
Description Example Value of the Variable
Variable

Specifies the path to the

$ComSpec C:\WINNT\system32\cmd.exe
command interpretor

Refers to the home directory as

$HomePath \\JOHNSMITH\
defined in UMD/AD

$NtType Role of NT/2000/XP computer Server, Workstation

Short name of currently

$OS Windows_NT
installed operating system

2000 & XP will report back as

$OSVersion Windows 2000
NT

2000 & XP will report back as

$OStype NT
NT

Refers to the build number of

$OsBuildNumber the currently installed operating 1381, 2195
system

Refers to the service pack of

$OsCsdVersion the currently installed operating Service Pack 4
system

Will be replaced by the full path C:\Documents and Settings\Default

$ProfileDirDU
of the "Default User" profile User

Will be replaced by the full path

$ProfilesDir of where user profiles are C:\Documents and Settings
stored

470

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Will be replaced by the path to C:\Documents and

$ShellCache current user's Temporary Settings\JohnSmith\Local
Internet Files shell folder Settings\Temporary Internet Files

Will be replaced by the path to

C:\Documents and
$ShellCookies current user's Internet Cookies
Settings\JohnSmith\Cookies
shell folder

Will be replaced by the path to

C:\Documents and
$ShellDesktop current user's Desktop shell
Settings\JohnSmith\Desktop
folder

Will be replaced by the path to

current user's Favorites shell C:\Documents and
$ShellFavorites
folder (also referred to as "IE Settings\JohnSmith\Favorites
Bookmarks").

Will be replaced by the path to C:\Documents and

$ShellHistory current user's History shell Settings\JohnSmith\Local
folder Settings\History

Will be replaced by the path to C:\Documents and

$ShellMyPictures current user's My Pictures shell Settings\JohnSmith\My
folder Documents\My Pictures

Will be replaced by the path to

C:\Documents and
$ShellNetHood current user's Network
Settings\JohnSmith\NetHood
Neighborhood shell folder

Will be replaced by the path to

current user's Personal shell C:\Documents and
$ShellPersonal
folder (also referred to as "My Settings\JohnSmith\My Documents
Documents")

Will be replaced by the path to

C:\Documents and
$ShellPrintHood current user's Printer
Settings\JohnSmith\PrintHood
Neighborhood shell folder

Will be replaced by the path to C:\Documents and

$ShellPrograms current user's Start Menu Settings\JohnSmith\Start
Programs shell folder Menu\Programs

Will be replaced by the path to

C:\Documents and
$ShellRecent current user's Recent
Settings\JohnSmith\Recent
Documents shell folder

Will be replaced by the path to

C:\Documents and
$ShellSendTo current user's Send To shell
Settings\JohnSmith\SendTo
folder

Will be replaced by the path to

C:\Documents and
$ShellStartMenu current user's Start-Menu shell
Settings\JohnSmith\Start Menu
folder
471

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Will be replaced by the path to C:\Documents and

$ShellStartup current user's Start Menu Settings\JohnSmith\Start
Startup shell folder Menu\Programs\Startup

Will be replaced by the path to

C:\Documents and
$ShellTemplates current user's Templates shell
Settings\JohnSmith\Templates
folder

Refers to the drive where OS

$SystemDrive C:
files are located

Will be replaced by the path to

$SystemRoot C:\WINNT
operating system folder

Will be replaced by the path to C:\Documents and

$TempDir the temporary directory on the Settings\JohnSmith\Local
client Settings\Temp

Will be replaced by the path to

user's Windows folder (usually
$WinDir C:\WINNT
same as SystemRoot, exception
would be a terminal server)

472

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Limitations

1. When a site is chosen as the target for a user configuration, the status of the
configuration will always be In Progress. This is because, it is not possible to get the
exact user counts of individual sites.
2. When a user login to different computers in a domain, the status of the
configurations defined for that user will reflect the status of the latest deployment.
3. When an already defined configuration is modified and re-deployed, the previous
data will be overwritten and will not be shown in history reports.
4. Remote Shutdown Tool will not work for Windows 2000 computers.
5. Disk Defragmentation is not supported in Windows 2000 computers.

Known Issues

1. Printers shared in a Domain cannot be shared to computers in a Workgroup or vice-

versa.
2. Redirecting folders between computers of different Domains or between a Workgroup
and a Domain computer is not supported.
3. Software Installation will not work in the following cases:
1. Package is in computer share of one Domain and you are trying to install it to
a computer in another Domain.
2. Package is in computer share of a Domain and you are trying to install it to a
computer in a Workgroup or vice-versa.
3. Package is in computer share of one Workgroup and you are trying to install it
to a computer in another Workgroup.
4. In Custom Script configuration, Logoff and shutdown scripts cannot be executed.

Known Issues in deploying Configuration to Windows Vista Client Machines

1. When Security Policies are deployed to Windows Vista machines, the status will be
shown as successful, but, the policies will not be applied.

Known Issues in Desktop Sharing

1. If the remote computer is shutdown using Remote Desktop Sharing, the viewer will
not close by itself and has to be closed manually. It will display a blue screen
showing a message "Meeting has stopped".
2. When connecting from Firefox/Flock browsers, Desktop Central Add-on (xpi) will be
installed every time you access a remote computer using the Active X viewer. If you
do not accept to install the xpi within 20 seconds, the remote service will be killed
and you will not be able to access it. You have to close the viewer and have to
connect again.

473

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

3. In Java viewer, Zoom In, Zoom Out, and Full Screen icons in the toolbar will not
work.
4. When a remote connection is established, a message "You are now controlling the
desktop" will appear. If you do not click OK within 20 seconds, the connection will
close automatically. You have to close the viewer and have to connect again.

474

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

Glossary

• Site
• Domain
• Organizational Unit
• Group
• User
• Computer
• IP Address
• Group Policy Object (GPO)
• Client Side Extension (CSE)
• Define Target
• Scope of Management
• Inactive Users
• Collection
• Applicable Patches
• Latest Patches
• Missing Patches
• Missing Systems
• Affected Systems
• Informational Patches
• Obsolete Patches

This section provides the description or definitions of the terms used in Desktop Central.

Site

One or more well connected (highly reliable and fast) TCP/IP subnets. A site allows
administrators to configure Active Directory access and replication topology quickly and
easily to take advantage of the physical network. When users log on, Active Directory
clients locate Active Directory servers in the same site as the user.

Domain

Domain is a group of computers that are part of a network and share a common directory
database. A domain is administered as a unit with common rules and procedures. Each
domain has a unique name.

Organizational Unit (OU)

An organizational unit is a logical container into which users, groups, computers, and other
organizational units are placed. It can contain objects only from its parent domain. An

475

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

organizational unit is the smallest scope to which a Group Policy object can be linked, or
over which administrative authority can be delegated.

Group

A collection of users, computers, contacts, and other groups. Groups can be used as
security or as e-mail distribution collections. Distribution groups are used only for e-mail.
Security groups are used both to grant access to resources and as e-mail distribution lists.

User

The people using the workstations in the network are called users. Each user in the network
has a unique user name and corresponding password for secured access.

Computer

The PCs in the network which are accessed by users are known as computer or workstation.
Each computer has unique name.

IP Address

The expansion of IP Address is Internet Protocol Address. An unique IP Address is provided

for each workstation, switches, printers, and other devices present in the network for
identification and routing of information.

Group Policy Object (GPO)

A Group Policy Object (GPO) is a collection of settings that define what a system will look
like and how it will behave for a defined group of users.

Client Side Extension (CSE)

Desktop Central installs an Windows-compliant agent or a Client Side Extension (CSE) in the
machines that are being managed. This is used to get the status of the applied
configurations from the targets.

Define Target

Define Target is the process of identifying the users or computers for which the
configuration have to be applied. The targets can be all users/computers belonging to a
Site, Domain, OUs, Groups, or can be a specific user/computer. You also have an option to
exclude some desktops based on the machine type, OS type, etc.

Scope of Management

Scope of Management (SOM) is used to define the computers that have to be managed
using this software. Initially the administrator can define a small set of computers for
476

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

testing the software and later extend it to the whole domain. This provides more flexibility
in managing your desktops using this software.

Inactive Users

In a Windows Domain there may be cases where the user accounts have been created for
some machines but they remain inactive for some reasons. For example, users like Guest,
IUSER_WIN2KMASTER, IWAM_WIN2KMASTER, etc., will never login. These user accounts
are referred to as Inactive Users. In order to get the accurate configuration status of the
active users, it is recommended that the Admin User add the inactive user accounts in their
domain so that these users (user accounts) may not be considered for calculating the
status.

Collection

Configurations that are intended for the same set of targets can be grouped as a collection.

Applicable Patches

This is a subset of the patches released by Microsoft that affect your network systems /
applications. This includes all the patches affecting your network irrespective of whether
they are installed or not.

Missing Patches

This refers to the patches affecting your network that are not installed.

Latest Patches

This refers to the patches pertaining to the recently released Microsoft bulletins.

Missing Systems

This refers to the systems managed by Desktop Central that requires the patches to be
installed.

Affected Systems

This refers to the systems managed by Desktop Central that are vulnerable. This includes all
the systems that are affected irrespective of whether the patches have been installed or
not.

Informational Patches

There maybe some vulnerabilities for which Desktop Central is not able to determine if the
appropriate patch or work around has been applied. There could also be patches for which

477

Zoho Corporation
 ManageEngine Desktop Central 8.0 :: Help Documentation

manual intervention is required. These are categorized as Informational Items. Remediation

of these issues usually involves a configuration change or work around rather than a patch.

Obsolete Patches

These are patches that are outdated and have another patch that is more recently released
and has taken its place (Superseding Patch). If these patches are missing, you can safely
ignore them and deploy the patches that supersede them.

Some definitions are adapted from Microsoft Help Documentation.

478

Zoho Corporation